Schedules

Schedule-A
(See Clauses 2.1 and 8.1)

Site of the Project
1. The Site
(i) Site of the Four-Lane Project Highway shall include the land, buildings, structures
and road works as described in Annex-I of this Schedule-A.
(ii) The dates of handing over the Right of Way to the Contractor are specified in
Annex-II of this Schedule-A.
(iii) An inventory of the Site including the land, buildings, structures, road works, trees
and any other immovable property on, or attached to, the Site shall be prepared
jointly by the Authority Representative and the Contractor, and such inventory shall
form part of the memorandum referred to in Clause 8.2.1 of this Agreement.
(iv) The alignment plans of the Project Highway are specified in Annex-III. The
proposed levels (FRL) as indicated in alignment plan shall be treated as approximate
assessment. The EPC Contractor shall design, the road profile of project highway
based on site/design requirement specified in Schedule-D.
(v) The status of the environment & forest clearances obtained or awaited is given in
Annex-IV.
(vi) The existing rigid pavement road is part of the project ,the contract which has been
terminated in midway leaving substantial items to be completed .The present scope
of the work shall cover the completion of the balance work with due design and
approvals and maintenance of the existing road asset.
Annex-1
(Schedule-A)
Site
1. The Site
The site of the Four-lane project highway comprises the section of National Highway
No.-158 commencing from km 0+000 to km 30+050 i.e. the Ras-Beawar section in
the State of Rajasthan. The land, carriageway and structures comprising the Site are
described below:
2. Land
The Site of the Project Highway comprises the land (sum total of land already in
possession and land to be possessed detailed in Annex-II of this Schedule.
Chainage (Km) Right of Way

Remarks
S. No. (m)
From To
Construction zone is upto 30m.
Remaining Beyond construction zone
1 0+000 30+050 45 & 30 meter width upto ROW is to be provided
for service/slip road, plantation,
Drain etc.
3. Carriageway
The present carriageway of the Project Highway is 2/4-lane. The type of the existing
pavement is Rigid/Flexible. Details of works completed for four lane, are attached as
Annex-V of Schedule-A.
4. Major Bridges
The site including following major bridge:
S. Chainage Type of Structure No. of Spans with

Width (m)
No. (km) span length (m)
Foundation Superstructure
Existing causeway comprises of 34 pipes of 600 mm
1 01+479 7 meter
diameter.
5. Road over-bridges (ROB)/ Road under-bridges (RUB)
The site including following ROB:
S. Chainage Type of Structure No. of Spans ROB/RUB

No. (km) with span length
Foundation Superstructure
(m)
NIL
6. Grade separators
The site including following Grade separators:
Type of Structure No. of Spans

S. Chainage
with span Width (m)
No. (km)
Foundation Superstructure length (m)
NIL
7. Minor bridges
The Site includes the following minor bridges:
Carriageway
Chainage Span Total width
S. No Type width
(Km) Arrangement (m)
(m)
1 7+018 RCC Box 3x4.5 25
2 9+033 RCC Box 3X6.5 25

9 m including
3 13+356 RCC Box 2X4.5 11.5+Median+11.5 paved shoulder &
kerb shyness
4 15+278 RCC Box 2X5.5 25
5 16+492 RCC Box 3X6.0 12.5+Median+12.5
The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex-VI of Schedule-A.
8. Railway level Crossing

The Site includes the following Railway crossing:
S. No. Location (Km) Remarks
NIL
9. (i) Vehicular Underpasses

The Site includes the following Underpass:
Chainage Type of No. of Spans with Width

S. No Category
(Km) structure span length (m) (m)
1. 9+643 VUP-L RCC Box 1x12x4 2x10.5

2. 10+123 VUP-S RCC Box 2x10x5.5 2x10.5
3. 20+267 VUP-L RCC Box 1x12x4 2x10.5
4. 25+834 VUP-S RCC Box 2x10x5.5 2x10.5
The detailed status of executed/ work is attached in Annex-VII of Schedule-A.
(ii) Pedestrian Subway Structure

The Site includes the following PSS:
Chainage Type of No. of Spans with Vertical

S. No. Category
(Km) structure span length (m) clearance (m)
Pedestrian
1. 12+895 RCC Box 1x4.8 2.75
Subway
The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex-VIII of Schedule-A.
10. Culverts
The site has the following Culverts:
Chainage Span/Dia Width
S. No Type No.
(Km) (m) (m)
1. 1+229 Pipe Culvert 3 0.6 7.6
2. 2+009 Box Culvert 1 3 24
3. 3+432 Box Culvert 1 3 24
4. 5+680 Box Culvert 1 2 24
5. 5+958 Pipe Culvert 3 0.6 8.6
6. 6+333 Box Culvert 1 2 24
7. 6+574 Box Culvert 1 2 24
8. 6+866 Box Culvert 1 2 24
9. 7+903 Box Culvert 1 2 24
10. 8+348 Box Culvert 1 3 24
11. 8+912 Box Culvert 1 2 24
12. 9+179 Box Culvert 1 2 24
13. 10+164 Box Culvert 1 2 22.5
14. 10+296 Box Culvert 1 4.5 22.5
15. 10+448 Box Culvert 1 4.5 22.5
16. 11+114 Box Culvert 1 2 24
17. 11+820 Box Culvert 1 2 22.5
18. 12+770 Box Culvert 1 2 20
19. 13+134 Box Culvert 1 2 24
20. 13+625 Box Culvert 1 2 20
21. 13+806 Box Culvert 1 2 30
22. 14+036 Box Culvert 1 2 45
23. 14+696 Box Culvert 1 2 24
24. 14+785 Box Culvert 1 2 24
25. 15+133 Box Culvert 1 2 24
26. 16+298 Box Culvert 1 2 24
27. 17+248 Box Culvert 1 3.5 24
28. 17+658 Box Culvert 1 2 20.6
29. 18+051 Box Culvert 1 2 30
30. 18+312 Box Culvert 1 5.8 30
31. 18+578 Box Culvert 1 3 30
32. 18+882 RCC Solid Slab 1 - -
33. 19+296 Box Culvert 1 2 28.5
34. 20+000 Box Culvert 1 2 20
35. 20+545 Box Culvert 1 3 22
36. 20+847 Box Culvert 1 2 22.5
37. 21+916 Box Culvert 1 3 24
38. 22+585 Box Culvert 1 2 24
39. 22+841 Box Culvert 1 2 24
40. 23+014 Box Culvert 1 2 24
41. 24+250 Box Culvert 1 2 24
42. 27+546 Box Culvert 1 2 24
43. 27+713 Box Culvert 1 2 24
44. 28+730 Box Culvert 1 2 24
The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex- IX of Schedule-A.
11. Bus Bays
The details of bus bays on the site are as follows:
S. No. Chainage (km) Side Remarks
Subgrade, GSB, DLC & PQC
1 03+067 RHS completed. Bus shelter frame
only installed.
2 03+117 LHS completed. Bus shelter frame
only installed.
3 04+575 LHS
completed.
Subgrade, GSB, DLC completed
4 04+630 RHS
& PQC partially completed.
Subgrade, GSB, DLC completed
5 08+150 LHS
& PQC partially completed.
6 17+420 RHS completed. Bus shelter frame
only installed.
12. Truck Lay Bye

The details of truck lay byes are as follows:
S. No. Chainage Side Remarks

(km)

1 03+600 RHS
completed.
13. Road side drains-

The details of road side drains are as follows:
Location
S. No. Side Type Remarks
From To
1. 00+000 00+240 LHS Pipe Drain
2. 00+250 00+360 LHS Pipe Drain
3. 00+380 00+680 LHS Pipe Drain
4. 02+455 02+515 LHS Pipe Drain
5. 02+525 02+830 LHS Pipe Drain
6. 02+840 02+960 LHS Pipe Drain
7. 05+960 06+320 LHS Pipe Drain
8. 06+350 06+820 LHS Pipe Drain
9. 12+720 12+760 LHS Pipe Drain
10. 12+775 12+835 LHS Pipe Drain
Partial construction of
11. 12+845 12+870 LHS Pipe Drain
drain chambers
12. 12+910 13+020 LHS Pipe Drain
13. 00+000 00+690 RHS Pipe Drain
14. 02+455 02+830 RHS Pipe Drain
15. 02+870 02+960 RHS Pipe Drain
16. 04+430 04+830 RHS Pipe Drain
17. 05+960 06+330 RHS Pipe Drain
18. 06+350 06+820 RHS Pipe Drain
19. 12+720 12+760 RHS Pipe Drain
20. 12+775 12+870 RHS Pipe Drain
21. 12+930 13+020 RHS Pipe Drain
The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex- X of Schedule-A.
14. Major Junction

The details of major junctions are as follows:
Design
Type of Leads to Leads to
S. No. Chainage Remarks
Junction Left Right
(km)
1 0+370 T Ras -
Shree cement
2 04+430 T - -
factory approach
Babra Realignment
3 09+140 Y Babra -
Start
4 10+130 + Babra Patan SH -59, VUP -II
Babra Realignment
5 11+550 Y Babra -
End
6 17+750 T DRDO -
Roopnagar
7 19+680 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar
Realignment Start
Roopnagar
Realignment End
Beawar Bypass
9 21+900 T Beawar -
Start
NH - 25, Beawar
10 30+050 Y Beawar
Bypass End
The detailed status of executed/balance work is attached in Annex-XI of Schedule-A.
15. Minor Junctions
The details of minor junctions are as follows:
S. No. Design Type of Leads to Left Leads to Right Remarks
Chainage (km) Junction
1 0+405 T Ras
2 0+680 Y Ras
3 01+215 T Bhil Dewa
4 02+830 + Paliyawas Amarpura
5 03+340 T Shree Cement
6 06+323 T Dhani Bhagatpura
8 08+260 T Pratapgarh
9 08+400 T Gopalpura
10 09+643 + Babra Gopaloura
11 10+700 + Babra Naya Gavo
12 12+200 T Naya Gavo
13 12+475 T Kolpura
14 12+700 T Kolpura
15 12+950 X Kolpura Kolpura
16 14+965 + Pratapgarh Pratapgarh
17 15+680 + Naharpura
19 17+565 T Chadhawaton Ki
Dhani
20 17+750 T Sodpura
21 18+930 T - Settlements
22 23+150 + Fatehgarh Ramgarh Chang Beawar Bypass
23 24+585 + Jagmalpura Salakot Chang Beawar Bypass
24 25+840 + Beawar Chang Beawar Bypass
25 27+000 + Amarpura Amarpura Beawar Bypass
26 27+580 + Saradhana Chang Beawar Bypass
27 29+220 + RICCO Industrial Saradhana Beawar Bypass
Area
28 29+972 + Beawar Bar NH-25
The detailed status of executed/balance work is attached in Annex-XI of Schedule-A.
16. Realignment /Bypasses
(i) Bypass
The details of the existing road sections proposed to be bypassed are as follow:
S. Name of bypass Chainage (km) Remarks
Length (in km)
No. (town) from km to km
Greenfield
1. Beawar Bypass Km 21+800 to Km 8.250 Bypass Partially
30+050 completed
(ii) Re-alignments:
Design chainage (m)

S. No. Length (m) Village’s name
From To
1. 9+095 11+680 2585 Babra
2. 13+030 13+730 700 Kolpura
3. 16+218 16+600 382 Naharpura
4. 17+560 17+900 340 Chadawaton ki Dhani
5. 19+690 21+470 1780 Roopnagar
The detailed status of executed/balance work in bypasses and realignments are attached
in Annex-V of Schedule-A.
17. Other Structures

(i) Utility ducts (600mm dia) for crossing of underground utilities in built-up areas:
S. No. Chainage Side Description of works
1. 00+450 Both sides Only duct laid without
2. 00+600 Both sides chamber
3. 02+500 Both sides
(ii) Utility ducts (300mm dia) for crossing of utilities:

S. No. Chainage Side Description of works
1. 3+800 Both sides Only duct laid without chamber
2. 4+000 Both sides
3. 5+505 Right hand side
4. 9+620 Both sides
17. 17+020 Right hand side
(iii) Boundary wall of DRDO campus:
Chainage
S. No. Length (m) Side
From To
1. 18+587 18+595 8 LHS (to be
2. 18+634 18+820 186 demolished and
3. 19+265 19+290 25 reconstructed)
19+731 158 Average height is
4.
19+573 about 2 m.
18. Existing Utilities
(i) Electrical Utilities: The site includes the following electrical utilities:
required to be shifted: -
Chainage No. of Poles Length in m Crossing Transformer

S. 33
Side 33 11 L 33 11 11 Capacity
No. From To LT K LT No.
KV KV T KV KV KV (KVA)
V
1 00+720 01+200 RHS 480
2 00+720 01+100 LHS 380
3 01+060 RHS 1 40
4 01+070 LHS 1 40
5 07+750 BHS 1
6 08+750 BHS 1
7 09+693 BHS 1
8 12+200 RHS 1
9 13+000 RHS 1 40
10 14+740 15+000 RHS 1 260
11 29+220 BHS 1
Annex – II
(As per Clause 8.3 (i))
(Schedule-A)
Dates for providing Right of Way of Construction Zone
90% RoW of construction zone to be handed over on Appointed Date and balance within 150
days from Appointed Date.
Right of way for the project stretch is 45m except the locations mentioned below:
Length Proposed Remarks

S. Design chainage (m)
(m) ROW Location
No.
From To LHS RHS
1. 0+000 0+700 700 15 15 Ras Town
2. 2+750 2+870 120 15 15 Jagtia Village
3. 3+010 3+120 110 27.5 27.5 Bus Bay
4. 4+400 4+430 30 15 15 Truck Lay Bye
5. 6+190 6+320 30 15 15 Bus Bay
6. 6+190 6+320 30 15 15 Bagatpura Village
7. 6+950 8+050 1100 15 15 Forest
8. 8+060 8+270 210 20 15 Bus Bay
9. 8+270 8+360 90 15 15
10. 9+570 9+630 60 45 to 55
11. 9+630 9+650 20 27.5 27.5
12. 9+650 9+700 50 55 to 45
13. 10+060 10+110 50 45 to 55
14. 10+110 10+130 20 27.5 27.5
15. 10+130 10+190 60 55 to 45
16. 10+410 10+440 30 45 to 50
17. 10+440 10+580 140 24.5 25.5
18. 10+580 10+610 30 50 to 45
19. 13+580 13+830 250 45 to 130 Toll Plaza
20. 13+830 14+070 240 50 80 Toll Plaza
21. 14+070 14+280 210 130 to 45 Toll Plaza
22. 16+270 16+470 200 22.5 100 Rest Area location
23. 17+290 17+370 80 45 to 60
24. 17+370 17+500 130 27 33 Bus Bay
25. 17+500 17+570 70 60 to 45
26. 18+290 19+290 370 15 15 Forest
27. 19+420 19+790 370 15 15 Forest
28. 19+850 19+960 110 27.5 27.5
29. 20+200 20+250 50 45 to 55
30. 20+250 20+280 30 27.5 27.5
31. 20+280 20+330 50 55 to 45
32. 21+830 21+870 40 45 to 60
33. 21+870 21+960 90 30 30
34. 21+960 21+980 20 60 to 55
35. 21+980 22+160 180 31 24
36. 22+160 22+210 50 45 to 55
37. 25+330 25+540 210 27.5 27.5
38. 25+750 25+850 100 27.5 27.5
39. 25+850 26+920 1070 15 15
Annex – III
(Schedule-A)
Alignment Plans
The existing alignment of the Project Highway shall be modified in the following sections
as per the alignment plan indicated below:
(i) The alignment of the Project Highway is enclosed in alignment plan. Finished
road level indicated in the alignment plan shall be followed by the contractor as
minimum FRL. In any case, the finished road level of the project highway shall
not be less than those indicated in the alignment plan. The contractor shall,
however, improve/upgrade the Road profile as indicated in Annex-III based on
site/design requirement.
(ii) Index map of the project highway has been enclosed as Annexure-XII.
Annex – IV
(Schedule-A)
1. Environmental clearance:
The project shall not require Environment Clearance, as per the amendment of EIA
Notification 2006 issued by MoEF So 2559 (E) dated 22.08.2013.
2. Forest clearance
The necessary permissions of the forest and diversion of land are required from
Chainage (km 06+941 to km 08+360, km 18+530 to km 18+785, km 18+825 to km
19+282 & km 19+425 to km 19+783). The same has already been approved by the
forest department as per details given hereunder:
a) Diversion of 6.7206 Hct. Forest land for widening and Improvement of existing
Road to 4 lane with paved shoulder 0.000 km to 30.050 km (Ras to Beawar)
section of NH 158 (प्रकरण संख्या- FP/RJ/ROAD/45257/2020) accorded by
Government of India vide letter no.- 8बी-राज/06/08/2021 एफसी, dated 30.9.2021.
b) Working Permission Received vide Divisional Chief Conservator of Forest,

Jodhpur letter No-Q¼ ½,Qlh,@eqolat¨ 2021/1550-56, dated 14.03.2022. Further,
tree cutting Permission received from Deputy Conservator Forest, Pali, vide letter
no.- Q¼ ½mola/,Qlh,/2022-2023/2572-73, dated 03.06.2022.
c) All trees which are part of forest clearance have been cut
3. Permission for cutting of trees in non-forest areas:
Permission for cutting/ felling of trees in Non-Forest land issued by District
Authorities are as below (for avoidance of doubt all requisite tree have already been
cut):
a) Order no. 12(5)/RAJ/21/3744, dated 26.07.2021 by District Collector Pali for 2544
Nos tree.
b) Order no. S.O/RAJ/f-12 (C) ( )/2021/206 on dated 12.07.2021 from District
Collector Ajmer for 415 Nos tree.
Annex – V
(Schedule-A)
LENGTH OF COMPLETED ROAD WORKS (M)

LHS RHS
Chainage Length
TCS PQC Earthen Shoulder Median PQC Earthen Shoulder
(M) (Carriageway including
Paved Median (Excluding 150mm (Carriageway including
Median (Excluding 150mm
Subgrade GSB DLC Subgrade GSB DLC Paved shoulder
shyness)
shoulder Kerb granular layer) shyness)
Kerb granular layer)
From To
0 700 2 700 700.00 700.00 - - - - NA - 700.00 700.00 - - - - NA
700 780 3 80 80.00 80.00 - - - - - - 80.00 80.00 - - - - -
780 1270 1 490 400.00 400.00 - - - - - - 270.00 270.00 - - - - -
1270 1400 3 130 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1400 1550 1 150 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1550 1700 3 150 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1700 2050 1 350 350.00 350.00 - - - - - - 350.00 350.00 - - - - -
2050 2455 3 405 405.00 405.00 355.00 335.00 335.00 316.00 335.00 - 405.00 405.00 405.00 - - - -
2455 2960 2 505 505.00 505.00 50.00 - - - NA - 435.00 435.00 335.00 - - - NA
2960 3190 3 230 230.00 230.00 230.00 227.00 227.00 200.00 - - 230.00 230.00 230.00 18.00 18.00 - -
3190 3510 1 320 320.00 320.00 130.00 106.00 106.00 - 100.00 - 320.00 320.00 320.00 320.00 320.00 - -
3510 4430 3 920 690.00 690.00 570.00 576.00 576.00 541.00 558.00 - 690.00 660.00 650.00 533.00 533.00 - -
4430 4830 2 400 350.00 350.00 350.00 347.00 347.00 330.00 NA - 350.00 350.00 340.00 300.00 300 (1.5m width) - NA
4830 5960 1 1130 1,130.00 1,130.00 510.00 510.00 510.00 505.00 510.00 - 1,130.00 1,130.00 1,120.00 1,110.00 1,110.00 - -
5960 6830 2 870 870.00 870.00 380.00 367.00 367.00 346.00 NA - 870.00 870.00 835.00 791.00 791(1.5m width) - NA
6830 7250 3 420 420.00 420.00 290.00 220.00 220.00 208.00 210.00 177.00 420.00 420.00 370.00 329.00 329.00 177.00 -
7250 7300 1 50 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 23.00 - 23.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 -
7300 7430 7A 130 130.00 130.00 130.00 - NA - - - 130.00 130.00 130.00 130 (9.0m width) NA 130.00 -
7430 7570 7B 140 140.00 140.00 140.00 - NA - - - 140.00 140.00 140.00 140 (9.0m width) - 140.00 NA
7570 7580 7C 10 10.00 10.00 10.00 - - - NA - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10(9.0m width) - 10.00 NA
7580 7590 7B 10 10.00 10.00 10.00 - NA - - - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10 (9.0m width) - 10.00 NA
7590 7700 7C 110 110.00 110.00 110.00 - - - NA - 110.00 110.00 110.00 110 (9.0m width) - 110.00 NA
7700 8000 1 300 300.00 300.00 300.00 - - - - - 300.00 300.00 300.00 242.00 242.00 173.00 -
8000 8020 7A 20 20.00 20.00 20.00 - NA - - - 20.00 20.00 20.00 20 (9.0m width) NA - -
8020 8090 7B 70 70.00 70.00 70.00 - NA - - - 70.00 70.00 70.00 70 (9.0m width) - - NA
8090 8250 7A 160 160.00 160.00 160.00 - NA - - - 160.00 160.00 160.00 160 (9.0m width) NA - -
8250 9240 1 990 990.00 990.00 590.00 424.00 424.00 394.00 420.00 384.00 970.00 910.00 900.00 677.00 677.00 550.00 620.00
9240 10350 6 1110 737.00 - - - - - NA - 837.00 - - - - - NA
10350 11770 1 1420 1,300.00 1,300.00 1,080.00 789.00 769.00 554.00 430.00 531.00 1,300.00 1,300.00 1,275.00 997.00 997.00 729.00 480.00
11770 12720 3 950 950.00 950.00 950.00 - - - - - 950.00 880.00 880.00 870.00 870.00 830.00 -
12720 13020 2 300 270.00 250.00 - - - - NA - 150.00 - - - - - NA
13020 13525 1 505 345.00 275.00 180.00 105.00 105.00 82.00 100.00 70.00 345.00 275.00 140.00 103.00 103.00 94.00 103.00
670.00 670.00 355.00
Toll
13525 14285 Plaza
760 (MCW (MCW (MCW - - - - - 730.00 690.00 535.00 198 (9.0m width) - 175.00 -
width only) width only) width only)
LHS RHS
Chainage Length
TCS PQC Earthen Shoulder Median PQC Earthen Shoulder
(M) (Carriageway including
Paved Median (Excluding 150mm (Carriageway including
Median (Excluding 150mm
Subgrade GSB DLC Subgrade GSB DLC Paved shoulder
shyness)
shoulder Kerb granular layer) shyness)
Kerb granular layer)
From To
14285 15190 1 905 905.00 905.00 905.00 846.00 846.00 669.00 695.00 680.00 905.00 905.00 905.00 880.00 880.00 739.00 712.00
15190 16220 3 1030 1,030.00 1,010.00 1,010.00 921.00 921.00 915.00 856.00 710.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 982.00 982.00 807.00 902.00
16220 16600 1 380 330.00 240.00 240.00 130.00 130.00 - 130.00 - 330.00 300.00 300.00 276.00 276.00 135.00 226.00
16600 17550 3 950 950.00 950.00 840.00 370.00 370.00 356.00 370.00 340.00 950.00 950.00 950.00 950.00 950.00 911.00 950.00
17550 17600 1 50 50.00 50.00 50.00 - - - - - 50.00 50.00 50.00 46.00 46.00 - -
17600 17700 4 100 100.00 100.00 - - - - NA - 100.00 100.00 100.00 - - - NA
17700 17720 7B 20 - - - - NA - - - 20.00 - - - - - NA
17720 17900 7C 180 - - - - - - NA - 180.00 - - - - - NA
17900 18460 7A 560 460.00 460.00 450.00 445 (9.0m Width) NA 430.00 - - 560.00 440.00 360.00 - NA - -
18460 18550 7B 90 90.00 90.00 90.00 90 (9.0m width) NA 88.00 - - 90.00 90.00 90.00 - - - NA
18550 18660 7A 110 20.00 20.00 20.00 13 (9.0m Width) NA - - - 10.00 10.00 - - NA - -
18660 18830 7B 170 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
18830 18930 7A 100 - - - - NA - - - - - - NA - -
18930 18940 7B 10 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
18940 18980 7C 40 - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
18980 19050 7B 70 30.00 30.00 - - NA - - 10.00 10.00 - - - - NA
19050 19080 7A 30 30.00 30.00 - - NA - - 30.00 30.00 15.00 - NA - -
19080 19130 7B 50 50.00 50.00 - - NA - - 50.00 50.00 25.00 - - - NA
19130 19150 7A 20 20.00 20.00 - - NA - - 20.00 20.00 10.00 - NA - -
19150 19170 7B 20 20.00 20.00 - - NA - - 20.00 20.00 10.00 - - - NA
19170 19200 7A 30 30.00 30.00 - - NA - - 30.00 30.00 5.00 - NA - -
19200 19220 7B 20 20.00 20.00 - - NA - - 20.00 20.00 - - - - NA
19220 19230 7C 10 - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
19230 19270 7B 40 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
19270 19410 7A 140 110.00 110.00 110.00 - NA - - 110.00 110.00 - - NA - -
19410 19500 7B 90 90.00 90.00 90.00 - NA - - 90.00 90.00 - - - - NA
19500 19580 7A 80 60.00 60.00 50.00 - NA - - 60.00 60.00 - - NA - -
19580 19590 7B 10 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
19590 19630 7A 40 - - - - NA - - - - - - NA - -
19630 19640 7B 10 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
19640 19710 7A 70 - - - - NA - - - - - - NA - -
19710 19720 7C 10 - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
19720 19730 7B 10 - - - - NA - - - - - - - - NA
19730 19750 7C 20 - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
19750 19950 1 200 - - - - - - - 80.00 80.00 - - - - -
19950 20910 6 960 - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
20910 25550 1 4640 4,220.00 4,160.00 3,760.00 3,515.00 3,515.00 3,215.00 3,316.00 2,835.00 4,120.00 4,090.00 3,715.00 3,425.00 3,425.00 3,044.00 2,867.00
25550 26920 6 1370 - - - - - - NA - - - - - - - NA
26920 30050 1 3130 950.00 600.00 - - - - - - 840.00 500.00 - - - - -
Annex – VI
(Schedule-A)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank on EPC mode."
MINOR BRIDGES
LHS Location, Improvement & Span of Structures RHS
RCC Crash Barrier (Median

Levelling coarse with PCC

(Footpath Outer Side)

(Footpath Inner Side)

Quadrant Pitching
Quadrant Pitching
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Superstructure
Superstructure
Approach Slab
Approach Slab
(M15) Grade.
(M15) Grade.
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Substructure
Substructure
Median Wall
Median Wall
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
RCC Girders
RCC Girders
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Excavation
Excavation
Dirt Wall
Dirt Wall
Design Span
Side)
Side)
S.No
Category Type Improvement Proposal Skew angle

Chainage (Km) Arrangement
Rehabilitation/Repair/Widening of Existing Minor Bridges
1 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 7+018 MNB RCC Box Widening 3x4.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
2 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 9+033 MNB RCC Box Widening 3X6.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
3 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 15+278 MNB RCC Box Widening 2X5.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
Reconstruction / New Minor Bridges
1 B B B B B B B B C B PC PC PC PC PC 13+356 MNB RCC Box Reconstruction 2X4.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B C B B B B B B B B
2 B C C C C C B C C C C C C C C 16+492 MNB RCC Box New Construction 3X6.0 32 C C C C C C C C B C C C C C B
LEGEND:
Completed C
Partially Completed PC
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex-VII
(Schedule- A)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance
of World Bank on EPC mode."
VEHICULAR UNDERPASSES (VUPs)
LHS Location and type of Structures RHS

RCC Crash Barrier (Median Side)

RCC Crash Barrier (Outer Side)

PCC (M15)
PCC (M15)
Design
S.No
Wall
Wall
Slab
Slab
Raft
Raft
Chainage Category Type Span Arrangement
(Km)
Approach Slab
Approach Slab
Median Wall
Median Wall
Approaches
Approaches
Excavation
Excavation
Vehicular Underpass (VUP-S)
10+123 VUP-S RCC Box 2X10X5.5
1 PC B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C B PC

2 B B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C B B
Vehicular Underpass (VUP-L)
9+643 VUP-L RCC Box 1X12X4

1 PC B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C C PC

2 B B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C C B
LEGEND: Already casted Quantity- 7000 sqm of panels and 500 m of Crash barrier is available at site and shall be used.
Completed C
Balance B
Annex-VIII
(Schedule-A)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan
assistance of World Bank on EPC mode."
PEDESTRIAN SUBWAY STRUCTURES
RCC Crash Barrier on Median wall.

Levelling coarse with PCC (M15)

RCC Crash Barrier on Median wall
miscellaneous items including



Ramp,Stairs and other

Canopy,Railing etc.
Canopy,Railing etc.
Return Wall (Outer Side)

Approaches
Approaches
Return Wall (Inner Side)

Excavation
Excavation
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No
Category Type Span Arrangement
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Chainage (Km)
Superstructure
Superstructure
Substructure
Substructure
Median Wall
Median Wall
1 B B B B B B B B B B B B B 2+630 Pedestrian Subway RCC Box 1x4.8x2.75 B B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 B B C B C PC PC B C C C C C 12+895 Pedestrian Subway RCC Box 1x4.8x2.75 C C B B B B B B B B B B B
LEGEND:
Completed C
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex-IX
(Schedule- A)
BOX/SLAB CULVERTS
LHS Location, Improvement & Span Arrangements RHS
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Placing & Joining
Placing & Joining

Levelling Coarse
Levelling Coarse
of BC Segments
of BC Segments
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Superstructure
Superstructure
Portion of BC
Portion of BC
Parapet Wall
Parapet Wall
Substructure
Substructure
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Parapet over
Parapet over
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Cast-in-Situ
Cast-in-Situ
Excavation
Excavation
with (M15)
with (M15)
Quadrant
Quadrant
Pitching
Pitching
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No
Category Type Span Arrangement Skew angle

Chainage (Km)
1 B B B B C C C C C C C C 2+009 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
2 B B B B B B B C C C C C 3+432 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
3 B B B B B B B C C C C 5+680 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B B B B B B B
4 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+333 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B B B B B B B
5 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+574 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C C B B B
6 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+866 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C B B B B
7 B B B B B B B C C C C 7+903 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C B B B B
8 B B B B C C C C C C C C 8+348 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x1.5 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
9 B B B B C C C C C C C 8+912 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C B B B B
10 B B B B PC PC C C C C C 9+179 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C B B B B
11 B B B C C C C C 9+900 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B B B
13 B B B B B B B C C C C C 10+296 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x4.5x2 31 C C C C C B B B B B B B
14 B B B B PC C PC C C C C C 10+448 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x4.5x2 42 C C C C C PC C PC B B B B
15 B B B C C C C C C C C 11+114 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B
16 B B B B B B B B C C C 11+820 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C PC C PC B B B B
17 B B B B B B B B PC C C 12+770 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C PC B B B B B B B B
19 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC 13+625 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
20 B B B B B B B B B PC PC PC 13+806 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC B B B B B B B B B
21 B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 14+036 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B

BOX/SLAB CULVERTS
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Placing & Joining
Placing & Joining

Levelling Coarse
Levelling Coarse
of BC Segments
of BC Segments
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Superstructure
Superstructure
Portion of BC
Portion of BC
Parapet Wall
Parapet Wall
Substructure
Substructure
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Parapet over
Parapet over
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Cast-in-Situ
Cast-in-Situ
Excavation
Excavation
with (M15)
with (M15)
Quadrant
Quadrant
Pitching
Pitching
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No

Chainage (Km)
22 B B B C PC C PC C C C C 14+696 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C PC C PC C B B B
23 B B B C B PC B C C C C 14+785 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
24 B C C C C C C C C C C 15+133 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C C C C B
25 B B B B B B C C C C C 16+298 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B B B B B
26 B C C C C C C C C C C C 17+248 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3.5x3 42 C C C C C C C C C B B B
28 B B B PC C C C C C C C 18+051 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
29 B B B C B C B C C C C C 18+312 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x5.8x2 - C C C C C B PC B C B B B
30 B B B B PC PC PC C C C C C 18+578 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C PC C PC B B B B
31 B B B B B B B C C C C 19+296 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C B B B B B B B B
33 B B B B B B B C C C C C 20+545 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B B B B B B B
34 B B B B B B B B PC C C 20+847 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 49 C C PC B B B B B B B B
35 B B B B B PC B C C C C C 21+916 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B PC B B B B B
36 B B B B B PC B C C C C 22+585 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B B B B B
37 B B B C B PC B C C C C 22+841 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
38 B C C C B PC B C C C C 23+014 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
39 B B B C PC C PC C C C C 24+250 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B C B C B B B
40 B B B B B B B B C C C 27+546 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C B B B B B B B B
LEGEND:
Completed C
Partial Completed PC
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex-X
(Schedule- A)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the
State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank on EPC mode."
Road Side Drain

Location Description of works
S. No. Side Type of drain Granular 900mm dia Remarks
From To Excavation Chamber
beding pipe
1 00+000 00+240 LHS Pipe Drain C C C PC
9 12+720 12+760 LHS Pipe Drain C C C -
11 12+845 12+870 LHS Pipe Drain C C C -
13 00+000 00+690 RHS Pipe Drain C C C PC
19 12+720 12+760 RHS Pipe Drain C C C -
21 12+930 13+020 RHS Pipe Drain C C C -
LEGEND:
Completed C
Annex-XI
(Schedule- A)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank
on EPC mode."
MAJOR & MINOR JUNCTIONS
Status of works of Junction Improvement

Design Type of
S. No. Leads to Left Leads to Right Remarks
Chainage (km) Junction 1200mm dia NP-4 Road Marking Others misc.
Subgrade GSB WMM Bituminous works
Hume pipe and Signages works
(a) Major Intersections
1 0+370 T Ras - LHS Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
2 04+430 T - - Shree cement factory approach Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
3 09+140 Y Babra - Babra Realignment Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
4 10+123 + Babra Patan SH -59, VUP -II Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
5 11+550 Y Babra - Babra Realignment End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
6 17+750 T Sodpura - Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
7 19+680 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar Roopnagar Realignment Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
8 21+440 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar Roopnagar Realignment End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
9 21+900 T Beawar - Beawar Bypass Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
10 30+050 Y Beawar NH -8, Beawar Bypass End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
(b) Minor Intersections
1 0+405 T Ras Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
2 0+680 y Ras LHS Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
3 01+215 T Bhil Dewa RHS Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
4 02+830 + Paliyawas Amarpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
5 03+340 T Shree Cement Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
6 06+323 T Dhani Bhagatpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
8 08+260 T Pratapgarh Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance

9 08+400 T Gopalpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
10 09+643 + Babra Gopaloura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
11 10+700 + Babra Naya Gavo Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
12 12+200 T Naya Gavo Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
13 12+475 T Kolpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
15 12+950 x Kolpura Kolpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
16 14+965 + Pratapgarh Pratapgarh Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
17 15+680 + Naharpura Naharpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance

Chadawta Ki
19 17+565 T Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
Dhani
20 17+750 T Sodpura Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
21 18+930 T - Settlements Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
22 23+150 + Fatehgarh Ramgarh Chang Beawar Bypass Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
23 24+585 + Jagmalpura Salakot Chang Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
24 25+840 + Beawar Chang Grade Separated Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
25 27+000 Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
26 27+580 + Saradhana Chang Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
RICCO Industrial
27 29+220 + Saradhana Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
Area
28 29+972 + Beawar Bar NH -14 Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
Annex-XII
(Schedule- A)
SCHEDULE - B
(See Clause 2.1)
Development of the Project Highway (Balance works Contract)
1. Development of the Project Highway
Development of the Project Highway includes Construction of balance work of Four Lane
Divide Carriageway from Km. 0+000 to Km. 30+050 in the State of Rajasthan under Ministry of
Road Transport & Highways (MORT&H) of NH-158 shall include design and construction on
EPC mode of the Project Highway as described in this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.
2. Rehabilitation and augmentation
Rehabilitation and augmentation of NH-158 KM 0+000 to Km 30+050 shall include balance

works of Four lane divided carriageway and strengthening of the Project Highway as described
in Annex- I of this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.
3. Specifications and Standards
The Project Highway shall be designed and constructed in conformity with the Specifications
and Standards specified in Annex-I of Schedule-D.
4. The scope of the project is primarily to execute left out work of terminated project. The
contractor shall in accordance with stipulation of Contract Agreement carry out ,the
balance and new work as defined in schedule - B and schedule- C
Annex-1
(Schedule-B)
Description of Four-Laning (Balance Works)
1. Improvement/Upgradation OF THE EXISTING HIGHWAY

2. The Project Highway shall follow the existing alignment unless otherwise specified by the
Authority and shown in the alignment plans specified in Annex III of Schedule-A.
Geometric deficiencies, if any, in the existing horizontal and vertical profiles shall be
corrected as per the prescribed standards for [Plain/Rolling] terrain to the extent land is
available.
WIDTH OF CARRIAGEWAY
The paved carriageway shall be 17 meters wide including paved shoulders except following
locations (excluding kerb shyness of 0.5 m width on either side of median):
Paved
S. Design Chainage Design TCS Carriageway
Shoulder width in
No. (m) Length (m) Type Width in m
m(no * Width)
From To
1 0+000 0+700 700 2 2X7 2X2
2 2+455 2+960 505 2 2X 7 2X2
3 4+430 4+830 400 2 2X7 2X2
4 5+960 6+830 870 2 2X7 2X2
5 7+300 7+430 130 7A 2 X 10.5 -
6 7+430 7+570 140 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
7 7+570 7+580 10 7C 2X 10.5 2X1
8 7+580 7+590 10 78 2 X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
9 7+590 7+700 110 7C 2X 10.005 2X1
10 8+000 8+020 20 7A 2X 10.5 -
11 8+020 8+090 70 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
12 8+090 8+250 160 7A 2X 10.5 -
13 9+240 10+350 1110 6 2X7 2X2
14 12+720 13+020 300 2 2X 7 2X2
15 13+525 14+285 760 Toll Plaza -
16 17+700 17+720 20 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
17 17+720 17+900 180 7C 2X 10.5 2X1
18 17+900 18+460 560 7A 2 X 10.5 -
19 18+460 18+550 90 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
20 18+550 18+660 110 7A 2X 10.5 -
21 18+660 18+830 170 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
22 18+830 18+930 100 7A 2X 10.5 -
23 18+930 18+940 10 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
24 18+940 18+980 40 7C 2 10.5 2X1
25 18+980 19+050 70 78 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
26 19+050 19+080 30 7A 2X 10.5 -
27 19+080 19+130 50 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
28 19+130 19+150 20 7A 2 10.5 -
29 19+150 19+170 20 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
30 19+170 19+200 30 7A 2X 10.5 -
31 19+200 19+220 20 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
32 19+220 19+230 10 7C 2X 10.5 2X1
33 19+230 19+270 40 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
34 19+270 19+410 140 7A 2X 10.5 -
35 19+410 19+500 90 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
36 19+500 19+580 80 7A 2X 10.5 -
37 19+580 19+590 10 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
38 19+590 19+630 40 7A 2 X 10.5 -
39 19+630 19+640 10 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
40 19+640 19+710 70 7A 2X 10.5 -
41 19+710 19+720 10 70 2X 10.5 2X1
42 19+720 19+730 10 7B 2X 10.5 1X1 (RHS)
43 19+730 19+750 20 7C 2X 10.5 2X1
44 19+950 20+910 960 6 2X7 2X2
45 25+550 26+500 950 6 2X7 2X2
46 26+500 26+590 90 6 2X7 2X2
47 26+590 26+920 330 6 2X7 2X2
3. GEOMETRIC DESIGN AND GENERAL FEATURES

3.1 General
Geometric design and general features of the Project Highway shall be in accordance with the
specifications & standards as specified in Schedule- D. The width of road along with paved &
earthen shoulders and median shall be as per Typical Sections enclosed herewith the bid
documents.
The proposed alignment of the Project Highway shall be as per enclosed plan. The proposed
profile of the Project Highway shall be followed by the contractor with minimum FRL as
indicated in the alignment plan. The Contractor may, however, improve/upgrade the Road
Profile based on site/design requirement.
3.2 Design Speed
The design speed shall be the minimum design speed 100/80 kmph for Plain terrain accordance
with ROW. At the following location, design speed is restricted as given below:
EPC Package-1
Design chainage (m) Speed
S. No. Length (m) Remarks
From To (Kmph)
1 0+162 0+398 15 235
2 0+881 3+518 60 2637
Forest /
3 18+259 19+750 30 850
DRDO
3.3 Right of Way
Right of way for the project stretch is 45m in general, except the locations mentioned below:
Design Chainage
S. Proposed ROW
(m) Length (m) Remarks
No.
From To LHS RHS
1. 0+000 0+700 700 15 15 Ras Town
2. 2+750 2+870 120 15 15 Jagtia Village
3. 3+010 3+120 110 27.5 27.5 Bus Bay
4. 4+400 4+430 30 15 15 Truck Lay Bye
5. 6+190 6+320 30 15 15 Bus Bay
6. 6+190 6+320 30 15 15 Bagatpura Village
7. 6+950 8+050 1100 15 15 Forest
8. 8+060 8+270 210 20 15 Bus Bay
Approaches to Toll
9. 13+580 13+830 250 22.5 22.5-
Plaza
Approaches to Toll
10. 13+830 14+070 240 50 80
Plaza
Approaches to Toll
11. 14+070 14+280 210 22.5 22.5
Plaza
12. 16+270 16+470 200 22.5 100 Rest Area
13. 17+370 17+500 130 27 33 Bus Bay
14. 18+290 19+290 370 15 15 Forest
15. 19+420 19+790 370 15 15 Forest
16. 19+850 19+960 110 27.5 27.5 Service Road
17. 21+980 22+160 180 31 24 Major Junction
18. 25+330 25+540 210 27.5 27.5 Service Road
19. 25+750 25+850 100 27.5 27.5 Service Road
Devnagar Town
20. 25+850 26+920 1070 15 15
portion
3.4 Type of Shoulder
(a) In open country, paved shoulders and earthen shoulder as per Four Laning Manual.
(b) Design and specifications of paved shoulders and granular material shall conform to the
requirements specified in– IRC:SP:84-2019.
3.5 Improvement of the existing road geometrics
As per alignment in Plan and Profile enclosed, where improvement of the existing road
geometrics to the prescribed standards is not possible, the existing road geometrics shall be
improved to the extent possible within the given right of way and proper road signs and safety
measures shall be provided as per the standard, specification and to the satisfaction of
Authority’s Engineer.
Realignments:
Village’s
Design chainage (m) Length (m)
S. No. Name
From To
1. 9+095 11+680 2585 Babra
2. 13+030 13+730 700 Kolpura
3. 16+218 16+600 382 Naharpura
Chadhwaton ki
4. 17+560 17+900 340
dhani
5. 19+690 21+470 1780 Roopnagar
Note:- The main miscellaneous items of executed/balance work is attached at Annex-V of

Schedule-A.
3.6 Lateral and vertical clearances at underpasses
3.6.1 Lateral and vertical clearances at Vehicle underpasses and provision of guardrails/crash
barriers shall be as per Section 2.10 of the Manual.
3.7 Lateral and vertical clearances at overpasses
Nil
3.8 Service roads & Slip Roads
Construction of 7.0 m wide service/slip roads(Flexible) with 1.2 m wide outer RCC lined drain.
(i) Ch. 9+240 to 10+350 (both sides) service/slip road 7.0 m wide with RCC drains of 1.2 m
width.
(ii) Ch.19+950 to 20+910 (both sides) service/slip road 7.0 m wide with RCC drains of 1.2 m
width.
(iii) Ch.25+550 to 25+830 (both sides) service/slip road 7.0 m wide with RCC drains of 1.2 m
width.
3.9 Grade separated structures
(i) Construction of balance miscellaneous works in Vehicular Underpass (VUP-S)
Construction of balance Miscellaneous works on already constructed VUPs:
S. No. Design Improvement proposal Width

chainage Span Vertical
(Km) Proposal arrangement clearance
(m) (m)
Construction of balance
1. 10+123 2X10 5.5 2X10.5
Miscellaneous works *
2. 25+834 2X10 5.5 2X10.5
Miscellaneous works*
*Note :- The main miscellaneous items of executed/balance work is attached at Annex-VI.
(ii) Construction of balance miscellaneous works in Vehicular Underpass (VUP-L):
Improvement proposal
S. Design chainage Span Vertical
Width
No. (Km) Proposal Type arrangement clearance
(m) (m)
1. 9+643 1X12 4 2X10.5
2. 20+264 1X12 4 2X10.5
*Note :- The main miscellaneous items of executed/balance work is attached at Annex-VI
3.10 Pedestrian Subway:
Design
S. Span Vertical Width
chainage
No. Proposal Type arrangement clearance (m)
(Km)
(m) (m)
1. 2+630 New Construction RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75 26
Balance
Balance
2. 12+895 Construction with RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75
width
Miscellaneous works
3. 21+730 New Construction RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75 26
Note :- The Status of executed/balance work is attached in Annex-VII .
3.11 Typical cross-sections of the Project Highway
(a) Different type of cross sections for different segments of four lane with paved shoulders
stretch shall be developed and provided– as per TCS attached in Annexure-I.
Indicative Typical Cross sections are as below:
Design chainage (m) Design Length

S. No. TCS Type
From To (m)
1 0+000 0+700 700 2
2 0+700 0+780 80 3
3 0+780 1+270 490 1
4 1+270 1+400 130 3
5 1+400 1+550 150 1
6 1+550 1+700 150 3
7 1+700 2+050 350 1
8 2+050 2+455 405 3
9 2+455 2+960 505 2
10 2+960 3+190 190 3
11 3+190 3+510 320 1
12 3+510 4+430 920 3
13 4+430 4+830 400 2
14 4+830 5+960 1130 1
15 5+960 6+830 870 2
16 6+830 7+250 420 3
17 7+250 7+300 50 1
18 7+300 7+430 130 7A
19 7+430 7+570 140 7B
20 7+570 7+580 10 7C
21 7+580 7+590 10 7B
22 7+590 7+700 110 7C
23 7+700 8+000 300 1
24 8+000 8+020 20 7A
25 8+020 8+090 70 7B
26 8+090 8+250 160 7A
27 8+250 9+240 990 1
28 9+240 10+350 1110 6
29 10+350 11+770 1420 1
30 11+770 12+720 950 3
31 12+720 13+020 300 2
32 13+020 13+525 505 1
33 13+525 14+285 760 Toll Plaza
34 14+285 15+190 905 1
35 15+190 16+220 1030 3
36 16+220 16+600 380 1
37 16+600 17+550 950 3
38 17+550 17+600 50 1
39 17+600 17+700 100 4
40 17+700 17+720 20 7B
41 17+720 17+900 180 7C
42 17+900 18+460 560 7A
43 18+460 18+550 90 7B
44 18+550 18+660 110 7A
45 18+660 18+830 170 7B
46 18+830 18+930 100 7A
47 18+930 18+940 10 7B
48 18+940 18+980 40 7C
49 18+980 19+050 70 7B
50 19+050 19+080 30 7A
51 19+080 19+130 50 7B
52 19+130 19+150 20 7A
53 19+150 19+170 20 7B
54 19+170 19+200 30 7A
55 19+200 19+220 20 7B
56 19+220 19+230 10 7C
57 19+230 19+270 40 7B
58 19+270 19+410 140 7A
59 19+410 19+500 90 7B
60 19+500 19+580 80 7A
61 19+580 19+590 10 7B
62 19+590 19+630 40 7A
63 19+630 19+640 10 7B
64 19+640 19+710 70 7A
65 19+710 19+720 10 7C
66 19+720 19+730 10 7B
67 19+730 19+750 20 7C
68 19+750 19+950 200 1
69 19+950 20+910 960 6
70 20+910 25+550 4640 1
71 25+550 26+500 950 6 & 6A
72 26+500 26+590 90 6
73 26+590 26+920 330 6
74 26+920 30+050 3130 1
Total 30050
Annexure-I
Typical Cross Section Type-1,2&3
Typical Cross Section Type-4,5 & 6
Typical Cross Section Type-6A
Typical Cross Section Type-7A, 7B &7C

Typical details of Median and shoulders side of pavement
3.12 INTERSECTIONS AND GRADE SEPARATORS
All intersections and grade separators shall be as per Section 3 of the Manual. Existing
intersections which are deficient shall be improved to the prescribed standards.
Properly designed intersections shall be provided at the locations and of the types and features
given in the tables below:
(a) Major Intersections (New Construction)
Design
S. Type of Leads to Leads to
Chainage Remarks
No. Junction Left Right
(km )
1 0+370 T Ras - LHS
Shree cement factory
2 04+430 T - -
approach
3 09+140 Y Babra - Babra Realignment Start
4 10+123 + Babra Patan SH -59, VUP -II
5 11+550 Y Babra - Babra Realignment End
6 17+750 T Sodpura -
Roopnagar Realignment
Start
8 21+440 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar Roopnagar Realignment End
9 21+900 T Beawar - Beawar Bypass Start
10 30+050 Y Beawar NH -8, Beawar Bypass End
Note: The contractor shall take up 'Detailed Engineering study to ascertain further details
of all intersections and treatment of the intersections shall be designed in accordance with
the latest guidelines mentioned out in section-3 of Manual.
(b) Minor Intersections: -
In addition to the above listed Major intersections, other minor intersections consisting of
Earthen road, BT road etc. which are not listed above shall also be considered for minor
improvements. These intersections shall be re-graded to match with the Edge of the Main
Carriageway with due regard to physical conditions of the site available and within the PROW.
The entire cross roads shall be connected to the highway through properly designed entry and
exit curves. The minimum values for the entry and exit curves of cross roads shall be as per
Section 3.2.2 of the Manual.
(i) Minor Intersections (New Construction):-

S. Design Type of Remarks
No. Chainage Junction Leads to Left Leads to Right
(km)
1. 0+405 T Ras
2. 0+680 y Ras LHS
3. 01+215 T Bhil Dewa RHS
4. 08+260 T Pratapgarh
5. 17+750 T Sodpura
6. 18+930 T - Settlements
7. 24+585 + Jagmalpura Salakot Chang Beawar Bypass
8. 25+840 + Beawar Chang Grade Separated
9. 27+000 + Amarpura Amarpura Beawar Bypass
10. 27+580 + Saradhana Chang Beawar Bypass
11. 29+220 + RICCO Industrial Area Saradhana Beawar Bypass
12. 29+972 + Beawar Bar NH-25
(ii) Minor Intersections (Balance Works*):
Design
S. Type of
Chainage Leads to Left Leads to Right Remarks
No. Junction
(km)
1 02+830 + Paliyawas Amarpura
2 03+340 T Shree Cement
5 08+400 T Gopalpura
6 09+643 + Babra Gopaloura
7 10+700 + Babra Naya Gavo
8 12+200 T Naya Gavo
9 12+475 T Kolpura
10 12+700 T Kolpura
11 12+950 x Kolpura Kolpura
12 14+965 + Pratapgarh Pratapgarh
13 15+680 + Naharpura
15 17+565 T Chadawta Ki Dhani
16 23+150 + Fatehgarh Ramgarh Chang Beawar Bypass
*Note:- The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex-II.

4 ROAD EMBANKMENT AND CUT SECTION:
4.1 Improvement/upgradation of the existing road embankment/cuttings and construction of new

road embankment/ cuttings shall conform to the Specifications and Standards given in Section 4
of the Manual and the specified cross-sectional details. Deficiencies in the plan and profile of the
road shall be corrected.
4.2 Raising of the existing road
As per Manual of Specifications and Standards for the Project Highway and based on the project
requirement.
S. No. Section (from km to Length Extent of raising (Top of finished road

km) (in km) level)
1 0 to 30.050 km 30.050 As per approved plan & profile.
5. Pavement design
5.1 Pavement design shall be carried out in accordance with Section 5 of four laning Manual.
No stage Construction shall be permitted. Rigid pavement shall be carried out in accordance with
IRC-58-2015 except the approach of the Flyover /VUP /ROB as mentioned in the table below
where flexible pavement shall be carried out according to IRC 37:2018.
S. Design Chainage (m) Proposed Pavement
Design Length (m)
No. From To Type
1. 9+240 10+350 1110 Flexible
2. 19+950 20+910 960 Flexible
3. 25+550 26+920 1370 Flexible
5.2 Type of pavement
Strengthening and improvement and new sections of the existing carriageway shall be with rigid
pavement except the approach of the Flyover /VUP /ROB as mentioned in the table above with
flexible pavement.
5.3 Design requirements
As per Section 5 of Four Laning Manual.
5.3.1 Design Period and strategy
Rigid pavement for new pavement and strengthening of the existing pavement shall be designed
for a minimum design period of 30 years. Stage construction shall not be permitted. Rigid
pavement shall be designed for 30 years design period for minimum CVPD of 1500.
5.3.2 Design Traffic
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the Manual, the
Contractor shall design the pavement for design traffic of not less than the following:
Sl. No. Section MSA

1 Km 0.000 to 30.050 (Main Carriageway) 71
2 Km 0.000 to 30.050 (Service/Slip Road) 10
5.4 Widening/Reconstruction of stretches
Length of reconstruction is given below:
S. Design Chainage (m) Design Length (m)

No. From To
The entire Existing and new carriageway shall be constructed as PQC as per enclosed TCSs except
the approaches of the Fly over/VUP/ROB as mentioned in the above table and service/slip roads.
6 ROADSIDE DRAINAGE
Drainage system including surface and subsurface drains for the Project Highway shall be
provided as per Section 6 of IRC:SP:84-2019. Locations of RCC road side drains shall be as per
Cross Section Schedule and as per actual site requirement. Rectangular/Square cross-section of
road side drains should be avoided. Circular or other X-section having self-cleaning velocity at
lower/normal discharge shall be designed/adopted. It is preferred to provide sub-surface drains
with proper manholes for maintenance & cleaning purpose of the same. Please note the need for
groundwater recharge, and interceptors to prevent pollution of watercourses.
Note:- The detailed status of executed & balance works is attached in Annex-II.
7 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
7.1 General
7.1.1 All bridges, culverts and structures shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
section 7 of Manual shall conform to the cross-sectional features and other details specified
therein.
7.1.2 All new/reconstruction of minor bridges shall be designed as Integral bridges with
no/minimum expansion joints.
7.1.3 Width of the carriageway of new bridges and structures shall be in accordance with
specifications and standards provided in Four Laning Manual unless specified in this Schedule.
7.1.4 All bridges shall be high-level bridges.
7.1.5 All new Bridges shall have provisions for utility services to be carried over.
7.1.6 Cross-section of the new culverts and bridges at deck level for the Project Highway shall
conform to the typical cross-sections given in section 7 of the Manual. .
7.2 Culverts
7.2.1 Overall width of all culverts shall be equal to the roadway width of the approaches.
7.2.2 All Box culverts shall be pre-casted in yard. Any change in X-section shall not be treated as
Change of Scope. Cast-in-situ construction may be got approved from Authority's Engineer in
exceptional cases, if any.
7.2.3 Improvement Proposal for Culverts shall be given below:
(i) Improvement proposal with Box Culverts:
(a) Construction of Box Culverts
Existing Structure Type

Improvement Proposal
Existing Design (As per Schedule A)
S.
Chainage Chainage Span
No Span/
(Km) (Km) Type No Proposal Type Arrangem
Dia
ent
Box
1 130.122 1+229 Pipe 3 0.6 Reconstruction 1x2.5x1.5
Culvert
Box
2 142.621 13+806 Pipe 1 0.6 Reconstruction 1x2x1.5
Culvert
RCC Solid Box
3 147.740 18+882 1 - Reconstruction 1x5.8x3
Slab Culvert
(b) Construction of balance works of box culverts
Design Chainage
S. No Span
(Km) Proposal Type
Arrangement
1. 2+009 Balance works Box Culvert 1x3x2
4. 5+958 Balance works Box Culvert 1x3x1.5
15. 10+296 Balance works Box Culvert 1x4.5x2
30. 18.051 Balance works Box Culvert 1x2x1.5
(ii) New Culverts shall be provided as per details given below:

(a) New culverts
Design Chainage
S. No. Span
(Km) Proposal Type
arrangement
Box Culvert
1. 21+500 New Construction 1x2x2
Box Culvert
Box Culvert
Box Culvert
(b) New Culverts (for GAIL Pipe line) shall be provided as per details given below:
Design Chainage Span Skew
S. No.
(Km) arrangement Angle
Proposal Type
(Width*height)
in m
71°
1. 11+265 New Construction Slab Culvert 1X6.0X3.417
Note:- The detailed status of executed & balance works is attached in Annex-III
.Note: In addition, pipe culverts with NP4 hume pipe of 1x1.2m dia shall be provided on cross
roads at all major and minor junctions for drainage purpose.
7.2.5 Repairs/replacements of railing/parapets, flooring and protection works of the existing

culverts shall be undertaken as follows:
All Repairs shall be carried out as per present site conditions. The repair works to be carried out
as per IRC standards and in consultation with Authority's Engineer. The repair requirements to
be assessed at the time of construction for actual requirements.
7.2.6 Floor protection works shall be as specified in the relevant IRC Codes and Specifications.
7.3 Major / Minor Bridge
7.3.1 Existing bridges to be reconstructed:
Existing structure Proposed Structure

Ex. Design
Sl.
Chainage Chainage Remarks
No Span Width Span
(km) (km) Type Width (m)
(m) (m) (m)
1 130.362 01+479 Pipe 34x0.6 - 5x30 13.5 + Median + 13.5 PSC Girder
"The Existing causeway comprises of 34 pipes of 600mm diameter is to be reconstructed as

High Level Major Bridge on the existing alignment"
(i) 7.3.2 New/Balance works Minor Bridges and Reconstruction for Existing Minor
Bridges:Construction of Minor Bridges
S. Existing Proposed Improvement Remarks
Design Ex. Structure Details
No Structure Proposal
Chainage Chainage Span/ Width
Type Width Span
(km) (km) Length (m)
2x4.5 12.5+
Re-
1 130.342 1+350 Pipe 8x0.6 - (Clear Median+ RCC Box
Construction
span) 12.5
2x4.5 11.5+ 2x4.5 12.5+
RCC
2 - 13+356 (Clear Median+ (Clear Median+ RCC Box Balance works
Box
span) 11.5 span) 12.5
3x6.0 12.5+ 3x6.0 12.5+
RCC
3 - 16+492 (Clear Median+ (Clear Median+ RCC Box Balance works
Box
span) 12.5 span) 12.5
12.5+
New
4 - 29+644 - - - 1x19.0 Median+ RCC Girder
Construction
12.5
Note:- The detailed status of executed & balance works is attached in Annex-V.
(ii) Reconstruction of Minor Bridges
Note: The proposed length is tentative and the same shall be finalized in consultation with
Authority's Engineer, Any change in total length and span arrangement shall not be covered the
scope of work.
7.3.3 The railings of all existing bridges shall be replaced with crash barriers.
7.3.4 All new/reconstruction of minor bridges shall be designed as Integral bridges with
no/minimum expansion joints.
7.3.5 Repairs/rehabilitation/widening of the existing bridges shall be undertaken as follows:
(i) Rehabilitation/Repair/Widening of Existing Minor bridges:
Existing structure Details Proposed Structure

Existing Design Improve
S. Span/ Improve
Chainage Chainage Width Width ment Remarks
No Type Length -ment Type
(km) (km) (m) (m) Proposal
(m) Proposal
11.5+ 12.5+ Widening

RCC RCC Balance
1 135.912 07+018 3x4.5 Median 3x4.5 Median on both
Box Box works
+11.5 +12.5 side

RCC RCC Balance
Box Box works
+11.5 +12.5 side

RCC RCC Balance
Box Box works
+11.5 +12.5 side
Note:- The detailed status of executed & balance works is attached in Annex-V.
7.3.5 Drainage system for bridge decks
An effective drainage system for bridge decks shall be provided as specified in Section 7.20 of
the manual.
7.3.6 Structures in marine environment
Not Applicable
7.4. Rail-road bridges
7.4.1 Design, construction and detailing of ROB shall be as specified in section 7 of Manual.
7.4.2 Road over-bridges
Road over-bridges (road over rail) shall be provided at the following level crossings, as per GAD
drawings attached:
Design
S. Super structure
Chainage Type of Structure Span/Vents Remarks
No. width (m)
(km)
RCC Girder + Bow 1x21+1x76.04+1x
1. 26+556 12.5+Median+12.5 4 lane
String Girder 21
Note: Approved GAD is attached. Execution shall be carried out as per approved GAD by
Railways authority. As per Railways’ guidelines, the instrumentation in the railway super
structure across the railway bridge portion and instrumentation system of ROB shall be
developed.
7.4.3 Road under-bridges
Road under-bridges (road under railway line) shall be provided at the following level crossings,
as per GAD drawings attached:
Nil
7.5 Grade separated structures
The grade separated structures shall be provided at the locations and of the type and length and
width specified in Section 3.9 (i) & (ii) of this Annex-l.
(iii) Balance works of Vehicular Underpass (VUP)

Design Improvement Proposal
S.
Chainage Span Vertical Width
No Proposal Type
(km) arrangement (m) clearance (m)
1 10+123 Balance works* RCC Box 2x10 5.5 2x10.5
2 25+834 Balance works* RCC Box 2x10 5.5 2x10.5
*Note :- The main miscellaneous items of executed/balance work is attached at Annex-
VI.
(iv) Balance works of Light Vehicular Underpass (LVUP)
Design Improvement proposal
S.
chainage Span Vertical Width
No Proposal Type
(Km) arrangement (m) clearance (m)
1. 9+643 Balance works* RCC Box 1X12 4 2X10.5
2. 20+264 Balance works* RCC Box 1X12 4 2X10.5
*Note :- The main miscellaneous items of executed/balance work is attached at Annex-

VI.
7.6 Pedestrian subway structures
Design
S. Span Vertical Section
chainage Remarks
No. Proposal Type arrangement clearanc Type
(Km)
(m) e (m)
New
1. 2+630 RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75 4-Lane
Construction
Balance
2. 12+895 Construction RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75 4-Lane
work
New
3. 21+730 RCC Box 1X4.8 2.75 4-Lane
Construction
*Note :- The status of executed/balance works is attached in Annex-VII.
8 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND ROAD SAFETY WORKS
8.1 Traffic control devices and road safety works shall be provided in accordance with section 9
of the Manual.
a) Road Signs: Road signs shall be provided as per Section 9.2 of the manual. The locations for
these provisions shall be finalised in consultation with Authority's Engineer.
b) Road Markings: Road Markings shall be provided as per Section 9.3 of the manual. Raised
Profile Edge Line (Rib-line) shall be provided instead of normal edge line marking as per
existing guidelines and latest version of IRC-35. The locations for these provisions shall be
finalised in consultation with Authority's Engineer.
c) LED Traffic Beacons: These shall be provided in the entire Project Highway near pedestrian
crossings, public gathering places (Educational Institutions, Hospitals, Worshipping Places, etc.),
cross roads, & median openings. The locations for these provisions shall be finalised in
consultation with Authority's Engineer.
d) Reflective Pavement Markers (Road Studs): Reflective Pavement Markers shall be
provided as per Section 9.5 of the manual. The locations for these provisions shall be finalised in
consultation with Authority's Engineer.
e) Crash Barrier: Crash barrier shall be provided at all locations as per IRC:SP:84-2019.
i) Crash Barrier are to be provide at high embankment (>3m) locations or wherever

required as per site condition.
ii) Crash Barrier are to be provide as per manual of Specification (IRC:SP: 84-2019) and
at Curve (Radius<450m).
iii) Crash Barrier are to be provide at structure locations as per IRC SP 84-2019. Crash
barriers should be provided at the start and of concrete New Jersey barriers and other
vertical faces.
Note: - The road side safety crash barrier shall be provided as per manual of Specification (IRC-
SP: 84-2019).
f) Work Zone Traffic Management Plan (WTMPs): Work zone traffic Management Plan
(WTMPs) shall be prepared as per Section 9.9 of manual.
8.2 Specifications of the reflective sheeting shall be as per Section 9.2.3 of manual.
9 ROADSIDE FURNITURE
9.1 Roadside furniture shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the
manual.
a) Overhead signs: Sign boards on gantry shall be provided at all arms of junctions/intersections
as per relevant Ministry's Specifications and IRC codes. Cantilever and Gantry sign Location and
their sizes shall be finalized in consultation with Authority's Engineer as per IRC SP: 84-2019.
b) Road Boundary Stone (RBS): shall be provided for the entire Project Highway as per–
Section-9 of IRC:SP:84-2019 & IRC:25.
c) Hectometer/Kilometer stones: shall be provided for the entire Project Highway.
d) Pedestrian facilities:
(i) Pedestrian Guard Rail: Shall be provided at the location as shown in cross section Schedule
and each Bus bay location.
(ii) Pedestrian Crossings: Provide pedestrian crossing facilities at urban location and service
roads location as per Manual.
e) Road Delineators: Road delineators shall be provided as per IRC 79-2019 and as per Section
9.4 of the manual.
10 COMPULSORY AFFORESTATION
Compensatory Afforestation shall be done as per Section 11 of the manual.
11 ACCIDENT PRONE LOCATIONS
The safety barriers shall also be provided at the following hazardous locations:
S. No. Location stretch from (km) to (km) LHS/RHS

W beam crash barrier shall be provided at embankment more than 3m, at sharp curves and along
RE/retaining wall locations.
12 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT FOR HILL ROADS
Not Applicable
13 RAINWATER HARVESTING
As the project area having scarcity of water and as per ministry of Environment and Forests
Notification, New Delhi dated 14.01.1997(as amended on 13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 &
06.11.2000), the rainwater harvesting pits are to be provided at every 500m interval of storm
water drain or in case, the drain length is less 500 m, pits are to be provided at end point of the
storm water drain before meeting to nalla near culverts, minor bridges and major bridges on both
side of the road. The recommendations are given in IRC: SP: 42-2014 clause 10.7.3 regarding
provision of rainwater harvesting.
14 BYPASSES
14.1 Bypasses:
Design Chainage (m) Design Length

S. No. Existing Length (m) Bypass
Start End (m)
1. 21+800 30+050 8250 4520 Beawar
8250
15. Built up section
Design Chainage (m)

S. No. Design Length (m)
From To
2. 0+000 0+700 700
3. 2+455 2+960 505
4. 4+430 4+830 400
5. 5+960 6+830 870
6. 12+720 13+020 300
Note: Two-meter-wide strip of land at the extreme edge of ROW shall be kept for
accommodating utilities, both over as well as underground.
(i) 600mm dia NP-4 pipe across the project highway for Utility Duct:
Balance works* of Utility ducts in the form of 600 mm diameter NP-4 pipe across
the Project Highway along with inspection box/chamber at a spacing of 0.50 km
shall be executed for crossing of underground utilities in built up areas.
(ii) 300mm dia pipe across the project highway for Utility Duct for Grievances of
local people:
Balance works* of Utility ducts in the form of 300 mm diameter pipe across the
Project Highway along with inspection box/chamber for crossing of irrigation
water pipe line in villages.
Note:- *The detailed status of executed & balance works is attached in Annex-VIII of
Schedule-B.
16 Median Opening
Median Opening are to be provide at the location mentioned in the table below:
S. No. Design Chainage (m)

1. 0+370
2. 0+680
3. 1+215
4. 2+830
5. 3+340
6. 4+430
7. 6+323
8. 8+260
9. 8+400
10. 9+140
11. 10+705
12. 11+550
13. 12+222
14. 12+480
15. 12+695
16. 12+950
17. 14+965
18. 15+680
19. 16+600
20. 17+565
21. 17+750
22. 18+930
23. 19+680
24. 21+440
25. 21+900
26. 23+150
27. 24+585
28. 27+000
29. 27+580
30. 29+220
17 Repair/Rectification of the Already Executed Pavement Layers & Structural works:
The contractor shall be responsible for all repair, rectification/removal and re-laying works or
any defects / deficiencies observed in previously executed Pavement layers & Structural works.
This includes but is not limited to, cleaning, re-pouring, or any other necessary remedial actions
as determined by the engineer-in-charge. All costs and efforts associated with such
repairs/rectifications shall be borne by the contractor and shall ensure that the repaired sections
meet the required specifications and standards as per the MoRTH/IRC specifications.
18 Shifting of DRDO Boundary wall & other works as per requirement of DRDO:
(i) Km 19+573 to Km 19+731:
a. RCC Boundary wall 3m high above NGL , with wall width 0.200_m & RCC
columns (300x400mm) at 4m centre to centre spacing shall be constructed. 2m high
chain Link Fencing duly embedded in RCC Beam of 300 mm high on RCC
Boundary wall shall be provided. Chain Link Fencing shall be covered with FRP
sheet for view blocking and 600 mm dia Concertina Coil on top with U shape frame
work to be constructed.
b. Dedicated By Lane/ Service Lane ( 7.0 m wide with inner side drain and chain link
fencing) for use of DRDO vehicles (20 msa) with min. 30m turning radius for
vehicles shall be provided. Road signs and Markings shall be provided as per
Manual.
c. Junction to be developed so that DRDO vehicles can be diverted to NH-158 road/
Beawar Khas road/ Roopnagar road on NH-158 road.
d. The existing MS gate need to be realigned and relocated with a new Sliding MS Gate
of min. 10.5m width for turning of various vehicles to the complex.
e. HT Electrical Poles, Over Head Lines, HT Panels etc. need to be shifted wherever
required. New Chemical Earth pits with copper strips to be provided for shifted
electrical VCB/Panels.
f. Portable metallic spikers & Entry Barrier (two nos. each) shall be provided.
g. One PTZ camera with display monitor system shall be installed as per specifications
and location provided by DRDO...
h. All underground electrical cables, water supply line & OFC cables wherever falling
in the stretch of road widening and diverted land should be shifted/rectified.
(ii) Km 19+265 to 19+290:
a. One Sentry Post cum Watch Tower shall be constructed as per specifications of
DRDO with following facilities:
i. One PTZ camera with display monitor system shall be installed as per
specifications and location provided by DRDO.
ii. Approach Road: from Main Road of DRDO to Sentry Post.
➢ 150mm moorum
➢ 200mm PQC (Expansion Joint @ every 30m shall be provided)
➢ 150mm thick Moorum shoulder of 1.20m width on either side of Approach
Road.
➢ Near the sentry Post Hard Standing of size 15m x 10 m of same specification as
above to be constructed so that turning and parking of vehicle can be possible.
➢ 4 rows Hume Pipe Culvert shall be provided across the Approach Road for
crossing of services and drainage.
iii. Sentry Post shall be constructed 1m above FGL (Finished Ground Level) and the
surrounding area of building shall be filled with 0.3m good earth for plantation.
iv. 10L RO, 20/40 Lt. capacity water cooler, septic tank, soak pit, PVC water tank of
1000L capacity and one search light shall be provided for Sentry Post Electricity
and water supply pipe line to be provided to the Sentry Post from nearest tapping
point. Sanitary items, Lighting, Underground Water tank, Internet Connectivity,
Telephone connectivity to be provided for the sentry post from the nearest Sentry
Post, etc.
b. Brick masonry drain of 0.45 m wide shall be provided in the uphill side of the road to
divert the water towards the culvert.
c. RCC Boundary wall 3m high above NGL , with wall width 0.200_m & RCC
(iii)Km 18+634 to 18+700:

b. Wherever the vertical cut is done for rocky area, the shortcreting to be done as anti-
climbing arrangement.
(iv) Km 18+587 to 18+595:

b. Proper drainage arrangement to be done for diverting storm water to the nearest
Highway culvert.
(v) OFC cables wherever falling in the stretch of road widening between Beawar to
Roopnagar should be shifted / rectified.
(vi) Any other utilities to be shifted at DRDO stretches.
Note: Scope of works for shifting of DRDO boundary wall has been detailed above. However,
the same may vary as per actual site condition and specifications of DRDO. The boundary wall
shall be constructed prior to dismantling of the existing one.
19 Green Technologies:
New/green technologies are to be adopted in the execution of project works.
A few green technologies, but not limited to, are mentioned below:
i) Jute/Coir Geo Textiles as slope protection for stretches with high embankment (> 3 m
height) and structure locations as per IRC:SP:126-2019/IRCSP:129-2022
ii) Recycled concrete pieces of 40 kg each as replacement of stone pitching around rain
chutes and aprons for cross drainage structures.
iii) Use of fly ash as replacement of cement in PQC as per IRC specifications and codal
provisions.
iv) Provision of Solar Light at the locations mentioned in Schedule-C.
v) Provision of Rain Water Harvesting Structures at the locations mentioned in Schedule-C.
20. Change of Scope
The length of structures and bridges specified hereinabove shall be treated as an
approximate assessment. The actual lengths as required on the basis of detailed
investigations shall be determined by the Contractor in-consultation with Authority
Engineer and in accordance with the Specifications and Standards. Any variations in the
lengths specified in this Schedule-B shall not constitute a Change of Scope Order, save and
except any variations in the length arising out of a Change of Scope expressly undertaken in
accordance with the provisions of Article-13.
Note: For Maintenance of proper record of the execution of the work, drone videography shall
be done by the agency before and after execution and a digital copy of the same may be
submitted to Authority.
Schedule B-1
1. The shifting of utilities and felling of trees shall be carried out by the Contractor. The
details of utilities are as follows:
1.1 Electrical Utilities: The site includes the following electrical utilities required to be shifted: -
Chainage No. of Poles Length in m Crossing Transformer
Sr.
Side
No.
33 11 33 11 33 11 Capacity
From To LT LT LT No.
KV KV KV KV KV KV (KVA)
1 00+720 01+200 RHS 480
2 00+720 01+100 LHS 380
3 01+060 RHS 1 40
4 01+070 LHS 1 40
5 07+750 BHS 1
6 08+750 BHS 1
7 09+693 BHS 1
8 12+200 RHS 1
9 13+000 RHS 1 40
10 14+740 15+000 RHS 1 260
11 29+220 BHS 1
Note:
(i) The transformers in good working condition shall be utilized.
(ii) Minor deviation in length of the utilities shall not constitute any COS.
Annexure-I to Schedule- B-1
Utility Shifting.
Shifting of obstructing existing utilities indicated in Schedule A to an appropriate location in

accordance with the standards and specifications of concerned Utility Owning Department is
part of the scope of work of the Contractor. The bidders may visit the site and assess the
quantum of shifting of utilities for the projects before submission of their bid. The
specifications of concerned Utility Owning Department shall be applicable and followed.
Notes:
(a) The type/ spacing/ size/ specifications of poles/ towers/ lines/ cables to be used in shifting
work shall be as per the guidelines of utility owning department and it is to be agreed solely
between the Contractor and the utility owning department. No change of scope shall be
admissible and no cost shall be paid for using different type/ spacing/ size/ specifications in
shifted work in comparison to those in the existing work or for making any overhead crossings
to underground as per requirement of utility owning department and/or construction of project
highway. The Contractor shall carry out joint inspection with utility owning department and
get the estimates from the utility owning department. The assistance of the Authority is limited
to giving forwarding letter on the proposal of Contractor to utility owning department
whenever asked by the Contractor. The decision/ approval of utility owning department shall
be binding on the Contractor.
(b) The supervision charges at the rates/ charges applicable of the utility owning department
shall be paid directly by the Authority to the Utility Owning department as and when
Contractor furnishes demand of Utility Owning Department along with a copy of estimated
cost given by the later.
(c) The dismantled material/scrap of existing Utility to be shifted/ dismantled shall belong to
the Contractor who would be free to dispose-off the dismantled material as deemed fit by them
unless the Contractor is required to deposit the dismantled material to utility owning
department as per the norm and practice and in that case the amount of credit for dismantled
material may be availed by the Contractor/ as per estimate agreed between them.
(d) The utilities shall be handed over after shifting work is completed to Utility Owning
Department to their entire satisfaction. The maintenance liability shall rest with the Utility
Owning Department after handing over process is complete as far as utility shifting works are
concerned.
Annex-II
(Schedule- B)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank
on EPC mode."
MAJOR & MINOR JUNCTIONS
Status of works of Junction Improvement

Design Type of
S. No. Leads to Left Leads to Right Remarks
Chainage (km) Junction Bituminous 1200mm dia NP-4 Road Marking Others misc.
Subgrade GSB WMM
works Hume pipe and Signages works
(a) Major Intersections
1 0+370 T Ras - LHS Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
2 04+430 T - - Shree cement factory approach Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
3 09+140 Y Babra - Babra Realignment Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
4 10+123 + Babra Patan SH -59, VUP -II Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
5 11+550 Y Babra - Babra Realignment End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
6 17+750 T Sodpura - Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
7 19+680 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar Roopnagar Realignment Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
8 21+440 + Beawar Khas Roopnagar Roopnagar Realignment End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
9 21+900 T Beawar - Beawar Bypass Start Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
10 30+050 Y Beawar NH -8, Beawar Bypass End Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
(b) Minor Intersections
1 0+405 T Ras Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance

2 0+680 y Ras LHS Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
3 01+215 T Bhil Dewa RHS Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
4 02+830 + Paliyawas Amarpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
5 03+340 T Shree Cement Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
9 08+400 T Gopalpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
10 09+643 + Babra Gopaloura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
11 10+700 + Babra Naya Gavo Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
12 12+200 T Naya Gavo Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
15 12+950 x Kolpura Kolpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
16 14+965 + Pratapgarh Pratapgarh Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
17 15+680 + Naharpura Naharpura Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance

Chadawta Ki
19 17+565 T Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
Dhani
20 17+750 T Sodpura Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
21 18+930 T - Settlements Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
22 23+150 + Fatehgarh Ramgarh Chang Beawar Bypass Completed Completed Completed Balance Balance Balance Balance
23 24+585 + Jagmalpura Salakot Chang Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
24 25+840 + Beawar Chang Grade Separated Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
25 27+000 Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance

26 27+580 + Saradhana Chang Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
RICCO Industrial
27 29+220 + Saradhana Beawar Bypass Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
Area
28 29+972 + Beawar Bar NH -14 Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance Balance
Annex-III
(Schedule- B)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under
Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank on EPC mode."
Road Side Drain
Location Description of works
S. No. Side Type of drain Granular 900mm dia Other Remaining
From To Excavation Chamber
beding pipe Works
1 00+000 00+240 LHS Pipe Drain C C C PC B
2 00+240 00+250 LHS Pipe Drain B B B B B
18 07+570 07+580 LHS Trapezoidal lined drain B B B B B
20 09+240 10+350 LHS Outer lined drain B B B B B
21 12+720 12+760 LHS Pipe Drain C C C - B
25 12+845 12+870 LHS Pipe Drain C C C - B
1 00+000 00+690 RHS Pipe Drain C C C PC B

2 00+690 00+700 RHS Pipe Drain B B B B B
12 07+430 07+700 RHS Trapezoidal lined drain B B B B B
14 09+240 10+350 RHS Outer lined drain B B B B B
15 12+720 12+760 RHS Pipe Drain C C C - B
19 12+930 13+020 RHS Pipe Drain C C C - B
Note: The Drainage system including surface and subsurface drains for the Project Highway shall be provided as per Section 6 of IRC:SP:84-2019. Above locations are tentative and
the drain shall be provided as per Cross Section Schedule and actual site requirement.
LEGEND:
Completed C
Balance B
Annex-IV
(Schedule- B)
BOX/SLAB CULVERTS
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Placing & Joining
Placing & Joining

Levelling Coarse
Levelling Coarse
of BC Segments
of BC Segments
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Superstructure
Superstructure
Portion of BC
Portion of BC
Parapet Wall
Parapet Wall
Substructure
Substructure
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Parapet over
Parapet over
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Cast-in-Situ
Cast-in-Situ
Excavation
Excavation
with (M15)
with (M15)
Quadrant
Quadrant
Pitching
Pitching
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No

Chainage (Km)
1 B B B B B B B B B B B B 1+229 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x2.5x1.5 - B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 B B B B C C C C C C C C 2+009 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
3 B B B B B B B C C C C C 3+432 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
5 B B B B B B B B B B B B 5+958 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x1.5 - B B B B B B B B B B B B
6 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+333 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B B B B B B B
7 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+574 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C C B B B
8 B B B B B B B C C C C 6+866 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C B B B B
9 B B B B B B B C C C C 7+903 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C B B B B
10 B B B B C C C C C C C C 8+348 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x1.5 - C C C C C C C C B B B B
11 B B B B C C C C C C C 8+912 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C B B B B
12 B B B B PC PC C C C C C 9+179 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C B B B B
13 B B B C C C C C 9+900 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B B B
15 B B B B B B B C C C C C 10+296 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x4.5x2 31 C C C C C B B B B B B B
16 B B B B PC C PC C C C C C 10+448 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x4.5x2 42 C C C C C PC C PC B B B B
17 B B B C C C C C C C C 11+114 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C C C C C B B B
18 B B B B B B B B B B B B 11+265 Slab Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x6 - B B B B B B B B B B B B
22 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC 13+625 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
23 B B B B B B B B B PC PC PC 13+806 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC B B B B B B B B B
24 B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 14+036 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x2x1.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B

BOX/SLAB CULVERTS
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Placing & Joining
Placing & Joining

Levelling Coarse
Levelling Coarse
of BC Segments
of BC Segments
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Superstructure
Superstructure
Portion of BC
Portion of BC
Parapet Wall
Parapet Wall
Substructure
Substructure
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Parapet over
Parapet over
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Cast-in-Situ
Cast-in-Situ
Excavation
Excavation
with (M15)
with (M15)
Quadrant
Quadrant
Pitching
Pitching
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No

Chainage (Km)
25 B B B C PC C PC C C C C 14+696 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C PC C PC C B B B
26 B B B C B PC B C C C C 14+785 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
27 B C C C C C C C C C C 15+133 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C C C C C C C B
28 B B B B B B C C C C C 16+298 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B B B B B
29 B C C C C C C C C C C C 17+248 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3.5x3 42 C C C C C C C C C B B B
31 B B B PC C C C C C C C 18+051 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
32 B B B C B C B C C C C C 18+312 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x5.8x2 - C C C C C B PC B C B B B
33 B B B B PC PC PC C C C C C 18+578 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C PC C PC B B B B
34 B B B B B B B B B B B B 18+882 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x5.8x3 - B B B B B B B B B B B B
35 B B B B B B B C C C C 19+296 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 - C C C B B B B B B B B
37 B B B B B B B C C C C C 20+545 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B B B B B B B
38 B B B B B B B B PC C C 20+847 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x1.5 49 C C PC B B B B B B B B
39 B B B B B B B B B B B 21+500 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - B B B B B B B B B B B
40 B B B B B PC B C C C C C 21+916 Box Culvert Cast-in-Situ 1x3x3 - C C C C C B PC B B B B B
41 B B B B B PC B C C C C 22+585 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B B B B B
42 B B B C B PC B C C C C 22+841 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
43 B C C C B PC B C C C C 23+014 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B PC B C B B B
44 B B B C PC C PC C C C C 24+250 Box Culvert Pre Cast 1x2x2 - C C C C B C B C B B B
LEGEND:
Completed C
Partial Completed PC
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex – V
(Schedule-B)
MINOR BRIDGES




Quadrant Pitching
Quadrant Pitching
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Superstructure
Superstructure
Flexible Apron
Flexible Apron
Approach Slab
Approach Slab
(M15) Grade.
(M15) Grade.
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Crash Barrier
Substructure
Substructure
Median Wall
Median Wall
Curtain Wall
Curtain Wall
Return Wall
Return Wall
RCC Girders
RCC Girders
Rigid Apron
Rigid Apron
Excavation
Excavation
Dirt Wall
Dirt Wall
Design
Improvement
Side)
Side)
S.No

Proposal
(Km)
Rehabilitation/Repair/Widening of Existing Minor Bridges
1 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 7+018 MNB RCC Box Widening 3x4.5 PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
2 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 9+033 MNB RCC Box Widening 3X6.5 PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
3 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 15+278 MNB RCC Box Widening 2X5.5 PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B
Reconstruction / New Minor Bridges
1 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 1+350 MNB RCC Box Reconstruction 2x4.5 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 B B B B B B B B C B PC PC PC PC PC 13+356 MNB RCC Box Reconstruction 2X4.5 PC PC PC PC PC B C B B B B B B B B
New
3 B C C C C C B C C C C C C C C 16+492 MNB RCC Box 3X6.0 C C C C C C C C B C C C C C B
Construction
New
4 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 29+644 MNB RCC Girder 1X19 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Construction
LEGEND:
Completed C
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex-VI
(Schedule- B)
VEHICULAR UNDERPASSES (VUPs)
LHS Location and type of Structures RHS



PCC (M15)
PCC (M15)
Design
S.No
Wall
Wall
Slab
Slab
Raft
Raft
(Km)
Approach Slab
Approach Slab
Median Wall
Median Wall
Approaches
Approaches
Excavation
Excavation
Vehicular Underpass (VUP-S)
1 PC B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C B PC

2 B B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C B B
Vehicular Underpass (VUP-L)

1 PC B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C C PC

2 B B C C B C C C C C C C C C C B C C C B
LEGEND: Already casted Quantity- 7000 sqm of panels and 500 m of Crash barrier is available at site and shall be used.
Completed C
Balance B
Annex-VII
(Schedule-B)
PEDESTRIAN SUBWAY STRUCTURES
RCC Crash Barrier on Median wall.


RCC Crash Barrier on Median wall




Canopy,Railing etc.
Canopy,Railing etc.

Approaches
Approaches

Excavation
Excavation
Grade.
Grade.
Design
S.No
Category Type Span Arrangement
Foundation (Raft)
Foundation (Raft)
Chainage (Km)
Superstructure
Superstructure
Substructure
Substructure
Median Wall
Median Wall
2 B B C B C PC PC B C C C C C 12+895 Pedestrian Subway RCC Box 1x4.8x2.75 C C B B B B B B B B B B B
LEGEND:
Completed C
Balance B
Not Applicable
Annex-VIII
(Schedule- B)
"Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km
30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan
assistance of World Bank on EPC mode."
Utility Duct
S. No. Chainage Side Description of works Balance works for execution
(i) Utility ducts (600mm dia)

1 00+450 Both sides 600mm dia Pipe laid Chambers
(ii) Utility ducts (300mm dia)
1 1+100 Both sides - Pipe laying with chambers
Left hand side pipe laying
5 5+505 Both sides 300mm dia Pipe laid
with Chambers
Left hand side pipe laying
19 17+020 Both sides 300mm dia Pipe laid
with Chambers
(Schedule-C)
Project Facilities
1. Project Facilities:
The Contractor shall construct the Project Facilities in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Such Project Facilities shall include:
(a) Toll plaza;
(b) Roadside furniture;
(c) Pedestrian Facilities;
(d) Truck lay-byes;
(e) Bus-bays and Bus shelters;
(f) Rest Area; and
(g) Others:
1. Lighting
2. Highway Patrol units - Should not have run more than 2000km.
3. Crane services – 30MT
4. Emergency medical services
5. Traffic Aid Post
6. Medical Aid Post
7. Vehicle rescue Post
8. Rainwater Harvesting
9. Advance Traffic Management System
10. Traffic Calming Measures
11. Foot Over Bridge
2. Description of Project Facilities:

Each of the Project Facilities shall be constructed in accordance with the Manual of Specifications
and Standards specified in IRC SP: 84 - 2019, and as specified in Annex-I of Schedule-C.
Annex-I
(Schedule-C)
Project Facilities
(a) Toll Plaza:
Section Design Chainage Applicable Section Applicable length

(km) Design (km) (km)
Ras-Beawar 13.905 0.000 to 30.050 30.050
Specifications and other requirements of the toll plazas shall be strictly as per section 10 of the
manual.
(b) Roadside Furniture:
Roadside furniture shall be provided in accordance with section 9 of Manual.
(c) Pedestrian facilities:
Pedestrian facilities shall be provided as mentioned in below table:
Design
S. Section
Chainage Span Remarks
No Vertical Type
(Km) Proposal Type arrangement
clearance (m)
(m)
New RCC Box,

1 2+630 1x4.8 2.75 4-Lane
Construction Subway
Balance
RCC Box, works
2 12+895 Balance 1x4.8 2.75 4-Lane
Subway
works
New RCC Box,

3 21+730 1x4.8 2.75 4-Lane
Construction Subway
(d) Truck lay-bye:
Design Side Length Width Works already Balance works Remarks

Chainage (m) (m) completed
(km)
3+600 RHS 240 7 Subgrade, GSB, DLC & All balance works Nil
PQC as per manual
(e) Bus Bay and Bus Shelters:

Bus bays and bus shelters shall be provided in accordance with section 12.7 of Manual.
The bus bays and bus shelters are proposed at the following locations:
S. Chainage Works already completed Balance
Side Remarks
No. (km) Works
- As per New
1. Ras town BHS
Manual construction
Subgrade, GSB, DLC &
2. 03+067 RHS PQC completed, Bus shelter
structure installed
3. 03+117 LHS PQC completed, Bus shelter
structure installed
Subgrade, GSB, DLC & All
4. 04+575 LHS
PQC completed balance
Balance
Subgrade, GSB, DLC Works as
works
5. 04+630 RHS completed & PQC partially per
completed Manual
Subgrade, GSB, DLC
6. 08+150 LHS completed & PQC partially
completed
7. 17+420 RHS PQC completed, Bus shelter
structure installed
(f) Rest Area (Development of land allocated for rest area by filling of earth with provision of
Boundary wall):
Boundary wall of 1.8m height above finished filling level of rest area shall be provided on three sides
(100m+200m+100m) of the rest area land as per site requirements.
S. No. Particular Design Chainage (km) Side

1. Rest Area 16+350 RHS
(g) Others:
Other project facilities listed below shall be provided in accordance with relevant section 12 of
the Manual.
1. Lighting;
(a) Lighting facility shall be designed in accordance with relevant section of IRC:SP:84-2019 as
mentioned below:
i) Toll Plaza Area: As per section 10 of IRC:SP: 84 – 2019.
ii) Truck lay-bye: Lighting at the truck lay-bye shall be as per Para 12.6 of IRC-SP: 84-2019.
iii) Bus Bay & Bus Shelter Locations: Lighting shall be provided as per Para 12.7 of IRC-SP:
84-2019.
iv) Grade separated Structures, Interchanges, Flyovers, Underpasses (vehicular/ pedestrian) and
Overpasses:
v) Solar lighting shall be installed in all the built-up areas, Bus Bay and Truck Lay Bye along
the project stretch. The details of the built-up areas are shown in the table below:
Built Up Areas
Design Chainage
S. No. Design Length (m)
From (km) To (km)
1 0+000 0+700 700
2 2+455 2+960 505
3 4+430 4+830 400
4 5+960 6+830 870
5 12+720 13+020 300
vi) 1 High mast with LED light shall be installed in Ras town.
2. Highway Patrol Unit(s)
Highway Patrol unit (s) shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual, which should have not
have run more than 2000 km and vehicle manufacturing year should not be earlier than 2024.
3. Crane Services
Crane services shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual with a capacity not less than 30MT
and crane manufacturing year should not be earlier than 2024.
4. Emergency Medical Service
Emergency Medical Services shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual and vehicles
manufacturing year should not be earlier than 2024.
6. Traffic Aid Post
Traffic Aid Post shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual.
7. Medical Aid Post
Medical Aid Post shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual.
8. Vehicle Rescue Post
Vehicle Rescue Post shall be provided as per Section 12 of the Manual.
9. Rainwater Harvesting
As the project area having scarcity of water and as per Ministry of Environment and Forests
Notification, New Delhi dated 14.01.1997 (as amended on 13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000),
the rainwater harvesting pits are to be provided at every 500m interval of storm water drain or in
case, the drain length is less 500 m, pits are to be provided at end point of the storm water drain
before meeting to nalla near culverts, minor bridges and major bridges on both side of the road. The
recommendations are given in IRC:SP:42-2014 Clause 10.7.3 regarding provision of rainwater
harvesting.
The locations of the ponds are as tabulated below shall be developed not limited to increase in
storage area, firming of Bank, aesthetics, pond base cleaning and levelling, slope cleaning and
stabilization, plantation, cleaning and protection of pond area by wire mesh boundary, solar lighting
at entry points. etc.
S. No. Design Chainage (km) Side Distance From Proposed Road
1. 1+230 LHS 1000m
The Rain water harvesting pits are being proposed based on catchment area analysis and its locations
are mentioned in the table:
Sr. No. Location of Rain Water Harvesting
Pit
1 0+000
2 0+500
3 0+780
4 2+110
5 3+490
6 4+430
7 4+860
8 5+800
9 6+650
10 6+850
11 12+300
12 13+000
10. Advance Traffic Management System (ATMS)
ATMS shall be provided as per specifications laid down in annexure of Schedule-D.
11. Traffic Calming measures
Traffic calming measures are being proposed for different locations like Major junctions, Minor
junctions, community buildings, curves, way side amenities, bus bay, Toll Plaza and as per the
approved drawing and relevant IRC provision.
12. Foot Over Bridge
S. No. Design Chainage (km) Side Remarks
1. 0+450 Both Sides Ras Town
Note: In case of any discrepancy in number or location of any of the project facilities mentioned in
this Annex-I, the Authority's Engineer shall finalize the number/location of these facilities as per site
requirement.
SCHEDULE-D
(See Clause 2.1)
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
1. Construction
The Contractor shall comply with the Specifications and Standards set forth in Annex-I of
this Schedule-D for construction of the Project Highway.
2. Design Standards
The Project Highway including Project Facilities shall conform to design requirements set out
in the following documents:
Manual of Specifications and Standards for Four Laning of Highways (IRC SP: 84-2019)
referred to herein as the Manual except specifically mentioned in Schedules. The width of
road along with paved & earthen shoulders and median shall be as per Typical Sections
enclosed herewith the bid documents.
Annexure-I
(Schedule-D)
Specifications and Standards for Construction
1. Specifications and Standards

All Materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the Manual of
Specifications and Standards for Four-Laning of Highways (IRC SP: 84-2019) except
wherever specified in the Schedules and MoRTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works.
Where the specification for a work is not given, Good Industry Practice shall be adopted to
the satisfaction of the Authority's Engineer.
2. Deviations from the Specifications and Standards
2.1 The terms "Concessionaire", "Authority's Engineer" and "Concession Agreement" used in
the Manual shall be deemed to be substituted by the terms "Contractor", "Authority's
Engineer" and "Contract Agreement" respectively.
2.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 1 above, the following
Specifications and Standards shall apply to the Project Highway, and for purposes of this
Agreement, the aforesaid Specifications and Standards shall be deemed to be amended to the
extent set forth below:
Clause
Sl.
referred in Item Provision as per Manual Deviation
No.
the Manual
1. Clause 2.5.1 Median (1)Raised median width in (1) Raised median width in
of IRC-SP:84- the plain and rolling terrain
the plain and rolling terrain
2019 with open country isolated with open country isolated
built up area is 5m. built up area is 3m. In
(2) Raised median width in TCS-7A, 7B & 7C, the
width of median is 2.5m.
with built up area is 2.5m. (2) Raised median width in
(3)Raised median width in the plain and rolling terrain
with built up area is 3m.
with approach to grade (3) Raised median width in
separated structure is 5m. the plain and rolling terrain
with approach to grade
separated structure is 3m.
2. Section 5 Type of Section 5 of IRC SP: 84 - Type of pavement shall be
of IRC SP: Pavement 2019 as per Clause 5.2 of
84 - 2019 Schedule- B.
3. Clause 2.2 Design Design speed of 100/80 Design speed shall be as
of IRC SP: Speed kmph shall be adopted per clause 2.2.1 of Manual
84 - 2019 through the length of road. except location mentioned
in clause 3.2 of Annexure I
of Schedule- B.
4. Clause-2.6.1 Paved & (1)Paved & Earthen Paved & Earthen Shoulder
of IRC:SP:84- Earthen Shoulder width in the plain width shall be provided as
2019 Shoulder and rolling terrain with per TCS attached in
open country isolated built Annexure-I of Schedule-B.
up area is 2.5m & 1.5m
respectively.
(2) Paved & Earthen
Shoulder width in the plain
and rolling terrain with built
up area is 2.5m & Nil
respectively.
(3) Paved & Earthen
and rolling terrain with
approach to grade separated
structure is 2.5m & Nil
respectively.
(4) Paved & Earthen
and rolling terrain with
approaches to bridges is
2.5m & 1.5m respectively.
5. Section-5 of Pavement Design of Pavement as per The thickness of crust and
IRC:SP:84- Design IRC:SP:84-2019 each layer shall be maximum
2019 of the following:
i. Design of Pavement as per
IRC:SP:84-2019 based
on traffic data provided in
Schedule-B.
ii. Design of Pavement shall
be in accordance with
FRL required as per Plan
& Profile attached.
iii. However, the minimum
thickness (in mm) shall be
adopted for pavement
composition as follows:
(Rigid Pavement: PQC-
250mm, DLC-150mm,
GSB-150mm, Subgrade-
500mm), (Flexible
Pavement: BC-50mm,
DBM-90mm, WMM-
250mm, GSB-200mm,
Subgrade-500mm)
6. Section-7 of Design of Design of Structures as per Design of Structures as per
IRC:SP:84- Structures IRC:SP:84-2019 IRC:SP:84-2014 except
2019 Major Bridge
7. Clause-12.9 of Rest Area Rest Area with other Development (Earth work
IRC:SP:84- facilities upto FRL) of Land
2019 allocated for Rest Area at
the location mentioned in
Schedule-C, with
provisions of Boundary
wall of 1.8m height above
Finished filling level at all
sides except road face.
8. Clause 10.4.5 Tunnels Underground Tunnels Deleted
of Section-10 at Toll across all toll lanes at Toll
of IRC SP 84- plaza Plaza
2019
9. Advance ATMS As per manual As per Annexure attached
Traffic in schedule-D
Management
System
Annex - II
(Schedule-D)
ADVANCED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (ATMS)
(Functional and Technical Specifications)
The Specifications and Standards as contained in this Annexure – II of Schedule D

shall be applied in addition to “Manual of Specifications and Standards for Four
Lane Highways” published as IRC SP 84-2019 with all amendments and additions
till date.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations shall refer to the words presented hereunder throughout Particular
Technical Specifications:
Acronym Definition Acronym Definition
ANPR Automatic Number Plate Reader JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group
American National Standards

ANSI LAN Local Area Network
Institute
Application Programming
API LED Light-emitting Diode
Interface
Automatic Traffic Counter and

ATCC MCBF Mean Cycle Between Failures
Classifier
Advance Traffic Management Ministry of Road Transport and

ATMS MoRTH
System Highway
ATS Automatic Transfer Switch MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
CCD Charge Coupled Device MTBF Mean Time Between Failures
CCTV Closed Circuit Television MTTR Mean Time to Repair
CIF Common Intermediate Format NH National Highway
Complementary Metal-Oxide-
CMOS Authority Client
Semiconductor
Carrier Sense Multiple Access with

CSMA/CD NTP Network Time Protocol
Collision Detect
D/D Detailed Engineering Design VRS Video Recording Server
DC Power Direct Current Power O&M Operation and Maintenance
DCT Discrete Cosine Transform OD Origin/Destination
DDR Dual Data Rate ONVIF Open Network Video Interface Forum
DEG Diesel Engine Generator P/Q Prequalification
DLP Defects Liability period PA Parking Area
DSF Dispersion- Shifted Fibre PBX Private Branch Exchange
ECC Error Correcting Code PCS Physical Coding Sublayer
ECS Emergency Call System PCU Passenger Car Unit
Equivalent Isotropically Radiated

EIRP PDB Power Distribution Board
Power
EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return PIU Project Implementation Unit
ETC Electronic Toll Collection PMU Project Management Unit
European Telecommunications
ETSI PPP Point – to – Point Protocol
Standards Institute
F/S Feasibility Study PTZ Pan, Tilt, and Zoom (function)

Acronym Definition Acronym Definition
FOC Fibre Optic Cable PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
Quarter Common Intermediate

FON Fibre Optic Node QCIF
Format
FTP File Transfer Protocol RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks
GBIC Gigabit Interface Converter RFP Request for Proposal
GPRS General Packet Radio Service SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
Global System for Mobile

GSM SDTV Standard-definition Television
Communications
Definition Acronym Definition

Acronym
HDTV High-definition Television SIM Subscriber Identity Module
Simple Network Management

HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol SNMP
Protocol
IC Interchange SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
IC Card Integrated Circuit Card (ICC) TCP Transmission Control Protocol
Indian Highway Management Transport Engineering Design.

IHMCL TEDI
Company Limited Incorporated
IP Internet Protocol TMCS Traffic Monitor Camera System
Internet Protocol - Private Branch

IP-PBX TMC Traffic Management Centre
Exchange
International Organization for

ISO TMS Toll Management System
Standardization
IT Information Technology TOR Terms of Reference
ITS Intelligent Transport System TTMS Travel Time Measurement System
IMS Incident Monitoring System UDP User Datagram Protocol
International Telecommunication
ITU-R Union – Radio communications UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
Sector
International Telecommunication
ITU-T Union - Telecommunication VIDS Video Incident Detection System
Standardization Sector
VoIP Voice over IP
VSDS Vehicle Speed Detection System

Section 01 General Requirements
1. Background
This document is a part of a set of documents to facilitate Authority for implementation of
the Advanced Traffic Management System on National Highways. Government of India,
Ministry of Road Transport and particularly, PWD have taken the initiative to provide
guidelines for ATMS implementation in the past and the references can be found in IRC:
SP:87-2013 (Manual of Specification and Standards for Six-laning of Highways), IRC:
SP:84- 2019 (Manual of Specification and Standards for Four-laning of Highways), IRC:
SP:73-2018 and MoRTH manual prescribing Specification for Road and Bridge Works (5th
Revision) etc. As these references focused broadly on road infrastructure development, this
document is focused mainly on implementation of comprehensive and integrated Advanced
Traffic Management System (ATMS) on National Highways to serve the desired purpose of
Intelligent Transportation Systems meant to deliver tangible service to address the road
safety.
An efficient and integrated Advance Traffic Management System shall be a proactive tool to
assist PWD in achieving MoRTH’s vision “To make the transport on roads efficient, safe,
and sustainable. To reduce the fatalities on roads by half compared to 2010 reported
deaths.”
The Ministry is also working to improve the quality of accident data collection with use of
IT based systems which would also help in getting the real-time causative analysis of the
road accidents. It will be prudent to implement Intelligent Transportation system to enhance
road safety and effective incident management.
The ATMS system envisaged by the Authority is to make use of Intelligent Transportation
System (ITS) as an effective tool to enhance road / user / commuter safety by:
• Early detection of incidents and provide early warning to road-users for accident
prevention,
• To save lives by enabling the victim to be rescued within the golden hour, and
• Efficient traffic management during incident management.
• Maximizing traffic throughput on the highway
The objective of ATMS envisaged by the Authority to make road travel efficient and
sustainable by enabling rapid clearance of traffic congestion with efficient incident detection
& management, provide real-time valuable travel advisories and enhancing traveler journey
experience, and provide Stress-free travel by supporting effective and reliable accident /
incident management, reliable enforcement, and useful travel advisories.
The ATMS system has been designed to assist the Authority in substantial reduction in
accidents due to early incident detection and warning, saving of human lives within the
‘Golden hour’. The ATMS system shall assist in reduction of traffic congestion incidents
there by improvement in average travel time (within speed limit) by 20-30% and high level
of enforcement leads to significant reduction in over-speeding.
The basis of selection of Sub-systems & placement of Key ATMS Components shall be
based on the multiple site surveys that shall be conducted by the EPC Contractor with
Authority Engineer and Authority team in coordination with the concerned Police department
and other stakeholders. Black-spots shall be identified during the surveys and crucial sub-
systems to monitor & alert the users shall be proposed.
The system shall intelligently monitor the entire stretch of the highways with the help of
PTZ surveillance cameras and video incident detection system. The system shall
automatically detect any incident on the highways and alert the route patrol team/rescue
team about the incident, hence the incident management module of the system shall be able
to reduce the response time and help the rescue team to provide the required assistance to the
accident victims within the Golden hour. Early detection of incident shall enable the rescue
teams in providing appropriate warnings to the road users about the incident and early action
to clear the obstacles from roads to prevent further incidents and reduce congestion due to
the incidents.
The work shall include Design, Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning,

Configuration, System Integration and Maintenance of Advance Traffic Management System
(ATMS) on the National Highway.
The project shall be a complete turnkey solution with provision of skilled resources at all
locations for operations.
This Document describes functional requirements envisaged by Authority. In addition, the

minimum technical specifications have been prescribed in this document, wherever
indispensable. The EPC Contractor is responsible for the design of complete project and the
system architecture as per the best industry practices, to deliver state-of-the-art solution to
Authority. Any consideration affecting safety, security, redundancy, and compliance to
stipulated provision prescribed by government authorities is the responsibility of the EPC
Contractor and shall be duly taken care of to ensure adherence to minimum functional and
technical requirement stipulated in this document as well as the SLA parameters.
2. Scope of work
a. The ‘EPC Contractor’ hereafter may be called as ‘Contractor’ or ‘System Integrator'
shall conduct the field survey, preparation of design drawings and supply of ATMS
equipment and materials, spare parts, test equipment, tools and materials, factory
inspection (inspection of equipment & materials upon delivery), training, transportation
and site delivery, construction and installation, preparation of as-built drawings, testing
and commissioning, Operations and Maintenance of the ATMS project.
b. The scope of the works under this Document is deployment of Advance Traffic
Management System (ATMS) including the Digital Transmission System, on Turnkey
basis by the EPC Contractor and Maintenance for a period as specified in the Contract
Agreement.
c. The EPC Contractor shall set up the control center and sub-centers in the space provided
by Authority for the same. The control center and sub-centers, having minimum 250 sq.
plinth area, shall include Operation room (suitable to accommodate the video wall and
ATMS operator’s workstations such that the minimum distance between video wall and
first row of workstation is minimum 3 meters), Server room, UPS room, Spare room,
Incharge cabin, Authority cabin, Authority Engineer cabin, pantry, toilet, etc of suitable
size to accommodate the equipment and staff required for the project. The scope of civil
works, interior works, MEP works, for construction and setting up the Control Centre
and sub-centers, including all related electrical, lighting, electrical connection, DG set,
power backup, HVAC works, access control, building CCTV, PTZ cameras outside
building, firefighting system, alarm, fire extinguishers, raised floor, housekeeping,
building cleaning, maintenance, recurring charges including electricity bills, telephone
bills, DG fuel, servicing, security, etc. shall be decided by the EPC Contractor.
d. The EPC Contractor shall also undertake the works that are not specifically mentioned in
this Document and in the reference Drawings but essential for the efficient
implementation and operations of the ATMS.
e. The requirements stated herein shall be construed as minimum requirement and meeting
the respective requirements shall not relieve the EPC Contractor from the responsibility
of supplying the ATMS that functions efficiently as a system and carry out its
Maintenance for a period as stipulated in the Contract Agreement.
f. The EPC Contractor shall check and review the design and this document prepared by
the Authority, and execute the supplemental and/or additional and/or detailed design work
as necessary at the EPC Contractor’s cost and time, so that the EPC Contractor will
supply and deliver the workable Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) which
will suit the intended purpose when completed. The EPC Contractor shall promptly
notify the Authority and the Authority Engineer (appointed by Authority for supervision
of the ITS/ATMS works), of any error, omission, fault or any other defect in the design
of or this Document for the Works which he discovers when reviewing the Contract
Documents or in the process of execution of the Works or during the Operation &
Maintenance Phase.
g. The EPC Contractor shall provide the entire system and facilities on a “single
responsibility” basis such that the Contract Price covers all EPC Contractor’s
obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from this documents in respect of
the design, manufacture, procurement, construction, installation, adjustment and testing
of the Works and remedying any defect therein. This includes all requirements under the
EPC Contractor’s responsibilities for testing and commissioning of the systems and
facilities, and where required by this document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals
and license, etc.; the training services and such other items and services as may be
specified in this document.
h. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for Integration of ATMS system and sub-
systems with the Authority Mobile App for the road users as per the requirement raised
from time to time by the IT Divison of the Authority or its authorized agency.
i. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for Integration of ATMS system and sub-
systems with the Authority Command and Control Centre at Authority HQ, RO, PIU,
ATMS TMC/Control Centre of other NH/SH projects connected to the project, 1033
control center, Dial 112/100, Smart City ICCC, Disaster Management Centers, Police
Control room, NIC ITMS, Vahan database, Enforcement Agency, etc. for seamless flow
and exchange of data and information from project to Authority offices / control centers/
command centers as per the requirement raised from time to time by the IT/Electronics
division of Authority or its authorized agency.
j. The component systems comprising ATMS to be constructed under the Contract shall
include but not be limited to the following component systems:
Section 01 General Requirements

Section 02 Design Requirements
Section 03 Central Processing System (CPS)
Section 04 Traffic Monitor Camera System
Section 05 Video Incident Detection System
Section 06 Vehicle Speed Detection System (VSDS)
Section 07 Adaptive Traffic Signal Control System(ATSC)
Section 08 Power and Other Cables, Power conditioning equipment
Section 09 Digital Transmission System (DTS)
Section 10 Facility Monitoring System (FMS)
3. Work Demarcation between ATMS works and Civil works
a. Work Demarcation between ATMS works and Civil works are the following.
b. The EPC Contractor shall coordinate with civil contractor and shall consider detail
demarcation.
I. Highway
Item ATMS Project Civil Project
Cable, Conduit and Manhole at
Power Cable equipment location ROW
1. Cable and Conduit to
Equipment from Hand hole/
OF Cable Manhole ROW
2. Conduit and Hand hole/
Manhole along with
Highway
1. Foundation
Equipment 2. Earthing at each location ROW
II. Buildings
Item ATMS Project Civil Project
Control centre to be constructed
at km 42+700 ( toll plaza
location)
Civil works
Electrical, HVAC, DG set,

Access Control, Surveillance
System, Fire Fighting System,
Building Management System,
Power backup, Control
console, Technical Furniture - by the EPC Contractor.
including all necessary racks
and housings for ATMS -
system for Traffic
Management Centre and Sub-
Centre (as applicable),
housekeeping, building
cleaning, maintenance,
Traffic recurring charges including
Management electricity bills,
Centre/
telephone bills, security, etc.
Sub
- Centre Raised floor for Control/Server
- by the EPC Contractor.
room
Complete Control Room

Interior works, lighting,
- by the EPC Contractor.
Distribution board Power
socket, Earthing,
etc.
Network system and telephone
exchanges / intercom at Traffic
Management Centre - by the EPC Contractor.
Cable duct for ATMS Cable
and power cable - by the EPC Contractor.
4. Standards
a. All equipment’s of the EPC Contractor (included by the EPC Contractor in the proposal),
supplies shall be new and subject to the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) to the satisfaction
of the Authority Engineer. Unless other standards are specifically required to be complied
with herein or in the Contract, all materials and components used under the Contract and all
design calculations and tests shall be performed in accordance with Indian standards.
b. In the absence of such standards in India, relevant clauses of international standards
including but not limited to International Electro Technical Commission (IEC), Institute of
Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), International Organization for Standardization
(ISO), International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector
(ITU-T) shall be applied.
c. In the absence of such standards in India and the international standards mentioned above,
industry standards generally accepted and approved in one of the major industrialized
countries such as Great Britain, Japan, U.S.A, and Germany shall be applicable.
d. Whenever in this Document reference is made to the Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS),
British Standards (BS), American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) standards, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards, and
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards, and the like, it shall be understood
that equivalent internationally acknowledged standards will be accepted.
e. If EPC Contractor offers materials, equipment, design calculations or tests which conform
to the standards other than those specified standards, full details of the differences between
the proposed standard and the specified standards shall be submitted when required by the
Authority Engineer.
4.1 Digital Transmission System
The following standards or de-facto standards shall apply to the digital transmission system:
No. Item Standards

1. BER/CER/DE ISO/IEC 8825-1:1995 Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rule
R - Part 2: Specification of Basic Encoding Rules (BER), Canonical
Encoding Rules (CER) and Distinguished Encoding Rules (DER)
No. Item Standards
2. Ethernet 8802-3:1995(ISO/IEC) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1995
Edition]
Information technology -- Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area
networks -- Specific requirement -- Part 3: Carrier sense multiple
access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and
physical layer specifications.
8802-3:1996(ISO/IEC) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996
Edition]
Information technology -- Telecommunications and information
exchange between system -- Local and Metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirement -- Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with
collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications.
EIA/TIA568B (AT and T-258A) Commercial
Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard, 1991
3. Fast Ethernet IEEE 802.3u-1995 IEEE Standards for Local and metropolitan area
networks: Supplement to Carrier sense multiple access with
collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications: Media access control (MAC) Parameters, Physical
Layer, Medium Attachment Units, and Repeater for 100Mb/s
Operation, Type 100BaseT (Clauses 21-30) (ANSI)
EIA/TIA568B (AT and T-258A) Commercial Building
Telecommunications Wiring Standard, 1991
4. FDDI ANSI X3.166-1989 (R1995) Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)
Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PMD)
ANSI X3.148-1988 (R1994) Information Systems - Fibre Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
ANSI X3.139-1987 (R1997) Information Systems - Fibre Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
ISO/IEC 9314-3:1990 Information Processing systems - Fibre
distributed Data Interface (FDDI) - Part 3: Physical Layer Medium
Department (PMD)
ISO 9314-2:1989 Information processing systems - Fibre Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Part 2: Token Ring Media Access Control
(MAC)
ISO 9314-1:1989 Information processing systems - Fibre Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Part 1: Token Ring Physical Layer
Protocol
(PHY)
5. FTP RFC 959 File Transfer Protocol, J. Postel, J.K. Reynolds, Oct-01-1985
6. Giga Ethernet IEEE 802.3ab: Physical coding sublayer (PCS), physical medium
attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type
1000BASE-T
IEEE 802.3z: Media Access Control(MAC) Parameters, Physical
No. Item Standards
Layer, Repeater and Management Parameters for 1000 Mb/s
Operation
7. G.703a TTC JT-G703-a Leased Line Secondary Rate User-Network Interface

Layer1
8. HTTP RFC 1945 Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0. R. Fielding, H.
Frystyk, T. Berners-Lee, May 1996
RFC 2068 Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1. R. Fielding, J.
Gettys, J. Mogul, H. Frystyk, T. Berners-Lee, January 1997 (Status:
PROPOSED STANDARD)
RFC 2616 Hypertext Transfer Protocol /1.1 June 1999
RFC 2617 HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access
Authentication, June 1999
9. H.261 ITU-T Recommendation H.261 (1993), Video codec for audio-visual
services at p x 64kbit/s
10. IP RFC 791 Internet Protocol. J. Postel. Sep-01-1981
11. I.430 TTC JT-I430 ISDN Basic User-Network Interface Layer1
12. I.431 TTC JT-I431-a ISDN Primary-Rate User-Network Interface Layer1
13. MPEG 2 ISO/IEC 13818-1:1996 Information technology - Generic coding of
moving pictures and associated audio information: Systems
ISO/IEC 13818-2:1996 Information technology - Generic coding of
moving pictures and associated audio information: Video
ISO/IEC 13818-3:1998 Information technology - Generic coding of
moving pictures and associated audio information - Part 3: Audio
ITU-T Recommendation H.222.0(07/95) - Information technology -
Generic of moving pictures and associated audio information:
Systems
ITU-T Recommendation H.262(07/95) - Information technology
-
Generic of moving pictures and associated audio information: Video
14. MPEG 4 ISO/IEC 14496-1:2010 Information technology – Coding of audio-
visual objects –Part 1: Systems
ISO/IEC 14496-2:2004 Information technology – Coding of audio-
visual objects –Part 2: Visual
ISO/IEC 14496-3:2009 Information technology – Coding of audio-
visual
objects –Part 3: Audio
ISO/IEC 8825-2:1996 Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rule
15. PER - Part 2: Specification of Packed Encoding Rules (PER)
16. PPP RFC 1661 The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), W. Simpson, July 1994
No. Item Standards
17. SNMP RFC 1157 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), J.D. Case,
M. Fedor, M.L. Schoffstall, C. Davin, May-01-1990
18. TCP RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol. J. Postel. Sep-01-1981
19. TFTP RFC 1350 The TFTP Protocol (Revision 2), K. Sollins, July 1992
20. UDP RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol. J. Postel. Aug-28-1980
21. V.24/V.28 ITU-T Recommendation V.24(10/96) - List of definitions for
interchange circuits between data terminal equipment (DTE) and
data circuit - terminating equipment (DCE)
ITU-T Recommendation V.28(03/93) - Electrical characteristics for
unbalanced double - current interchange circuits
22. X.21 ITU-T Recommendation X.21(09/92) - Interface between Data
Terminal Equipment Data Circuit - terminating Equipment for
synchronous operation on public data network
4.2 Local Area Network
The following standards shall apply to the local area network:
No. Item Standards

ANSI/TIA/EIA-
1 568B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
4.3 ATMS System / Sub System

The ATMS systems / sub-systems implementation on the Project shall meet the applicable latest
versions of the international/national standards, included herein:
No. Sub-system Items Designed to conform Certified to

standard
Video CCTV Fixed PAL, BS EN 62676 1-2, EN 61000,
Surveillance Camera ONVIF specifications profile EN 60529(IP66)
System (CCTV)
PTZ Camera S & G, BIS, UL, RoHS
/TMCS / BS EN 62676-2-2,
1 Video
Incident BS EN 62676-2-3
Detection Road-side BS EN 12767 EN 60529 (IP56)
System (VIDS)/ Housing
VSDS Camera and Support
Structure
2 VADS Display EN 12966
EN 60529 (IP56)
Road-side BS EN 12767 EN 60529 (IP56)
Housing
and Support
Structure
EN 50132-7, Relevant NTCIP
standards, IEC 12207
Ergonomic design
ISO 11064 ISO 11064
ATMS Control of Control rooms
3 Centre Ingress design of IEC-60529
the projection of
Graphics display
4.4 Cable Installation Work

The following standards shall apply to the cable installation work:
No. Item Standards

BS 2484 Specification for straight concrete and clay ware cable covers
Specification for mechanical glands for rubber and plastic insulated
BS 4121 cables
BS 6121 Mechanical cable glands
Code of practice for maintenance of electrical switchgear and control
BS CP 1013 gear for voltage up to and including 1 KV.
BS EN 12613 Plastic warning device for underground cables and pipelines with
visual characteristics
ISO/IEC 14763 Information Technology: Implementation and operation of customer
premises cabling
Note: If EPC Contractor offers materials, equipment, design calculations or tests which
conform to the standards other than specified standards, full details of the differences between
the proposed standard and the specified standards shall be submitted when required by the
Authority.
4.5 Other Standards
The following standards shall apply as and where applicable:
No. Standard Relevant to

1 IS/ IEC 61508 Functional Safety
2 IS 14700, EMC Compatibility / EMC Emission compliance /
CENELEC EN 50081-1, EMC immunity
CENELEC EN 50082-1,
3 BIS 732 / BS 7671 Electrical wiring installation / wiring regulations (BS
7671)
4 IS 2309 Lighting protection
5 IS 3043 Electrical Earthing
6 IS 5216 Safety procedures and practices in Electrical works
7 IS 7689 Control of undesirable static electricity
8 IS 694, IS 1554 PVC installed cables
9 EN 61280-4-1 Fibre-optic test related
10 IS 14927 Cable trunking and ducting systems
11 EN 50173 Generic/ structured cabling
12 IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by Enclosures
13 IS 9000 Part XIV Sect. II Change of temperature test
14 IEC-571; IS: 9000 Part-III Dry heat test
Sect. 3
15 IS: 9000 Part II Sect. III Cold test
16 IS: 9000 Part V Sect. 2 Damp heat test (Cyclic)
Variant 1
17 IS: 9000 Part IV Damp heat test (Steady state storage)
18 IS: 9000 Part XI procedure Salt mist test
3
19 IS 9000 Part XII Dust test
20 IEC 61643-1 Anti-lightning and surge protection
21 OHSAS 18001:2007 OEM compliance for health and safety measurement
system
22 14001: 2015 OEM compliance for environmental management
23 ISO 27001 OEM compliance for information security standard
24 IRC:SP:110:2017 ITS System for Urban Roads
25 IRC: 93-1986 Guidelines on Design and Installation of Road Traffic
Signals
26 IRC: 103-2012 Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities
5. Project Management
5.1 EPC Contractor’s Personnel and Their Responsibilities
a. The EPC Contractor shall provide all personnel necessary for the execution of the
Works, such as the Project Manager and senior personnel to fulfil the EPC Contractor’s
obligations under the Contract. These personnel shall be able to read, write and
converse in English.
b. The EPC Contractor shall form a multi-disciplinary team for undertaking this
assignment. The agency shall be fully responsible to deploy its resources / personnel
whose qualifications and experience fully commensurate with the task/responsibilities
assigned and to achieve the objectives of this Contract. The Personnel deployed should
be experienced enough and should have proficiency in the requisite techniques / skills
so as to provide practical, realistic, and actionable service.
c. The EPC Contractor will make available technical person who is adequately skilled
enough to independently resolve any operational issues in the complete system and
regularly interact with Authority. Aadhar enabled Biometric Fingerprint machine
shall be installed at each location / TMC unit by the EPC Contractor for daily
attendance management of the Project and O&M staff.
d. The EPC Contractor shall submit the attendance record with each service invoice and
Authority Engineer shall have the access to the logs of biometric attendance
management system for verification of the actual manpower working days in a month.
e. The Manpower proposed shall be dedicated for the project and shall not be proposed
for any other project or assigned any other project. The resource cannot be change for
at least two years. In case of any variation or change in the manpower / person
proposed in the Technical Proposal and manpower / person deployed upon successful
award of the works, minimum 20% remuneration of the proposed role for the total
contract period shall be deducted. The substitute proposed by the Contractor must
have more experience than the proposed candidate in all respect (no. of years of
relevant experience, no. of similar projects executed, qualification of the replacement
candidate, etc.).
f. Detailed requirement of technical resources for control centre organisation and staffing
is mentioned below.
5.1.1 Senior Personnel
The EPC Contractor shall assign one (1) Project Engineer (ATMS) and one (1)
O&M Manager (Operation and Maintenance, Installation Engineering) with
minimum 10 years of relevant experience in same filed as a full time participant to
the Project during the course of the Works. They may be stationed at the Project
site. The senior engineer shall be involved in technical discussions and shall
conduct the training courses and all testing procedures. The senior engineer shall
also be involved in the installation works as necessary.
They shall be Graduate (BE/ B/Tech or higher) in the field of traffic engineering,
electrical engineering, electronics, computer, IT, instrumentation,
telecommunication, or communication.
5.1.2 Project Meeting
The EPC Contractor shall be available for progress meetings which will be called
for by the Authority. The notice of such meetings shall be given by the Authority in
writing and delivered to the EPC Contractor via email at least two (2) days in
advance of the planned meeting date.
5.1.3 Progress Report
The EPC Contractor shall prepare three (03) copies of monthly progress report
every month and submit to the Authority The format of the report shall be agreed
upon by the Authority and the EPC Contractor.
5.1.4 Maintenance Personnel
The EPC Contractor shall provide adequately skilled technical and maintenance
personnel during the Maintenance phase for maintaining the ATMS system and sub-
systems, as listed in operations and maintenance section of the RFP.
a. The personnel shall address any down time/ trouble shooting as and when
required at any location of service.
b. The resources shall be available on full time basis 365 days in the year at
control centers.
c. Final deployment of the skilled technical resources shall be subject to
interview or concurrence the Authority Engineer.
5.1.5 Curriculum Vitae
Within a month after the date of the Contract execution, the EPC Contractor shall
submit to the Authority, detailed written statements including the names, duties,
curriculum vitae of all foreign and local personnel candidates to be employed. Where
subsequent changes or additions in foreign personnel are proposed, these
replacements or additions shall have at least equivalent experience and
qualifications, and detailed written statements of their experience and qualifications
shall be submitted to the Authority prior to their assignment.
5.1.6 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel
a. Except as Authority/ Authority Engineer may otherwise agree, no changes shall
be made in the above Key Personnel. If, for any reason beyond the reasonable
control of the EPC Contractor, it becomes necessary to replace any of the
Personnel, the Service Provider shall forthwith provide as a replacement a
person of equivalent or better qualifications.
b. If Authority/ Authority Engineer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has
committed serious misconduct or has been charged with having committed a
criminal action, or (ii) has reasonable cause to be dissatisfied with the
performance of any of the Personnel, then the Service Provider shall, at the
written request specifying the grounds therefore, forthwith provide as a
replacement a person with qualifications and experience acceptable to the
Authority Engineer.
5.1.7 Sub-Contracting / Assignment
a. If any activity / services / infrastructure and / or any obligations in whole or in
part under this project is required to be / subcontracted/ outsourced by the EPC
Contractor, the EPC Contractor shall inform and seek approval of the same from
the Authority Engineer including the terms and condition set-forth by the EPC
Contractor in its sub-contracting agreement. For avoidance of any doubt the EPC
Contractor shall remain solely responsible for all the works / delivery of services
to Authority under the scope of this project.
b. The EPC Contractor shall inform and seek approval of the same from the
Authority Engineer to sub-contract the non-key services such as civil works,
interior and furnishing of control centre to any agencies specialised to do such
work.
5.1.8 Performance standards
a. The EPC Contractor shall undertake to perform the services with the highest
standards of professional and ethical competence and integrity.
b. Keeping in view the sensitivity involved, the personnel deployed should
maintain confidentiality / integrity at all times and work in a professional
manner to protect the interest of Authority. The firm shall promptly replace any
personnel assigned under this project that Authority/ Authority Engineer
considers unsatisfactory.
6. Time Schedule
1. System Design : within 1.5 months from the date of signing of the Contract
2. Procurement : within 3 months from the date of approval of the System Design
3. Installation : 3 months from the start of delivery of material at site
4. Testing & Commissioning : 1 month from the date of Installation of the system
5. Trial run : 1 month from the date of commissioning
6. O&M period : 60 months from the date of issue of Commissioning Certificate
7. Liquidated damages/ Penalties

7.1 Delays in setting up the system
Failure by the Contractor to complete the works or completion of punch points of SIT/SAT
within 30 days of issuance of notice by the Authority Engineer or delay in completion of
work for any of the milestones i.e. beyond the stipulated time as mentioned in the above
Time Schedule and in case of any failure to have remedied all reported defects within the
time prescribed by the Authority Engineer / Authority, i.e. as per the cure period of up to
15 days shall result in the application of the penalties for delays. The penalty will be
applicable @ 0.5% of the total contract value of the ATMS per week of delay in system
commissioning or delay in completion any of the above six milestones (system design,
etc.) up to a maximum of 10% of the Contract value of ATMS.
1. Once the liquidated damages reach maximum limit, Authority shall consider termination
of the contract and forfeiture of the performance bank guarantee. Authority shall also
debar the Contractor from further participation in Authority’s subsequent tenders /
projects due to its non-performance for a period decided by it.
2. Upon termination of the Agreement due to service defaults, Authority may choose to
allocate the said site to any other Contractor, at its sole discretion and at the risk and
cost of the defaulting Contractor.
3. In case of delay due to reasons beyond the control of the Contractor, upon such request
from the Contractor and recommendation from the Authority Engineer, Authority may,
in its sole discretion, consider suitable extension of time (EOT) without imposing any
liquidated damages upon the Contractor. However, the Contractor shall submit such
request at least 30 days before the completion schedule / timeline/ milestone. In case of
the delay in submission of the request for EOT, the penalty will be applied @ 0.5% of
the total contract value of the ATMS per week of delay in submission of request for EOT.
7.2 Non-Compliance to Safety Standards at site
Failure by the EPC Contractor’s personnel in maintaining the safety standards at the site at
any time shall attract penalty on every instance noticed by the Authority Engineer /
Authority.
1. Staff working without safety gears, etc. – penalty of INR 1,00,000 per instance. In case of
repeated instance by the same staff member of the EPC Contractor, the penalty shall be
doubled per instance. The EPC Contractor shall have to replace the repeated offenders /
sub-EPC Contractor (safety lapses more than 3 times) with immediate effect.
2. Improper safety measures at site / safety hazard to the commuters due to poor
workmanship, etc., / EPC Contractor’s vehicle wrongly parked at site / EPC
Contractor’s vehicle moving in wrong direction / working during low visibility hours or
at night time without proper safety measures warning signage’s and lighting/ improper
traffic diversion / non-standard warning signage’s etc. / unauthorized lane closure /
traffic rule violation/ etc. – minimum penalty of INR 10,00,000 per instance shall be
imposed on recommendation of the Authority Engineer. In case of repeated instance, the
penalty shall be doubled per instance. The EPC Contractor shall have to replace the
repeated offenders / sub-EPC Contractor (safety lapses more than 2 times) with
immediate effect. Authority shall also take legal action against the errant staff / sub-EPC
Contractor / EPC Contractor, as such safety lapses may lead to major safety concern /
hazard for the road users as well as the workers.
7.3 Penalty for Delay in Staff Mobilization

Delay in submission of detailed written statements and/or mobilization of aforesaid Key
Personnel shall attract penalty @ INR 1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lacs) per day per Key
Personnel. In case the delay is more than 3 weeks, Authority reserves the right to encash
the Bid Security and PBG towards the aforesaid penalty and may proceed with the
revocation of LOA or termination of the project, as the case may be.
7.4 Other Penalties
Penalty of INR 10,000 to INR 1,00,000 shall be levied on the Contractor for delay of each
working day from the due date of submission / expiry: i) the insurance policy documents,
ii) design documents, iii) manuals, iv) monthly /periodic reports, v) Bank Guarantee, vi)
Schedule, vii) testing, viii) any other documents report directed by Authority/Authority
Engineer, to be submitted during the entire period of the Contract, etc.
8. Selection of ATMS Sub-Contractor and OEM
1. The firm as determined non-performing or having been terminated from any project
during last three years by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Government of
India or its executing agencies like NHAI, NHIDCL etc. or any other Ministry / PSU /
State / Central Government or its Department/ Enforcement agencies/ Autonomous
Body etc. will not be eligible.
2. A Company will not be eligible for ATMS works, in case the penalty for SLA/SLR non-
compliance during O&M period has reached the maximum penalty limit on any
ATMS/ITMS/ITS project.
3. The firm must have experience of successfully executing the Project having similar
nature of work during last 10 financial years
Similar works: Establishment of state-of-the-art ITS/ ATMS/ HTMS/ ITMS system
with at least 1 Traffic Management Centre/ Integrated Command and Control Centre on
the National/State/Urban Highway or stretch of equal to of more than 40% length of this
Project involving at least 5 key activities that have been satisfactorily completed within
last 10 years as a prime contractor (single entity or JV member) under reputed PSUs /
Central Government or its Department/ Enforcement agencies/ Autonomous Body etc.
i. Traffic Monitoring Camera System
ii. Vehicle Speed Detection System
iii. Automatic Number Plate Recognition System
iv. Video based Incident / Violation Detection System
v. RLVD (Red Light Violation Detection) System
vi. Adaptive Traffic Signal Control System
vii. Digital Transmission System with OFC Connectivity
viii. Central Processing System
ix. Video Analytics / Management System
4. The OEM of each component/ equipment should have direct presence in India from last
10 years having own service and support offices to ensure smooth after sales service
support on site.
1. The EPC Contractor must submit the datasheet of each component in the Technical
Submission as part of the Technical proposal and design document, clearly mentioning
the make, model, country of origin, and end of life of each component/ equipment in the
MAC.
2. To ensure seamless integration, the Contractor shall deploy equipment of same OEM
having seamless interoperability for each categories of the solution components as
mentioned below:
i. Computing – Workstations, Servers and storage
ii. Network – Router and switches
iii. Graphics Display, its Controller and Software
iv. Surveillance & Access Control – Cameras, VRS, Video Analytics &
Management Software, Box Camera Housing etc.
v. Security – Firewalls and any other security solution
vi. Interior works and technical furniture at control centres
3. The EPC Contractor must submit the documentary proof for the above-mentioned
requirement and non-compliance matrix for the Functional and Technical Specifications
in the Technical Submission as part of the Technical proposal and design document.
4. Subcontractors/manufacturers for the sub-systems and major items of supply or services
must meet the following minimum criteria:
i. Subcontractor and manufacturers shall have at least two similar contract
experiences within 10 years.
ii. Subcontractor and manufacturers shall be Indian OEM/ Manufacturers or Class-I
local supplier as per DPIIT Order no. P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated
04.06.2020 (revised “Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order
2017”.
iii. Subcontractor and manufacturers shall have direct presence in India having own
service and support offices to ensure smooth on-site after sales service support.
5. The requirement mentioned in the ToR / Technical Specification document are the
minimum requirement. The Contractor shall provide the latest standards or higher
specification to meet the functional and technical requirement. In case any specification
mentioned in the document is obsolete, he shall provide the latest equipment of higher
specification, fully meeting the functional and technical requirement. The Contractor
must promptly highlight the compatibility issues in the Non-Compliance Matrix in the
technical proposal and design document. Any Non-Compliance or Compatibility issue
raised by the Contractor after the award of the Work shall not be acceptable in any
circumstances. The Contractor must take prior written approval from the Authority
before supplying any alternate solution proposed for any obsolete /end of life
component, by submitting the proof and undertaking from the OEM proposed in the
Technical proposal and design document.
6. Undertaking for Country of Origin: The EPC Contractor shall ensure that none of the
key component or its sub-component such as PTZ / TMCS Cameras, VIDS system,
Vehicle Speed Detection System, Control Centre / Command Centre / TMC equipment
including security devices are procured / sourced from the OEM from any of the region
and / or company barred / banned / blacklisted / having territory dispute / threat to
sovereignty and integrity / restricted by the any of the Defense Department / any of the
Government Department / NHAI / PSU / Ministries etc. in India. The technical proposal
and design document shall be considered as non-compliance in case this requirement is
not fully met by the EPC Contractor. The EPC Contractor shall submit an undertaking
fully complying to this requirement.
7. The EPC Contractor must comply with the Office Memorandum no. F. No. NH-
35014/20/2020-H, Government of India, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
dated 04.08.2020, regarding Department of Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of
Finance, Govt. of India O.M. No. 6/18/2019-PPD dated 23.07.2020, vide which Rule
144 of the general Financial Rules 2017 entitled “Fundamental principles of public
buying’ has been amended by inserting sub-rule 144 (xi) in the General Financial
Rules (GFRs), 2017. As per the new rule “Any bidder from a country which shares a
land border with India will be eligible to bid in any procurement whether of goods,
services (including consultancy services and non-consultancy services) or works
(including turnkey projects) only if the bidder is registered with the Competent
Authority.” This condition shall also be applicable on sub-contracting of any works /
goods / services, etc. The EPC Contractor shall furnish the registration status of the sub-
contractor/ supplier with Competent Authority (for the items / goods proposed to be
procured from any country which shares a land border with India).
8. Preference shall be given to Indian OEM/ Manufacturers and “Make in India” as

per DPIIT Order no. P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 04.06.2020 (revised “Public
Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order 2017”. All ATMS/ITS equipment
shall be procured from Indian OEM/ Manufacturers and preference shall be given to
“Make in India” preferably to “Class-I local supplier” as defined in the revised order by
DPIIT. The Contractor shall submit the proof of non-availability of the products/ items/
goods/ services in India which are proposed to be procured from Non-Local supplier or
imported.
9. Factory Tests, Inspection and Certification
9.1 General
All equipment, components, spare parts, and software to be delivered or installed under this
Contract shall be tested, inspected, and certified prior to delivery in accordance with these
specifications.
9.2 Test Procedures
a. For off-the-shelf or routinely manufactured equipment or components, a test or inspection
certificate shall accompany each delivery and no Factory acceptance test (FAT) shall be
required. The EPC Contractor shall submit the factory’s routine testing procedures for
each key component.
b. The FAT for equipment, components or software requiring special order, tooling or
development is mandatory and shall be conducted by the Authority Engineer at the
factory/manufacturing unit. The EPC Contractor shall submit to the Authority Engineer
proposed factory test items and test procedures for review as soon as the System Detailed
Design is accepted. The test items shall include as a minimum the following:
1) Functional tests (all equipment and software)
2) Power supply tests (all equipment)
3) Input voltage fluctuation (Sampling test)
4) Instantaneous interruption (Sampling test)
5) Environmental tests for temperature and humidity ranges as specified (sampling
test)
6) Insulation resistance (sampling test)
7) Dielectric strength (sampling test)
8) Rainproof test for field equipment (sampling test)
9) Equipment Interface Tests -- Equipment interface tests shall be conducted for all
servers, database, network switches, network adapters, toll collection equipment
and communication equipment in the factory.
These tests shall be executed by interfacing as many different kinds of equipment as

possible so as to ascertain their suitability as system components. Where there is no
appropriate equipment at that particular time to connect to certain equipment, the test shall
be executed by connecting to a simulator.
c. Mandatory Factory Acceptance Tests

Due to the high number of equipment estimated for the project and stringent performance
requirements, only the customised equipment (special order), fabricated items, and ATMS
software shall undergo Factory Acceptance tests in presence of Authority Engineer,
Authority personnel and / or Authority’s representatives.
d. The EPC Contractor shall notify the Authority at least 07 days in advance of each factory
acceptance test to be undertaken and shall make arrangements for the Authority to attend
the tests if requested. The EPC Contractor shall also bear all expenses of such tests
including travel (including any travel abroad), boarding and lodging expenses of
Authority Engineer and up to 4 Authority personnel and / or their representatives.
e. In case of equipment other than those identified under c) above, should Authority Engineer
decide not to attend any of the tests, the tests shall be carried out by the Contractor, and
the duly certified copies of the test results shall be submitted by the Contractor.
f. If the Authority Engineer is satisfied with the test results, he shall notify the EPC
Contractor in writing to that effect, and the EPC Contractor may then ship the equipment.
If the Authority Engineer decides that equipment is defective or produced not in
accordance with the Contract, he may reject the equipment, and will inform the EPC
Contractor of the reasons in writing within 30 days.
9.3 Defects
Should a defect be detected during one of the tests, the cause of the defect shall be
ascertained and documented. For minor defects which do not require re-design of the
equipment, the defect shall be rectified, and the test be repeated. If a design change is
required, the Authority Engineer shall be so informed, and the revised design shall be
submitted to the Authority Engineer for review and approval.
9.4 Test Certificate
Test certificates will be issued only for the actual equipment that has passed the tests. For
sampling test of equipment, if any defect is detected in any one sample, the entire lot shall
be tested, and the results shall be reported to the Authority Engineer for his review.
9.5 System Integration Test (SIT)
a. The SIT shall also incorporate the network-manageable portions of the ATMS system
including the ATMS system interface to the TMC, sub-centres and Authority HQ
Command centre.
b. The SIT shall begin after earlier stages of testing have been successfully completed (i.e.
FAT and SAT) and accepted by the Authority Engineer. When possible, the SIT shall be
conducted during the harshest environment period deemed for that particular equipment.
The duration of the SIT will be agreed with the Authority Engineer prior to starting.
c. In the event of a system, subsystem, ATMS equipment, or ancillary component failure,
with the exception of consumable items such as fuses, the Project shall be shut down for
purposes of testing and correcting identified deficiencies (System Shutdown). System
Shutdown is defined as any condition which, due to work performed by the EPC
Contractor, results in the Project, or any system, subsystem, ATMS equipment, or ancillary
component thereof to cease operation.
d. The SIT shall be re-started after the identified deficiency has been corrected.
e. If the total number of System Shutdowns exceeds three (3) due to the same system or
subsystem, ATMS equipment, or ancillary component.
(i) The system, subsystem, ATMS equipment, or ancillary component shall be removed
and replaced with a new and unused unit.
(ii) All applicable FAT and SAT, as deemed necessary by the Authority Engineer shall be
performed and the SIT shall be restarted upon written approval from the Authority
Engineer
f. Time extensions shall not be granted to perform the SIT due to any failures. Failures during
the SIT shall be rectified at no additional cost to the Authority.
g. Upon the successful completion of the SIT and all the required submittals, testing, training,
and documentation have been successfully submitted to and approved by the Authority
Engineer, the Authority Engineer shall provide written notice of Final Acceptance.
h. The notice of Final Acceptance implies that the system is ready for commercial operation
subject to adequate training provided to the Operations and Maintenance personnel.
9.6 Inspection
All equipment shall be inspected before delivery and upon arrival at the site. The
inspection shall be performed on the following items:
1) Painted surfaces and colour
2) Condition of assembly
3) Design and dimensions
4) Parts arrangement
9.7 Cost of Test and Inspection
The testing cost as allowed, shall cover full cost of providing all facilities, labour,
consumable parts, and appliances required in connection with all inspection and tests of
completion on the site or on the manufacturer’s premises, and all other expenses as may be
required by the Authority or Authority Engineer to attend the test.
9.8 Tests on Completion
9.8.1 General
The EPC Contractor shall keep a clear record of all tests conducted. The record shall
include time, place, equipment, procedure, functions, persons attending, and faults or
problems encountered. The test results, even if they are not satisfactory, shall be
documented and submitted to the Authority Engineer and Authority for review.
9.9 Tests on Completion for a Portion of Works
9.9.1 Procedure
a. The EPC Contractor shall give due notice to the Authority Engineer and Authority of at
least seven (7) days in advance of the proposed date and contents of the Tests on Completion
for a Portion of Works.
b. Tests on Completion shall be performed for the portion of Works completed in the previous
one-month period.
c. When the Authority Engineer has received satisfactory test results, he shall notify the EPC
Contractor in writing that the equipment is ready for trial operations. If the Authority
Engineer decides the equipment is not in accordance with the Contract, he may reject the
equipment, and he shall inform the EPC Contractor as to the reasons why the equipment
was rejected in writing within a reasonable time.
9.9.2 Test Items
a. After the delivery and installation of the equipment at the site, tests on completion for
that portion of Works shall be conducted for each of equipment.
b. Appearance of the equipment and required operations in standalone mode shall be
examined in this test. Test items to be tested at Tests on completion are specified in the
section of component systems in these specifications.
9.9.3 Testing apparatus

a. Each equipment shall be provided with indicator, lamp, monitor or other means to
confirm normal operation of the equipment.
b. Alternatively, the EPC Contractor shall supply suitable number of portable testing
apparatus or computer as part of equipment. Control of monitoring the equipment shall be
possible through the testing apparatus.
c. All test equipment shall have a valid calibration certification from certified government lab.
9.10 Tests on Completion for the Whole of Works

9.10.1 General
During the Test on Completion, all the functions of the equipment required under the
Contract shall be tested. The test shall be conducted with the attendance of the Authority
and Authority Engineer.
9.10.2 Procedure
a. The EPC Contractor shall submit, at least 14 days in advance, to Authority Engineer the
date(s) on which the Tests on Completion for the Whole Works are to be undertaken.
b. The EPC Contractor shall forward to the Authority Engineer duly certified copies of the
test results when the tests have been successfully completed. When the Authority
Engineer has received the test document and is satisfied with the test results for trial
operations, he will notify the EPC Contractor in writing that the whole works are ready
for trial operations.
c. If major defects are uncovered in the tests, the EPC Contractor shall prepare and submit
to the Authority Engineer for review and approval a proposal to remedy the defects. The
EPC Contractor shall not take corrective actions before the proposed remedies have
received the Authority Engineer’s approval. Minor faults and defects detected during
the Tests on Completion may be corrected during the trial operation period.
9.11 Test Conditions and parameters
The following conditions and parameters shall be applicable for each stage of testing i.e.
FAT, SAT, SIT, and Additional tests:
a. The acceptance of each stage of testing does not imply that testing is complete at that
stage. If problems are found at a later date or stage of testing, it may be necessary to
return to an earlier stage of testing after repairs have been made to the system. If at a
later stage of testing, an item of equipment is replaced, repaired, or significantly
modified, the equipment shall be retested to the level necessary to isolate any problem
and establish a course of action to remedy the situation.
b. The Authority Engineer shall sign the trial test documents as proof of a successful trial
test for each item of ATMS equipment and ancillary components. If the test trial is
unsuccessful, the Authority Engineer shall be given minimum seven (7) full business
days’ prior notification before rescheduling another test trial.
c. ATMS Equipment that fails to conform to the requirements of any test will be
considered defective and the equipment will be rejected by the Authority Engineer. In
the event a defect is determined, it shall be determined whether it is limited to a specific
unit or could be potential problems in all such units. Equipment rejected because of
problems limited to the specific unit may be offered again for re-test provided all issues
of non-compliance have been corrected and re-tested and evidence thereof submitted to
the Authority Engineer. The evidence thereof shall include as a minimum a technical
report detailing the investigation that has been undertaken to determine the cause of the
failure. The report shall detail, as a minimum, the symptoms, cause and what action was
required to remedy the failure. This report shall be submitted and approved by the
Authority Engineer and Authority prior to a new test date being scheduled.
d. In the event, the ATMS equipment malfunctions during the test period, the Authority
Engineer may declare a defect and require replacement of all equipment at no additional
cost. When a defect is declared, the test and test period shall be restarted from the
beginning for that specific ATMS equipment.
e. If ATMS equipment has been modified or replaced as a result of a defect, a report shall
be prepared and delivered to the Authority Engineer for acceptance. The report shall
describe the nature of the failure and the corrective action(s) taken. If a failure pattern, as
defined by the Authority Engineer, develops, the Authority Engineer may direct that
design and construction modifications be made to all similar units without additional
cost to the Authority. In the case of problems common to many units, all units shall be
modified at no additional cost to the Authority.
f. The Test procedures and guidelines mentioned in the RFP are the minimum requirement
to be fulfilled by the EPC Contractor. In addition to the minimum tests prescribed in the
RFP, the Authority Engineer shall instruct the EPC Contractor to conduct the test he
deems relevant for any subsection at the Factory and / or at site, as applicable.
g. Time extensions shall not be granted to perform the FAT/ SAT / SIT / Additional tests
due to any failures. Failures during any test shall be resolved by the EPC Contractor at
no additional cost to the Authority.
h. The SAT shall be conducted for each and every piece of ATMS equipment and ancillary
components.
i. If any ATMS equipment or ancillary component fails to pass its test more than twice, it
shall be replaced with new ATMS equipment or ancillary component of same make and
model and the entire test shall be repeated until proven successful.
j. The ATMS equipment provider shall ensure that the required testing equipment,
including a portable computer and test software is provided for the SAT.
k. Equipment installation shall be inspected to confirm compliance to equipment
manufacturer’s installation good practice recommendations.
l. The quality of equipment and its installation shall be judged and verified to ensure
compliance to relevant standards outlining operational safety, Ingress protection, Surge/
lightning protection and Radio interference.
m. The FAT / SAT test shall exercise all standalone (non-network) functional operations of
the ATMS equipment and ancillary components installed and shall demonstrate
conformance with the requirements described in the detailed project design
specifications, relevant standards and manufacturer specifications.
10. Defects Liability Period (DLP)
1. Any minor defects in the system identified by the Authority Engineer and provided to the
EPC Contractor in the form of a written notice during the Final Acceptance above shall
be rectified during the Defects Liability Period. The above defects list shall also include
any defects that surface during the DLP, which shall also be rectified by the Service
Provider during the defined DLP itself
2. Suitable tests for confirming the rectification of defects shall be performed by the EPC
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Authority Engineer.
3. The DLP shall be in force for a period specified in the Contract Agreement succeeding the
Completion Certificate.
11. Power Supply
a. Provision for power supply and DG sets (excluding UPS) at the TMC (Traffic
Management Centre) and Sub-centres shall be in the scope of the EPC Contractor.
However, recurring costs towards operations of power supply and DG sets
(electricity/DG set fuel bills etc.) shall be borne by Authority as mentioned in the
Contract Agreement. The EPC Contractor shall examine the power supply status during
the site survey and submit the additional requirement to Authority along with the
proposal in case of any additional requirement. The additional power and DG
requirement shall be finalized within the design phase. Any additional requirement raised
by the EPC Contractor post design approval may not be considered and the EPC
Contractor shall be responsible to make the arrangement at its own cost.
b. The EPC Contractor shall perform all the necessary application procedures to the Power
Company required for the power to be supplied for the field equipment. All the expenses
charged by Power Companies regarding such applications shall be borne by Authority.
The work to be undertaken by Power Companies shall be up to the boundary of property
and the responsibility shall lie between the EPC Contractor and Power Companies and
the same shall be deemed to be included in the scope of the EPC Contractor.
c. The EPC Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for the electricity requirement
for the execution of the Works including Maintenance for the field equipment being used
by the EPC Contractor for implementation of work.
d. The fixed charges, installation charges, recurring charges, electricity bill, DG set fuel,
maintenance etc. for each field equipment, EPC Contractor’s site office, or any other
facility being used by the EPC Contractor for execution of the scope of the Contract shall
be completely in the scope of the EPC Contractor for the entire Contract period i.e. Design
phase, procurement, installation, testing, trail-run, commissioning and maintenance period.
The Authority shall - be responsible only for power supply during for operations of the
facility as defined in the Contract Agreement.
e. All UPS required for ATMS system for TMC, sub-centres, field equipment shall be in the
scope of the EPC Contractor.
12. Work Area Safety and Traffic Control
12.1 General
a. Obstructions and excavations in the work areas shall be adequately fenced and guarded at
all times and proper traffic control devices shall be installed to protect the workers and
the public. Particular attention shall be paid to the positioning of traffic barriers and
traffic cones. Unnecessary blocking of traffic lanes shall not be permitted. Roads and
sidewalks shall not be used for the unnecessary storage of materials.
b. Adequate traffic control devices shall be in place before work begins and all such devices
shall be removed immediately when the work is completed. As work progresses, warning
devices which were appropriate at one time but are no longer applicable shall be removed
immediately.
c. Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices shall be maintained in good order
and in the correct position during the day and night. Signs shall be neat, clear and legible
at all times.
d. Compensation for meeting the requirements of this section shall be included in the various
bid items and no separate payments will be made, therefore.
e. Penalties shall be applicable as prescribed in the Penalty clause above, in case of any
non-compliance or safety violation.
12.2 Highway Lane Closure
No lane closure shall be permitted on any road during peak hours except with prior approval
of the Authority. During non-peak hours, one or several traffic lanes may be closed
provided that at least one lane in each direction is open for traffic at all times. On two-way,
two-lane roads, any lane closure shall be first approved by the Authority. Notwithstanding
the provisions above, the Authority and the police shall have the power to order the lane
closure removed or to require better traffic control measures.
12.3 Warning Signs
a. All work area warning signs shall conform to the requirements in the relevant regulations
in India.
b. A "LANE CLOSED AHEAD” and a “LANE CLOSED” sign shall be placed upstream of
the lane closure site at a distance of approximately 100 meters and 50 meters respectively
when one lane of the roadway is closed. These signs shall be placed further upstream of
the work area if more than one lane of the roadway is closed.
c. All work area warning signs shall be made of reflective sheet or material if the signs are
to remain in place during hours of darkness.
d. The design, specifications, quantity, location, placement of the Signages shall fully
comply with latest version of IRC 67 2012, IRC SP 84:2019 and/ or applicable latest
international and IRC codes.
12.4 Temporary Warning Flashers

Temporary warning flashers of Amber/red colour LED and minimum 500mm dia shall be
used during the hours of darkness if traffic cones, barricades or other barriers are to remain
in position at night. Lamps shall be kept alight at all times during the hours of darkness. The
flashers shall clearly mark the site of obstructions and delineate the transition zone.
Minimum 4 nos. waring flashers shall be kept alight at each such location.
12.5 Traffic Cones and barriers
Traffic cones and water filled barriers shall be placed on the roadway in advance of the work
site to form a transition taper. The length of the transition taper shall be at least 30 meters
so as to guide traffic smoothly from the full width section to the narrowed down section.
Spacing between the cones shall be no more than 10 meters.
12.6 Plant and Equipment
a. In all cases where traffic is permitted to use the whole or a portion of the existing road
before the work is completed, all plant items and similar obstructions shall be removed
from the road at night, if at all possible. Otherwise, they shall be delineated at night if
they stay within 2 meters of the edge of the roadway by two red lights suspended
vertically from the point of obstruction nearest to the roadway. The lights may be
omitted in cases where there is permanent obstruction, such as trees being less than 2
meters from the edge of roadway and the plant or equipment are not closer to the road
than the permanent obstruction.
b. During the day, a red flag shall be projected beyond the extremity of all plant items
(other than vehicles) adjacent to the traffic lane.
c. The Contractor shall take all the safety measures as per the site requirement and
prescribed by Authority/ Authority Engineer.
12.7 Vehicles
Vehicles which are used to carry out operations on the roadway and which are required to
travel slowly or to stop frequently shall be made as conspicuous as possible. This shall he
achieved by painting them in a distinctive colour or painting the rear portion with diagonal
stripes of a contrasting colour or providing flashing lights on the top of the vehicle. They
shall also have a plate of sufficient size on the rear side with the words "Slow Moving" and
shall be visible from 100 meters.
13. Documentation
13.1 General
a. The documentation shall contain complete details of how the System was actually built,
and how it works, together with complete operating and maintenance information. The
documentation shall consist of the following manuals and drawings:
1) System design manual
2) Software manual
3) Hardware manual
4) Installation manual
5) Operator’s manual
6) Maintenance manual
7) Product ‘End of Life’ Plan
8) As built drawing
b. The documentation shall be a detailed presentation with text and illustrations. All
documentation shall be in English and shall be subject to the approval by the
Authority Engineer.
c. The documentation process shall include the preparation, editing, submittal for
approval, publication, delivery and acceptance of the documentation in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract.
d. Documentation shall use SI units in accordance with ISO 80000-1
e. Detailed design drawings and structural calculations for each type of pole, gantry or
structure (including foundations) used to mount ATMS equipment shall be submitted
to the Authority Engineer for approval after due certification by a Licensed Structural
Engineer. The design calculations shall be carried out in accordance with relevant
MoRTH/IRC standards where applicable.
f. The drawings shall show materials specification and finishes for each item of
equipment proposed for use. All weld types and sizes shall be identified on the design
and construction drawings.
g. Power schematic diagrams for all ATMS installations shall be submitted to the
Authority Engineer for approval.
h. Telecommunications schematic diagram shall be submitted to the Authority Engineer
for approval. The telecommunications diagram shall include all systems, subsystems
and components, including connections to modems, devices and the
telecommunications access and backbone network.
i. As-built record drawings shall include longitude and latitude data accurate to within
two (2) metres for each of the ATMS equipment and infrastructure installed.
j. Documentation should be organized so that unnecessary repetition is avoided. Topics
likely to be frequently referenced by the EPC Contractor (e.g. operating and
maintenance instructions) should be given prominence. As it is recognized that the
volume of the documentation and drawings to be provided will vary considerably
with the complexity of the equipment being supplied (ranging from one ring binder
to several volumes), the Authority Engineer should be consulted for its agreement on
the presentation and layout of the documents to be provided.
k. Installation instructions to be included in the package of any item of equipment likely
to be installed separately or in conjunction with the ATMS equipment, shall be in the
form of a leaflet or similar. It shall have sufficient information (with diagrams) for
the item concerned to be correctly installed in position and connected and describe
any necessary set-up procedure.
l. Maintenance information cards or booklets, one set of which is to be secured within
each equipment enclosure or cabinet shall be encapsulated in a durable weatherproof
format. They shall show the general layout of equipment and component modules and
references in schematic form, and set-up addresses for on-site replacement of
component modules.
m. The format and extent of electronic media and/or hardcopy presentation of technical
documents shall be agreed upon by the Authority Engineer before final versions are
produced.
13.2 Submittals
a. All ATMS equipment shall, as a minimum, meet all the requirements listed in these
specifications. Future technological advances may allow for ATMS equipment to be
provided that exceed the minimum requirements in these Specifications.
b. Systems and subsystems that minimizes the possibility of either the failure of any
single component or the complete module failure shall be provided by the EPC
Contractor in Technical Proposal and later in Design Document. Failure of one
component or module shall not cause the failure of any other component or module.
c. Product data, design and construction drawings for all of the components shall be
submitted to the Authority Engineer for approval.
d. Heat-load calculation sheets accompanied by related manufacturer's data sheets to
support justification of proposed cooling systems shall be submitted to the Authority
Engineer for approval. Power consumption calculations to support proposed power
distribution type and size shall also be submitted.
13.3 Presentation of Documentation
a. All documentation shall be prepared in a clear, concise manner with appropriate
illustrations. Except otherwise specified by the Authority Engineer / Authority, all
documentation except drawings shall be ddouble side printed on A4 size sheets. All
documentation shall carry an issue number, revision number and date. A uniform style
and format shall be followed as much as possible.
b. The draft of all the reports and documents shall be submitted to the Authority
Engineer in electronic form (PDF) only, for review and approval before submission
of printed copies.
c. Three (3) printed copies (double side printed) and three (3) sets of electronic files on
CD-ROM or DVD of all documentation, manuals and drawings of as built
conditions shall be submitted. Electronic file shall be in the latest version of portable
document format. In addition, as-built drawing in the latest version of AutoCAD at
the time of submission of Technical Proposal must be included on CD-ROM or
DVD.
d. In order to maintain liaison between parts of the EPC Contractor and the Authority,
documentation concerning each part of the Contract shall be produced as part of each
component job and not left until the preparation of the final manuals. Effort may be
saved, and familiarity with the presentation of information will be maintained by
writing the documentation during the Contract in a form suitable for inclusion in the
relevant final manuals.
e. All system manuals shall be available at the beginning of classroom training. Re-
issues shall be provided if site commissioning and testing makes this necessary.
f. If changes or modifications are required in any of the documents previously submitted,
the EPC Contractor shall fully describe the changes or modifications, and
immediately submit them to the Authority Engineer for approval.
13.4 Standard Documentation
Standard documentation shall be provided for the computer and peripherals (hardware
and software), programming manuals including the languages to be used, transmission
equipment, air conditioner, power supplies, and other standard products to be supplied
under the Contract.
13.5 System Design Manual
a. The intent of the system design manual is to give an overall description of the ATMS
including the digital transmission system and associated systems supplied under the
Contract. The manual may be divided into sections to cover all and every aspect of
the systems. The description shall be plain, and the detail of operation shall be left to
other manuals with adequate reference to them. The manual should provide cross
references to the appropriate manuals of the system when necessary to do so.
b. The system design manual shall completely define all functions, inputs, and outputs
including methods of entering inputs, methods of obtaining outputs, data structure and
content, format, sequence, and timing. The system structure and organization shall be
described including all the data flow paths through the system and all the data files in
the system. This description shall clearly present the functional relationship of the
computer program modules with one another and with all peripheral, monitor
display, control desks, central controllers, transmission equipment, detector, control
centre equipment, office equipment, field equipment or other equipment. An overall
system flow diagram shall be provided.
13.6 Software Manual
The software manual shall be project oriented. The software manual shall therefore
include the application programs and database details.
13.6.1 Structure
The manual shall describe the overall software structure with particular attention to
the points at which further user programs can be interfaced. It is essential that the
relationship of program modules, their priority, and their calling sequences are
explained in such a manner that it may be clearly understood, especially by any
competent programmer who wishes to specify or interface a new program into the
system.
13.6.2 Program Logic/Function
Operational objectives for each program shall be described. All logic and
transformations on the input data in order to generate output data and accomplish
system functions shall be described, together with their interaction, sequencing and
time requirements. Derivations of any mathematical equations shall be stated if
appropriate.
13.6.3 Flowcharts
Each major section of the programming logic as described above shall be presented
in greater detail. The detail shall be developed into a format of flowcharts or other
graphical methods using statement and decision blocks to show the flow of
information. Within each statement and decision block sufficient information shall
be presented to describe what is being accomplished. Mathematical or engineering
terminology and equations shall be incorporated when necessary to fully describe
the operations to be performed.
13.6.4 Output Formats
Sample output formats both printout and monitor display shall be provided from
actual printer output and monitor display with explanation for each item on the
output format.
13.6.5 Data File in Database
The format of all data in the database shall be given together with the structure,
type, format, length, default value, and range of allowable value, if any. For
constant file that contains system parameters and constant, their value shall also be
shown.
13.7 Hardware Manual
a. This manual shall provide a complete description of the hardware of all the system
equipment and components to be supplied under the Contract. Documents
regarding component systems shall be bound in separate volume for convenience of
use.
b. The following information shall be provided for each applicable equipment or
component:
13.7.1 Functional Descriptions
All information necessary to fully explain the basic function or use of the equipment shall
be provided. It shall include a block diagram presentation of the equipment.
13.7.2 Operating Procedure
a. The operating procedure shall be fully described in a simple and clear language.
Appropriate illustrations shall be provided. Explanation and use shall be given to all
the keys and switches. Meaning of all meters and indicators shall also be explained.
b. A list of applicable test instruments and tools required to perform necessary
measurements shall be included. Setup tests and calibration procedures shall also be
described if applicable.
13.8 Installation Manual
a. This manual shall provide a complete description of the installation procedures of all
the system equipment and components to be supplied under the Contract. Documents
regarding component systems shall be bound in separate volume for convenience of
use.
b. The following information shall be provided for each applicable equipment or component:
13.8.1 Installation instructions
Comprehensive instructions (including drawings for site assembly) for correct installation
and connection of all parts of the Equipment, to be retained for reference purposes.
Instructions relating to each item of equipment likely to be installed separately.
13.8.2 Commissioning instructions
Set-up details of addresses, operating parameters, control ranges and limits, etc.
Commissioning procedures and tests.
13.9 Operator’s Manual
a. This manual shall comprise a concise set of procedures; the system operator may
require operating the system with a minimum of detailed technical description of the
internal working of the various parts of the system. Cross references to the appropriate
manuals for detailed technical descriptions however shall be provided.
b. The manual shall list specific procedures to be followed for both hardware and software
operations, which may have to be followed either by programmers or hardware
engineers. Instructions shall therefore be basic and detailed. A step by step procedure
shall be given for switching on and off power, controlling the equipment and for starting
up and shutting down the system. This shall include loading of the operating programs,
checking that they are running correctly, operation of variable message signs, TMCS
camera, monitor display, graphic display, and use of utility programs through keyboard
and monitor display.
c. In addition to the routine operation, procedures shall be given for fault diagnosis.
Typical symptoms shall be listed, with corresponding corrective or emergency action to
be taken.
13.10 Maintenance Manual
This manual shall describe both preventive and corrective maintenance procedures in such
detail that maintenance personnel can perform the proper maintenance work by reading this
manual.
13.10.1 Preventive Maintenance
The manufacturer’s recommended procedures for proper preventive maintenance shall be
indicated to ensure reliable equipment operation. Specifications including defined tolerances
for all electrical, mechanical and other applicable measurements and adjustments shall be
listed. Periodical repainting servicing shall also be described. List of parts that require
periodic replacement shall be included.
13.10.2 Corrective Maintenance
a. This section shall provide the information necessary for isolation and repair of failure
and malfunctions. Accuracies, limitations and tolerances for all electrical, physical and
other applicable measurements shall be described. Instructions for disassembly,
overhaul and reassembly, including workshop performance requirements shall be
provided.
b. Fully detailed step by step instructions shall be given where a failure to follow special
procedures would endanger the life of the operating or maintenance personnel, damage
to the equipment, improper operation, etc. Instructions and specifications shall be
included for such maintenance work that may be accomplished by specialized
technicians and engineers in a modern electro-mechanical workshop. Instructions
concerning special test set up, component fabrication, use of special tools, jigs and test
equipment shall be included.
c. Maintenance procedures shall cover the diagnosis of faults, testing and setting up
adjustments, replacements of units and operation of test equipment.
13.11 Product ‘End of Life’ Plan
a. Instructions for dismantling the equipment without causing damage
b. Details of re-usable/recyclable components, materials and the coding system used to
identify them,
c. Details of any precious metals
d. Details of any hazardous substances, heavy metals or other pollutants with instructions
on their safe handling and disposal.
13.12 As-Built Drawings for Whole Works
a. The EPC Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of as-built plans and drawings to the
Authority within reasonable time after the Tests on Completion for the Whole Works but
not later than three (3) months prior to the Completion. As-built plans and drawings to
be submitted by the EPC Contractor shall include but not be limited to:
1) Detail drawings of all equipment,
2) Variable message sign support, TMCS camera pole, detector pole (if any), etc. with
fittings (civil structure plans and drawings),
3) Equipment layout,
4) Communication cable network diagram, fibre assignment diagram and final BOQ
for the cable work
5) Conduit route diagram, handhole, manhole layout and final BOQ for the conduit
work
6) Traffic Management Centre operator room and machine room layout,
7) Data cable connection diagram at Traffic Management Centre and other ,
8) Power distribution diagram,
9) Traffic Management Centre and sub-centre building,
b. These plans and drawings shall incorporate changes made during the installation and
training. A uniform legend shall be used throughout the documentation.
13.13 Programs on CD Disk
As part of the documentation, The EPC Contractor shall provide a copy of all source
programs which have been coded for this system on a CD-ROM or DVD ready for
compilation. The source programs shall be written in English and compatible with the
flowcharts and program listings. In addition, a copy of the operating system, utility
programs and other programs used in the CPU shall be provided on a CD-ROM or DVD
which can be readily loaded.
14. Quality Assurance
a. The ATMS equipment provider shall have in place a quality system complying with ISO
9001, for the activities of design, development and production of the ATMS equipment
to be supplied unless otherwise agreed by the Authority Engineer. The quality system
shall cover each and every location where such activities are undertaken.
b. The Authority Engineer shall audit the potential supplier's quality system and test
facilities before approving use of the proposed supplier. Authority reserves the right for
the same.
c. The following requirements must also be considered:
i. The design and installation of Electrical Installations shall comply with the
requirements of the Bureau of Indian Standards.
ii. The EPC Contractor shall be required to provide, at their own expense, samples
of the proposed equipment and all associated approvals, test reports and
schedules to verify that the equipment meets all of the Authority’s requirements.
15. On-line Access Facility during the Operations & Maintenance phase
a. The systems commissioned by the EPC Contractor shall provide, during the entire period
of the Contract, adequate remote access (via-internet) to the Authority Engineer and
Authority for on-line evaluation of the functioning of each equipment / sub-system,
including all field equipment. The EPC Contractor shall also provide the Authority
Engineer and Authority a suitable tool for the same. In the case of TMCS, VIDS, ANPR
Cameras, this tool shall also support the facility of observing real-time images from
each camera by remote operation of the Pan-Tilt-Zoom facility. Authority reserves the
right to include the results of any such examination by Authority and / or Authority
Engineer in the achieved service levels for the period under evaluation.
b. The toll shall also provide the real-time access of the ATMS Dashboard, GIS Map,
NMS, FMS, Report module for entire stretch as well as each sub-centre, etc.
c. For the purpose of enabling the above on-line access facility, each of the equipment /
sub-systems shall be Internet Protocol (IP) based supporting the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP).
d. The above tool shall also include a feature by which the Authority and Authority
Engineer can generate detailed performance, violation, event, incident, operation and
maintenance reports without the need for any support / intervention from the EPC
Contractor’s personnel.
e. The tool shall also provide the feature to playback any video without affecting the
Control Room operations.
f. The limited access shall also be provided in the Police Control Rooms, Dial 112, and
City ICCC. The access shall be provided to other enforcement agency also only upon
approval of Authority. The agencies shall be able to view ATMS dashboard, GIS Map,
live and recorded feed from all the cameras, reports relevant to the department. The
reports to be provided shall be finalised in consultation with Authority Engineer and
concerned agency and shall be approved by Authority. The Police and enforcement
department shall have the option to search any vehicle details by entering the vehicle
number, along with date time location filters, as applicable. The authorised users shall
also have the option to download / save any video recording, image, relevant report (as
per the permission), etc.
g. The ATMS central processing system shall keep the logs of each and every activity of
the users on the On-line Access Facility, included IP address, username, data access,
downloaded video / clip logs, etc.
16. Integration
a. Integration activities of the ATMS project shall be coordinated and undertaken such that
all systems, subsystems, ATMS equipment and ancillary components are integrated with
the ATMS Control Centre hardware and in accordance with the detailed project design
specifications.
b. All integration activates shall be coordinated with the Authority Engineer prior to
commencement of any integration activities and shall be agreed in accordance with the
project program.
c. Integration activities shall include the telecommunication nodes (i.e. Managed Ethernet
Switches) with the existing and/or proposed fibre optic Ethernet telecommunications
network for the design and connectivity of the ATMS Project.
d. All ATMS equipment shall be managed and operated by the ATMS Control Centre. The
ATMS equipment shall be integrated as identified in the design drawings and/or
specifications, into the ATMS Control Centre.
e. The ATMS System shall be integrated with the AFS (ANPR cum FASTag System)
deployed by Authority under a separate contract for user fee collection system on the
project
/ NH Stretch.
f. EPC Contractor shall integrate the VIDS system installed on the project / NH stretch by
Authority under a separate contract for blackspot monitoring.
g. The ATMS System shall be integrated with the RO Control Centre (RCC), Incident
Management System (IMS) deployed at PIU, and ITS Command Centre (ICC) at
Authority HQ for seamless streaming of data / video of all cameras installed on the
project by the EPC Contractor, incident monitoring / management, facility management
system at each of these locations, as per the requirement of Authority.
17. Training
17.1 General
a. A training program as specified herein shall be provided for the management, operation,
and maintenance of the Highway management system, digital transmission system and
associated systems. All training shall be conducted either in Project City or at site.
b. The objectives of the training are for the Authority Engineer and Authority officials to
understand the functions and the operation of the various systems, and to make them
familiar with the proper use of the equipment, software supplied, traffic management
operation under the contract.
c. The EPC Contractor shall develop all materials required for training in English and
furnish three (03) copies of each manual, class note, visual aid, and other instructional
materials to the Authority Engineer and Authority for distribution to the attendants. The
manuals, instructions, and training notes shall be in loose-leaf binder form.
d. The outline of the lectures or demonstrations and a sample or description of all training
aids shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least thirty (30) days prior to their
proposed presentation or use. Written approval by the Authority Engineer of these
materials shall be required prior to the scheduling of training sessions and/or the
production in quantity of any training materials.
e. The minimum content and duration (contact hours) of classroom training sessions shall
be as specified herein, plus such other topics as are necessary, to ensure effective
training. Notwithstanding the contact hours specified herein, all training shall be
effective and shall be completed by the EPC Contractor to the satisfaction of the
Authority Engineer and the Authority.
17.2 Management and Operations Training
a. The management and operations training shall include classroom instructions, on site
demonstrations, and follow-up reviews. The training shall be designed for the Engineers
and control centre operators (up to 20 persons) and shall cover all operating procedures
and database management of all equipment comprising the ATMS.
b. The initial classroom instructions and on-site demonstrations shall be completed during
trial operation for whole works and the follow-up reviews shall be completed during the
first two (2) months of the guarantee period. The contents of this training shall include as
a minimum the following:
17.2.1 Training program - System Management (Minimum of 12 contact hours)
1) System operation
2) Operations overview
3) Data requests and data displays
4) Functions and duties of control centre personnel
17.2.2 Training program - Control Procedures (Minimum of 24 contact hours)
1) Server, operator console and peripheral equipment operations
2) Orderly start-up and shut-down
3) Use of diagnostic programs and procedures
4) Response to alarms, errors and faults
5) Interpretation of alarms and fault messages
6) Operation of TMCS equipment
7) Operation of the VIDS equipment
8) Operation of the ATCC application
9) Operation of the TTMS application
10) Operation of the Probe data system
11) Operation of the VSDS equipment
12) Operation of Graphic Display and monitor display
17.2.3 Training Program - Analyst Procedures (Minimum of 24 contact hours)
1) Data requests and data displays of operator console
2) Data base management
3) Coding input
4) Edit checks
5) Insertion, deletion and alteration of data
6) Modifications
7) Addition, deletion or alteration of default values and parameters
8) Interpretation of displays and reports
17.2.4 Training program - Maintenance Training
a. The maintenance training shall cover trouble shooting and maintenance procedures for
all newly installed equipment and the use of maintenance tools, equipment, and test
instruments. It shall be completed within six (6) months of the issuance of the
Certificate of Completion for the Whole Works.
b. The training shall include at least 80 contact hours of classroom instructions and hands-
on workshop sessions, and on-the-job training:
c. The classroom lectures shall cover at least the following:
17.2.5 Training program - Traffic Management Centre
1) Central Processing System Server and operator console
2) Peripherals
3) Graphic Display
4) Data gathering processor
5) TMC server
6) ATMS Software
7) ATCC application
8) TTMS application
9) Probe data system
10) VSDS server
11) Communications and Ethernet
12) Layer switch, router, and hub if applicable
13) Wireless communication system
14) Facility monitoring central controller
15) Metallic and optical fibre cable
16) Power supply and distribution
17.2.6 Field equipment
1) TMCS equipment
2) VIDS equipment
3) VSDS equipment
4) Facility monitoring equipment
17.2.7 Workshop
A workshop shall be conducted on
1) Test equipment
2) Test procedures
3) Repair procedures
Further,
a. Hands-on training shall focus on the diagnosis of the fault and malfunction and
include but not be limited to the following:
1) Diagnosis of TMCS
2) Diagnosis of VIDS
3) Diagnosis of ATCC application
4) Diagnosis of TTMS application
5) Diagnosis of VSDS
6) Diagnosis of Ethernet
7) Diagnosis of data transmission system
8) Diagnosis of facility monitoring system
b. On-the-job operation and maintenance training shall be provided for Authority
operation and maintenance staff or staff of concessionaire (up to 15 persons) and shall
commence on the conclusion of the classroom and workshop training sessions and
continue until Taking Over Certificate of the Works. Indian counterpart staff will be
designated for this purpose. Salaries overtime pay and cost of allowances of these staff
will not be the responsibility of the EPC Contractor, but the EPC Contractor shall be
fully responsible for providing all necessary instructions, manuals and tools, and for
all other non-salary related cost. The EPC Contractor shall specify the equipment,
tools, and other items to be provided in the Technical Proposal.
17.2.8 Training program – Operations

1) Introduction to the Operations and Maintenance procedures for the highway
(based on the O&M manual)
2) Routine monitoring of the Highway
3) Incident Management procedures
4) Incident detection and validation
5) Incident logging
6) The use of checklists for fail-safe incident management
7) Communication with other stakeholders of incident management
8) Active monitoring of Incident management
9) System performance monitoring
10) Routine monitoring
11) Logging failures / events
12) Communication with maintenance engineers
18. System Operation and Maintenance
a. The EPC Contractor shall perform System Maintenance (O&M) for a period mentioned
in the Contract Agreement meeting the requirements provided in the relevant Schedules.
b. The EPC Contractor shall deploy adequate number of trained personnel at site and at
their back office to ensure that the above requirements are met. The EPC Contractor
shall submit, to the Authority Engineer and Authority, weekly reports on their
Maintenance.
19. Information Security
a. The EPC Contractor is required to ensure that the system being provided operates in a
secure manner. The solutions offered shall be in accordance with Information
Technology (Reasonable security practices and procedures and sensitive personal data
or information) Rules, 2011 published vide Government of India Notification No.
G.S.R. 313(E) dated 11th April 2011.
b. The EPC Contractor is required to ensure that the system being provided shall adhere to
the model framework of cyber security requirements set for Smart City (K-
15016/61/2016-SC-1, Government of India, Ministry of Urban Development).
c. The EPC Contractor shall have familiarly with ISO 27001 or procure the necessary
expertise in developing and delivering solutions in line with information system
security best practice. At least one of the System Maintenance Engineer/ Manager
deployed at site shall have relevant information security certification from any
renowned institute.
20. Spares, Consumables and Maintenance Equipment
20.1 General
The EPC Contractor shall furnish the specific spare parts, consumables and maintenance
equipment as indicated in the Tender Schedule.
20.2 Recommended Spare Parts and Maintenance Equipment
a. The EPC Contractor shall provide in his Technical Proposal detailed information on spare
parts and consumables necessary for the continuous operation and maintenance of the
equipment to be installed under this Contract through the guarantee period and five (05)
additional years following the system acceptance. The information shall include
identification, source of supply, and availability for the next 10 years. Recommended
quantities for five years of maintenance for these spare parts and consumables shall be
listed in the Technical Proposal “Spare Parts and Maintenance Equipment”.
b. The EPC Contractor shall also identify maintenance equipment, tools, testers, and
measuring apparatus which will be required to effectively maintain the highway
management system and provide all necessary details in his Technical Proposal. The costs
of furnishing the equipment shall be quoted in the "Proposed Rates and prices of
Recommended Spare Parts and Maintenance Equipment.” The recommended
maintenance equipment should include, among others, the following:
1) Maintenance computer (workstation type)
2) Field maintenance computer (Industrial Grade Laptops)
3) Digital multi meter
4) Level meter
5) Insulation resistant meter
6) Dielectric strength meter
7) Ground resistance meter
8) Oscilloscope
9) Network analyser
c. Operation, simulation and diagnosis software developed specifically to the equipment to
be supplied under the CONTRACT shall be supplied in CD-ROM or DVD. They shall be
also installed in the maintenance computer.
d. The Authority reserves the option to require the EPC Contractor to furnish any or all of
the recommended spare parts, consumables, and maintenance equipment.
20.3 Parts Supply Guarantee

a. The EPC Contractor (EPC Contractor), his legitimate successor or his designate, shall
guarantee for a period of seven (7) years from the date of commencement of the O&M
period and that he will supply promptly upon the written request from the Authority any
parts, components or equipment incorporated in the System even after completion of the
Contract period. This Clause shall not necessarily be construed to read that the EPC
Contractor be required to maintain the inventory to cover the entire items for anticipated
requirement for such purpose through the 7 years’ period. Because of discontinuation of
production of such particular items or because of any reasons beyond his control, if the
EPC Contractor fails to supply the requested parts, components or equipment, he shall
satisfy the need of the Authority by whatever appropriate substitutes available with
consent and approval of the Authority, but always in such a manner and outcome that the
substitutes can maintain or improve the Works’ performance or capabilities as a whole.
b. The EPC Contractor shall be paid as per the rates mentioned in the Indicative list of key
components or as determined by the Authority, for supply of parts requested by
Authority after completion of the Contract period.
Section 02 Design Requirements
1. General
a. The EPC Contractor shall undertake the detailed design of Advance Traffic Management
System (ATMS), Digital Transmission System and associated facilities and works,
hereinafter collectively referred to as ATMS. The ATMS shall meet all the design
criteria stipulated in the System Specifications. The component systems comprising
ATMS to be constructed under the Contract shall include but not be limited to the
component systems:
b. All systems to be installed under this Contract shall be capable of continuous,
unattended, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week operation under the environmental conditions
prevailing on the Project Highway. Should the design require periodic replacement of any
equipment or component, the replacement schedules of such equipment or component
shall be described in the Technical Proposal and in the maintenance manual.
2. Technical Proposal
The Civil Contractor may shortlist the ATMS Sub-Contractor and shall submit the
Technical Proposal of the ATMS Sun-Contractor to Authority for review and approval of
the Authority Engineer before awarding the work.
The technical proposal shall comprise of the following:
a. The EPC Contractor shall describe the proposed works in sufficient detail in his
Technical Proposal to enable the Authority to evaluate the technical adequacy of the
proposed system. The Technical Proposal shall include the statement of compliance
with the Specifications indicating whether the proposed equipment comply with the
specified requirements. If the proposed system does not comply with the
Specifications, the details of differences shall be described together with the
alternative features of facilities offered. The Authority may reject the non-compliant
proposal.
b. The EPC Contractor shall propose and describe in detail in his Technical Proposal the
approach, methodology, technology and procedure of the detailed design of the
highway management system, traffic management system, digital transmission
system and associated works. Expected output of the detailed design shall be
described together with the submission schedule for review and approval by the
Authority.
c. For the items for which type, procedure, method, or configuration is left to the
supplier’s design, The EPC Contractor shall clearly indicate in the proposal the type,
procedure, method or configuration he chooses with reason.
d. The Technical Proposal shall describe in detail how the system requirements defined
in the Tender Documents will be achieved with block diagram, data flow, and timing
chart.
e. The EPC Contractor shall not submit an alternative proposal. Authority shall reject
such alternative proposal.
f. The Technical Proposal shall be written in the same sequence as the Specifications.
Where the supporting documents are provided, a cross reference shall be prepared.
The Technical Proposal shall be written in English.
g. The Technical Proposal shall include the description of system as a whole and
equipment comprising the System. The description shall include how the requirements
of the Specifications are achieved. If necessary, block diagram, flowchart, timing
chart or other explanatory documents shall be attached.
h. Equipment comprising the system shall be defined. For each equipment, the following
items shall be stated:
1) Electrical and/or mechanical specifications
2) Specifications of interface with other equipment
3) Human-machine interface, if applicable
4) Environmental conditions
5) Physical dimensions
6) Power consumption
7) Operation console layout
8) Brand, make, model, and/or type (only one for each component)*
9) Catalogue, brochure, or other supporting document (if any)
*Technical proposal with more than one make/model for each component shall be
rejected.
i. The EPC Contractor shall submit the layout plan of the Operation Room in the
Technical Proposal for reference
j. The EPC Contractor shall include in the Technical Proposal the software quality
assurance program that he intends to adopt in developing the software.
k. The EPC Contractor shall propose in the Technical Proposal the feasibility and ease
with which such applications (additional software packages to run concurrently with
the software provided under the Contract) might be implemented using the Advance
Traffic Management System proposed by him and shall advise the spare memory
capacity and processing power which could be available, but not necessarily provided,
within the proposed computer to allow such applications to be implemented.
l. The EPC Contractor shall state in the Technical Proposal, the third-party software that
he proposes. If the EPC Contractor proposes the third-party program that is of
limited use, he shall explain the reason for using it in the Technical.
m. Systems and subsystems that minimize the possibility of either the failure of any
single component or the module which may cause total system failure shall be
provided by the EPC Contractor in Technical Proposal and later in Design Document.
Failure of one component or module shall not cause the failure of any other
component or module.
n. The EPC Contractor shall describe in his Technical Proposal application software to
be provided to the servers and workstation in the Traffic Management Centre required
hereunder.
1) Graphical presentation of module and components comprising application of
servers and workstation.
2) Data processing flow in the form of class diagram, use case diagram, sequence
diagram, or data flow diagram
3) Scale or size of the module and components, and programming language used
4) Extent of the development required for the Project
o. Attested copy of the Certifications, test reports, etc. specified in this Document.
p. Any other item / document / information specified in this Document for submission
in Technical Proposal/ design document or sought by the Authority/ Authority
Engineer.
3. Detailed Design
3.1 Design Briefing
Within 15 days of commencement date of the Works, the EPC Contractor shall conduct a
design briefing session in the development centre of the EPC Contractor. The design
briefing shall cover all the system components and civil works included in the Contract.
The main objective of the briefing is to acquaint the Authority Engineer and Authority
with the design concept and outlines of the proposed systems, and to allow them to
examine whether or not the EPC Contractor’s design complies with the Contract.
3.2 Design Review and Approval
a. Within 1.5 months of commencement date of the Works, the EPC Contractor shall submit
a Final System Detailed Design to the Authority Engineer for his review and approval.
The System Detailed Design shall provide detailed information of the proposed system,
including system configuration, block diagrams, input and output, flow charts, interface,
inter-connections, design calculation and manufacturer’s specification sheets for all
systems and shall cover all necessary hardware, software, database and operating
procedures.
b. The EPC Contractor shall submit System Detailed Design for each component system as
it is completed. The EPC Contractor shall further focus on completing the design of all
components to expedite the project implementation. If design change is necessary for the
portion of the detailed design that has been submitted and approved due to the design of
other portions, revised detailed design shall be submitted with the modification noted for
approval.
c. The EPC Contractor shall not, without specific approval in writing by the Authority
Engineer, place any material, part or component on order, nor commence manufacturing
of any equipment or software coding until the System Detailed Design has been approved
by the Authority Engineer. The EPC Contractor shall not implement any changes on the
approved system design without prior approval of the Authority Engineer.
d. The approval of the System Detailed Design by the Authority Engineer, however, does not
relieve the EPC Contractor from delivering a fully operational and reliable system.
3.3 Hardware System Design
The hardware portion of the System’s detailed design shall include among others the
following:
1) Functional and physical system block diagram of each component system.
2) Connection and interface between the blocks in the block diagram.
3) Functions, capacity, input, output, and method of operation.
4) Response time, delay, allowance, attenuation, loss and other figures as appropriate
for applicable equipment.
5) Environmental and physical design specifications of the equipment. Manufacturer’s
product specification sheets may be accepted for standard products.
6) Power consumption of each equipment.
7) Cable network diagram.
8) Cable work plane plan.
9) Conduit line plan.
10) Equipment layout in the machine room at the Traffic Management Centre, at Service
Area, and Toll Plaza Office.
11) Layout in the control room at the Traffic Management Centre including civil works,
interior works and lighting plan.
12) Manner of installation.
3.4 Software System Design
Software portion of the System Detailed Design shall include, as a minimum, description
of module, identification of tasks, priority level, execution schedule, input and output,
algorithms and parameters, database structure and contents, parameter update procedures,
data flow, calling sequences, error detection, backup and recovery and programming
languages.
Structure of software shall be simple and straightforward. Interdependency and interaction
between modules shall be clear and kept to minimum to prevent defect in one module from
affecting many modules. Data and parameters shall be separate from the program and
kept in the database.
3.5 Operating Procedures
Operating procedures for all systems and equipment of ATMS shall be identified and
described in detail in the System Detailed Design. Frequently used operating sequences
shall be described in a step by step manner.
Full proof mechanism shall be incorporated in the operation procedure to prevent any
inadvertent mistake to cause serious damage to the system, highway operation and
driver’s safety.
4. System Configuration
The EPC Contractor may adopt a system configuration as long as the functionality and
performance of the system meet the system requirements specified herein. It is the EPC
Contractor’s obligation to show that the proposed system will satisfy all the requirements
in the system specifications.
4.1 Traffic Management Centre System Network
It is required that the Traffic Management Centre server system employs an open network
architecture consisting of several servers, operator consoles and central controllers
connected through a standard local area network based on TCP/IP. To ensure a high level
of reliability and operational flexibility, it is required that the operator console connected
to the network shall complement each other and shall not be dedicated to a specific
function.
Breakdown of an operator console shall not affect the normal operation of the system and
in any aspect. Database server shall have a redundant configuration of RAID system or
similar highly reliable configuration.
4.2 Component Systems
1. The ATMS to be constructed on this highway composes of many component systems as
described above. Some of them are closely integrated with other systems, while others
are stand-alone system with no data exchange with other systems. All of them shall be
designed with a consistent design policy and concept to achieve the overall objectives of
the total system. Functional and performance requirements for each component system
are defined in these specifications. The EPC Contractor shall undertake the detailed
design of each system in such a way that the total system is efficient, reliable and user
friendly in operation. The system design shall incorporate the latest technology in each
field but propriety technology available from a single vendor only shall be avoided.
2. All ATMS equipment shall work 24 hours a day on all days of the year.
3. All type of cameras shall support ONVIF profile S/G and shall be FCC Class A, UL,
CE, BIS certified. The cameras shall be provided with minimum 128GB internal/local
storage (Class 10 or better SD card).
4. All Servers, Storage, Computing, LPU, Networking, Security devices etc. shall be BIS
certified.
5. The MAC (Machine Authentication Code) address of all the equipment shall only be
registered in the OEM’s name.
6. All modules except ATMS CPS application shall be third-party COTS (Commercially
available off-the-shelf) enterprise edition software and only third-party COTS
enterprises edition software shall be provided for the software/ solution/ application /
module specified as COTS in the ToR/BOQ and no customized or proprietary software/
module of the Contractor shall be provided for applications such as NMS, VMS/VAMS,
GIS, etc., as approved by Authority/Authority Engineer.
4.3 Reliability
1. Each type of ATMS equipment shall be designed to operate continuously for a period of
time as specified in the relevant section of this document, when used in the ATMS project
environment.
2. Generally, each item of ATMS equipment shall have a Mean-Time-to-Repair (MTTR)
(time to full normal operation following a failure) specified under required service levels
in the associated Service Level Agreement contract. Equipment failure and MTTR
metrics will be monitored and recorded through an exclusive ATMS Facility
Management system (FMS) that shall be continuously maintained for audit by Authority
or its authorized representative.
4.4 Digital Transmission System

Digital transmission system for data exchange between field equipment and central
equipment shall use IP based transmission system complying with the established
international standards such as ITU/ IEEE. All data transfer between the central equipment
and the field equipment including video streaming and image shall be made in digital
format except the section between local controller and the terminal device. Internet based
and wireless transmission system shall also adopt digital form.
In addition, the ATMS shall support communication with Internet of Things (IOT)
equipment/ systems utilizing the associated standard protocols like MQTT
4.5 Traffic Management System
The Traffic Management System shall have high reliability, accuracy and security in
design. Stoppage of the total system shall not be allowed under any circumstances.
Redundant hardware configuration shall be adopted for key components to ensure
continuous operation. Data backup mechanism shall be used to prevent data loss.
Operation log shall be kept to allow tracing of operation in case of any dubious event.
Mechanism shall be incorporated in the system design to prevent illegal or fraudulent
activities by the Control room operators.
5. Space for ATMS Facility

Suitable space for the Control Centre (i.e. Traffic Management Centre) and Sub-Centres,
having minimum plinth area of 250 sqm will be provided by the Civil Contractor for
setting up of the Control Centre and Sub-Centres. The building shall be designed by the
Civil Contractor in consultation with the Authority Engineer such that it is sufficient to
accommodate the entire system along with further scope for extension.
5.1 Traffic Management Centre and Sub-Centres
A Traffic Management Centre shall be constructed at the site near the Highway on the top
floor of the Toll Plaza Control Building or any other suitable building on the project
stretch with sufficient space for setting up TMC. All central equipment including server
network, multi-screen wall map, data communication system, voice communication
system and associated equipment will be accommodated in the office. System operator
will station at the office and manage the traffic on the highway. One TMC shall be
provided for each project stretch. Sub-Centre shall be provided at every toll plaza other
than the Toll Plaza that accommodates TMC, such that entire stretch is proportionately
divided in sections of up to 80 kms between the TMC and sub-centres.
In case toll plaza building is not available, the TMC and sub-centre (as applicable) shall be
constructed by the EPC Contractor on the project stretch to fulfill the above requirement.
6. Power Supply
a. The input power supply of any equipment shall not be connected to any electric
components except arresters without connecting first through fuses, power switches and
circuit breakers.
b. All equipment shall be provided with a clearly visible label indicating the input power
supply type (AC or DC) and voltage. All equipment shall operate with the power supply
of 230V plus or minus 10 percent, and 50 Hertz plus or minus 3 percent. All field
equipment shall operate normally under instantaneous power supply interruption of 20
millisecond or shorter.
c. The power supply voltage available in the field will be 230V AC. unless specified
otherwise or with the approval of the Authority, all field equipment shall be designed to
operate directly on 230 V AC. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the
terminal devices necessary to receive the power supply.
d. System enclosures shall include a power distribution subsystem for supplying power to
each component within the enclosure and related / interconnected equipment. The
circuit breakers shall be properly sized according to the expected loads of the concerned
equipment and to meet relevant electrical code requirements.
e. All electrical equipment and cabling shall be provided in accordance with relevant BIS
standards. In case there no relevant BIS standard exists the BS 7671 standard shall be
applicable.
f. The power distribution panel shall be directly fed by the main circuit breaker at the
electrical point of service. The power distribution assembly shall include an interface
and connection to the UPS (where provided). The power assembly shall be connected to
the earthing system.
g. The enclosure shall be earthed in accordance with the relevant BIS and NBC 2016
regulations.
h. The enclosure shall include a 230Vac 15 Amps 3-pin dual socket power outlet
conforming to BIS standard.
i. The power sockets shall be installed in accordance with relevant BIS standard.
j. Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) shall be provided at main’s entry level (LT Panel
level / Entry panel – 230/400 V AC or at UPS level) for each external cable (related to
power supply, signal, data or any other), connection which is terminated at any item of
exposed external equipment, or routed through an outdoor area at equipment location
and building. The SPD shall be rated in accordance with IEC 61643-11 and NBC 2016,
the latest and valid standards. It shall be non-exhausting metal encapsulated, spark gap-
based technology. The SPD shall be tested as per IEC 61643-11:2011 (or equivalent EN
61643-11:2012) from KEMA or VDE international independent test labs. The SPD
shall be rated for 255 V. It shall be capable to discharge Lightning current (10/ 350 µs)
of 25 kA for L-N and 100 KA for N-E. The device shall have voltage protection level of
device shall be ≤ 1.5 KV including inbuilt fuse. The SPD shall have current
extinguishing capability [L-N]/[N-PE] : 100 KArms / 100 Arms. The device shall have
followed current limitation/Selectivity resulting in no tripping of a 35 A gL/gG fuse up
to 50 KArms. The device shall have built in fuse and operation of SPD shall be
independent of Line current. No requirement of additional overcurrent protection. The
device shall have mechanical indication-based health indication for L-N and N-PE SPD
along with the common potential free contact / changeover contact for remote
monitoring.
k. Network Surge Protection Device (SPD): The different components of system shall be
installed with surge protection device in accordance with IS/IEC 62305-4, the
selection/location shall be decided depending upon the criticality of the application. The
communication interfaces shall be installed with suitable SPD. SPD for POE shall meet
the latest standards and suitable SPD for 12V DC supply and 5V DC supply, as
applicable and complying to IEC 61643-21 / EN 61643-21 shall be installed and shall
be UL approved.
7. Design Life
All components and materials used in this Contract, excluding consumable items such as
lamps, shall be of a design life of 10 years or longer, used for ATMS, and unless
specifically stated otherwise in the System Specifications. The Authority may approve
components with a shorter design life if they are easily replaceable and a 10-year design
life is generally considered infeasible or uneconomical. The replacement of such
equipment shall be possible without displacing other component.
8. Environmental Conditions
8.1 General
All equipment shall be designed to operate properly under the environmental conditions
normally encountered at the site of the equipment and shall conform to the minimum
requirements specified herein.
8.2 Environmental Conditions
a. Unless specified otherwise, indoor equipment shall be designed to operate in the
temperature range of 0 to 35 degree Celsius, and the relative humidity range of 5 to 85
percent, whereas outdoor equipment shall operate in the ambient temperature and
relative humidity ranges of -10 to +55 degrees Celsius and 40 to 90 percent non-
condensing humidity, respectively. Adequate protection from moisture condensation,
fungus, rust, insects, rodents, and dust shall be provided.
b. All equipment shall be adequately treated to prevent rust and corrosion due to high
humidity or moisture condensation. All galvanized steel surface shall have a minimum
plated zinc amount of 350 g/m2. Any signs of rust or corrosion occurring within the
guarantee period shall be deemed a defect and the EPC Contractor shall be responsible
for correcting, at his own expense, the defect to the satisfaction of the Authority.
8.3 Wind
All outdoor equipment and their support, individually and fully assembled and installed as
a whole, shall withstand an instantaneous wind velocity of at least 30 m/sec. or the wind
velocity recorded on the Project Stretch till date, whichever is higher. The EPC
Contractor shall also obtain the certificate from the concerned Metrological Department
regarding the maximum recorded wind velocity on the highway stretch.
9. Cabling and Wiring
All cables and wires shall be of good quality, conforming to normally accepted industry
standards, and shall be of the proper type and have sufficient ratings for the particular
application.
a. All exposed ends of unconnected cables and wires shall be coated with watertight
sealing compound or sealing tape to avoid damage to conductors. All communication
cables used shall have a clearly marked label securely fixed near each end in
accordance with the cable network diagram.
b. All cables and wires shall be adequately protected from the edges of equipment housing
or other surrounding objects. All of the cables and wires shall be neatly arranged and
securely placed in such a way that all terminals are relieved of the weight of the cables.
Terminals shall be coded, identified and labelled according to wiring diagrams. Live
metal shall be recessed or protected to avoid accidental contact.
10. Grounding
a. All exposed metal not forming part of the electrical circuitry, including equipment
enclosures, cable supports, structure and pole shall be grounded to the earth.
b. Equipment which is supplied with voltages of 100 volt or more shall be provided with
grounding terminals insulated from their frames. Control centre equipment shall be
equipped with a grounding terminal of earth resistance of 10 ohms or less. Field
equipment shall be equipped with a grounding terminal of earth resistance of 100 ohms
or less.
c. Compensation for furnishing and installing grounding equipment shall be included in
the prices of various BOQ items and no separate payment shall be made, therefore.
11. Protection against Lightning
a. All outdoor equipment shall incorporate gap arresters or other suitable device approved
by the Authority Engineer to prevent lightning damages which may enter through input
AC lines, communication cables, signal cables, detector feeder cables or other metallic
elements exposed to the open air.
b. Compensation for furnishing and installing lightning protection equipment shall be
included in the prices of various BOQ items and no separate payment shall be made,
therefore.
c. Earthing of all equipment shall be made by using UL listed 3-meter copper bonded rod
(minimum 250 micron) with 17 mm dia, complying with NBC 2016, IS 3043 and
IS/IEC 62305-1/2/3&4 standards. The resistance value shall be as low as possible in
every case. Above ground metal piping in the process/valve area (subject to non-
Cathodic protected) shall be Earthed.
d. From the viewpoint of lightning protection, a single integrated structure earth-
termination system is preferable and is suitable for all purposes (i.e. lightning
protection, power systems and telecommunication systems). The earthing system of a
number of structures shall be interconnected so that a meshed earthing system is
obtained. This will give low impedance between buildings and has significant lightning
electromagnetic pulse (LEMP) protection advantages. Thus, different earthing systems
like lightning protection earthing, electrical earthing, safety earthing, electronics
earthing etc shall be interconnected.
e. Isolating spark gaps (ISG) shall comply to IEC 62561-3, used at the places where
direct interconnection is non-permissible to create equi-potential bonding throughout
the earthing system at the event of lightning with lightning impulse current (10/350
µsec / Iimp) up to 100 kA and rated impulse sparkover voltage of ≤1.25 KV with IP 67
degree of protection.
12. Cabinets
a. All equipment cabinets for outdoor uses shall be of rainproof and rustproof construction
with smooth exterior and adequate protection against moisture condensation and shall
be made of high-quality steel or stainless-steel plates of adequate thickness. Steel plate
cabinets shall be treated with sand blast before painting or equivalent rustproof
measures.
b. Past experience has indicated that condensation may develop inside a completely
enclosed outdoor cabinet connected with underground conduit due to breathing effect
which is caused by a change in ambient temperature even when the conduit is sealed by
foamed sealant. The EPC Contractor shall state in his Technical Proposal how he will
overcome this problem. Cabinet doors shall permit complete access to the interior of the
cabinet and shall encompass essentially the whole area of the front surface of the
cabinet. All door hinge pins shall be of stainless-steel construction.
c. All outdoor equipment cabinets shall be equipped with a build-in lock and door open
alarm integrated with the Control centres. All cabinets for the same type of equipment
shall have an identical lock. The specified number of keys for each type of cabinet shall
be furnished to Authority Engineer.
13. Pole
a. 12-meter poles shall be used to mount TMCS and VIDS cameras.
b. Pole cross section shall either be circular with a typical outer diameter of 150 mm or
square cross section.
c. The joint(s) shall be seam welded.
d. The fully fabricated pole column shall be of stainless steel/galvanized /Enamel
Painted/powder-coated to an appropriate minimum coating thickness.
e. The poles shall incorporate suitably designed holes on the sides to allow for
electrical cables to enter or exit the pole undamaged.
f. The bottom portion of the pole shall be treated for corrosion resistance in accordance
to the installation site.
g. The structural design shall conform to relevant standards and shall be certified by a
statutory Authority for structural integrity and maximum allowable vibration (typically
caused by Wind forces and other external stimuli) to ensure a stable image at full optical
zoom of the camera mounted on it.
h. An access door at the bottom of the pole shall be provided at a typical height of 0.5
meters from the base for the termination panel. The typical door dimensions shall be
125mm wide by 500 mm high. The access door shall of sliding type, top to bottom
direction, so that it remains closed even when the clamp /hook to hold it is removed.
The sliding rail shall be welded inside the pole.
i. Deflection due to wind shall not exceed 0.1 degrees at a wind speed of at least 28m/s
with the equipment mounted on the pole.
j. Suitably sized powder coated terminal box and terminal block assembly shall be
provided and be treated as a part of the pole. It shall be installed on the pole near the
bottom end and the joint, cable entry/exit points (or glands) shall be sealed using a
waterproof sealant to avoid water ingress into the box or the pole base.
14. Mounting Arrangements
a. All mounting arrangements for ATMS equipment shall comply with the requirements of
that equipment as detailed in this specification.
b. The foundation and the foundation bolts for Ground mounted enclosures, poles etc.
shall be fabricated using a suitable (site specific grade of steel) material. The assembly
shall be galvanized to a minimum coating thickness of 100 microns for poles, plates etc
and up to 55 microns for the bolts and other accessories.
c. Galvanized Nuts, locknuts, locking pins washers etc. shall be supplied as a part of the
foundation.
d. Fixing templates with a placement accuracy of at least +/- 1mm shall be provided to
allow for the correct orientation and installation of the steel foundation on to the
concrete base.
e. The strength of the foundation assembly shall be suitable to hold the Enclosure/Pole
while withstanding weather conditions of the site for a period of at least 25 years.
15. Ground Mounted Equipment Enclosures and Poles
15.1 Ground mounted enclosures
a. The ground mounted enclosure shall house telecommunications equipment, power and
other related equipment necessary for the operation of ATMS equipment
b. The equipment must continue to work within its normal operating parameters in this
environment, regardless of location.
c. The ground mounted enclosure shall be weather resistant and conform to BIS
requirements with an ingress rating of IP65, as a minimum. Where the ground mounted
enclosure needs to be penetrated, such as to facilitate installation of cables, provisions
must be made to the penetration(s) in order to maintain the enclosure rating.
d. The enclosure shall include a secure locking mechanism to make it tamper-proof.
Further there shall be a provision to generate automatically an electronic signal on any
attempted tampering that can be used to generate an audio-visual alarm at the control
centre.
e. Each enclosure door shall be equipped with an adjustable doorstop to hold the door
open.
f. Warning labels shall be provided for all electrical panels in accordance with BIS or BS
7671. Asset identification information shall be provided on the outside of the enclosure
and shall be weather resistant.
g. All internal connectors, components and wire terminations installed in the enclosure
shall be labelled in accordance with the design drawings.
h. Racks and shelves shall be provided in the enclosure to mount equipment as needed,
including telecommunications devices and power assemblies. The rack shall comply
with:
(i) BIS requirements (or approved equivalent international standard).
i. The rack shelves shall be capable of sustaining a constant 10 kg load. For all enclosures
utilizing telecommunications services from a telecommunications network provider, a
nominal mounting space of 200mm x 300mm x 75mm shall be provided for interface
modules used by the service provider. The enclosure shall provide an additional fused
or breaker protected, UPS-powered receptacle for related power requirement.
j. The ground mounted enclosure shall include an LED lighting fixture, minimum rating 5
watts, complete with lens or shield and high-efficiency LED lamp driver.
k. Ground mounted enclosures shall be mounted on a concrete foundation of the concrete
class and dimensions shown in the detailed project design drawings. A cabinet riser
shall be included when the cabinet is located below grade to protect against water
incursion.
16. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Subsystem
a. Where required, the ground mounted enclosure shall include an air conditioning system.
The air conditioning system can be either passive or active. The design shall be
submitted to the Authority Engineer for approval.
b. Where a cooling system involving air conditioner or other heat-exchanger is used, the
cooling system shall be mounted next to or on the exterior of the ATMS enclosure.
Where the enclosure needs to be penetrated, such as to facilitate installation of pipes for
coolant supply and return lines, provisions shall be made to the penetration(s) in order
to maintain the enclosure rating.
17. Installation
a. The ground mounted enclosure shall be installed according to appropriate good
engineering practices. All internal components and UPS (if required) shall be securely
mounted.
b. For ground mounted enclosure installation, UV-resistant caulking material shall be
applied along the joints of the enclosure. For mounting under a camera lowering
system, the enclosure shall be positioned away from the space directly below related
camera.
c. Provisions shall be made for all ducts (i.e. power, telecommunications, etc.), in
accordance with the design drawings and/or specifications, that will facilitate the
connection between the enclosure and the ATMS equipment.
d. Where cables enter the ground mounted enclosure, they shall be fixed and secured
against movement and to relieve stress on the cable termination. All penetrations to the
enclosure shall be sealed with silicone sealant to impede entry of gas, dust and water.
e. All wires/cables within the enclosure shall be secured and labelled. Earth wires from all
electrical devices, including surge suppressors, shall be terminated directly to the
dedicated earth terminal in the enclosure. Earth conductors shall not be daisy-chained
from device to device.
f. All conductors carrying electricity at 60Vac or higher shall be segregated from all
telecommunications, signal conductors and conductor carrying electricity lower than
60Vac. A minimum of 75mm shall be provided between these two conductor groups.
Where conductors belonging to these two groups need to cross each other at distances
closer than 75mm, the installer must ensure the conductors are at a 90-degree angle
(perpendicular) to each other.
g. Each wire shall be identified on both ends of the wire with heat shrink, thermal transfer
tube type wire markers in English. Adhesive labels are not acceptable. The wire markers
shall be white with black lettering. Hand marking of the label is not acceptable.
18. Radio Interference
All data processing and transmission equipment shall be designed to prevent radio
interference with the satisfactory operation of other equipment regardless of whether the
interference be due to radiation, induction or conduction.
19. Metering
All electrical and electronic equipment shall be provided with waveforms and voltage test
points or voltage meters as necessary for indicating circuit conditions.
Section 03 Central Processing System
1. General
a. The ATMS for the Project is composed of many components systems. These systems
are expected to perform their functions to achieve overall objective for the efficient,
safe and smooth traffic on the Highway.
b. The EPC Contractor shall provide and construct a central server system that manages
various systems comprising the Highway-traffic surveillance and control system in an
efficient manner, provides user-friendly human machine interface for the operator and
records all events and incidents related to the Highway.
c. System shall be expandable to account for increase in field installed devices. Minimum
25% spare capacity (rounded off to the nearest higher whole number) should already
be part of the quoted system.
d. All the supplied equipment shall operate on 230 V, 50 Hz single -phase power supply.
Power for all the equipment will be conditioned using on-line UPS with minimum 4
hours or more back up. If any equipment operates on any voltage other than the supply
voltage and supply frequency, necessary conversion/correction device for supply shall
be supplied along with the equipment.
e. All the control equipment e.g. fileservers, database servers, video recording server,
SAN/NAS/Raid backup device, decoders, networking equipment etc. shall be
provided in standard Racks.
f. System shall have WAN connectivity for remote monitoring.
g. Online backup should be maintained to protect against storage failure.
h. EPC Contractor shall provide all technical details regarding data formats,
communication protocols, packet formats, etc. to enable Authority Engineer and
Authority to formulate national standards on successful implementation of the highway
stretch.
i. All the modules supplied (CCTV, Speed display, Roadside Communication etc.) shall
deliver data and reports that are safety-centric (fatal collations in a given stretch,
violation of regulation etc.), enforcement-centric (number of tickets issued,
comparison of violations on monthly basis etc.) as well as equipment-centric (failed
packets, number of repairs carried out on field devices, down time on account of
major faults etc.)
j. The system shall provide detailed reports related to the System Operations (including
the actions of various stakeholders during Incident Management) and Maintenance.
The format for the same shall be finalized by the service provider in consultation with
Authority Engineer. Maintenance reports, at the minimum, shall include the current
operational status of each equipment, actual events of Down-times of each equipment,
actual events of Mean time to Repair of each equipment and actual events of
Meantime between failure of each equipment and the preventive & repair maintenance
log.
k. The system shall also provide a method to log and report road highway incidents. Data
used for logging and reporting shall be ‘picked-up’ automatically from the road-side
and other sensors to the maximum extent possible.
l. Further the system shall provide a facility of generating user-formatted reports that can,
for example, bring together the occurrence of highway incidents, values of various
sensors and the operational status of various equipment on a common timeline / scale.
2. Main Function
a. The central server system shall constantly monitor the operation of component
systems and their subsystems. It shall be possible through the supervisory server to
define/ modify the system configuration and add/remove any device connected to one
of the component systems. It shall also be possible to change any system parameters
defined and stored in the database.
b. Provision shall be made with preventive measures against inadequate change to the
system parameters. Access to the system configuration function must be restricted to
the authorized personnel and error check function shall be incorporated as much as
possible. The configuration and parameters of the system shall be backed up to allow
recovery.
c. Seamless data exchange (including incident/event management/ monitoring, video
streaming of all cameras, access to reporting modules, facility management system,
NMS etc.) between TMC, RCC at Authority Regional Office, IMS at Authority PIU,
and ITS Command centre at Authority HQ.
3. Equipment Location
a. The EPC Contractor shall design the layout of the Operations Room and Server Room
in the Traffic Management Centre. The Operations Room is the room where Graphic
Display, TMCS monitor display, and console will be placed, and the operation of the
Project will be monitored. The Server Room will be the place where the server,
network equipment and other devices will be installed.
b. The layout shall be designed taking into consideration the function of the server and
workstations to be placed in the room, the role of the staff and operators stationed in
the room, position of Graphic Display and TMCS monitor screen, cable routes,
viewing by visitors and other factors to establish a functional Operations Room and
Server Room. The layout shall be approved by the Authority Engineer.
c. The EPC Contractor shall submit the layout plan of the Operation Room in the
Technical Proposal for reference.
4. System Functions
4.1 Event input and management
The central processing unit must have at least the following system and functions:
4.1.1 Basic concept of event management
Considering further information reuse for the Traffic Management and Traffic
Information Provisioning, the system shall provide function to allow input and
register the traffic data/events with location information in the specified management
unit.
And also taking the actual O&M into account, the system shall cover all items which
should be managed as traffic events.
4.1.2 Event generation
a. Judgment of traffic situation
i. Automatic event generation
1) Using the traffic data measured by appropriate field systems like ANPR
data in real time, and live video data from VIDS and ANPR, the system
shall be able to detect traffic jam situation automatically by using a user
specified velocity parameter.
e.g. Judged as traffic jam in case of traffic velocity less than 20km/h.
2) Using the live video data monitored by VIDS in real time, the system
shall be able to detect an abnormal situation (e.g. car incident)
automatically.
3) Using the live video data from VIDS, TMCS, and ANPR data analysis,
the system shall be able to detect the traffic violations (eg. Over
speeding, wrong direction driving, wrong lane driving – bus/truck
driving in car lane or car continuously deriving in overtaking lane/truck
lane, zig zag driving, dangerous driving, etc.) automatically.
the system shall be able to detect the Faulty / non-standard number plate
of the vehicles.
the system shall be able to detect the faulty tail light (when the rear of
the vehicle is within the viewing zone of the camera) and head light of
the vehicles.
6) Automatic validation request generation and E-Challan generation for
above violations post validation by the operator.
ii. Manual event registration
After confirming events by the following method, the operator shall be able
to register events manually.
1) Incident reported by Highway emergency call (e.g. 1033)
2) Incident reported by Patrol vehicle
3) Incident found in camera for TMCS, VIDS, ANPR, VSDS, etc.
4) Incident reported by other sources, etc.
iii. Priority management of event (Seriousness and Distance)

Based on the pre-defined seriousness of events and the distance between
event location, the system shall have function to prioritize information to be
provided automatically.
iv. Association (connection) function

The system shall have function to associate the traffic situation and the causal
traffic event automatically.
e.g. “Traffic Jam” caused by “Car Accident”
v. Complementing of missing data

The system shall provide function to the operator who is monitoring
TMCS in O&M centre, for manual complementing/correction of the
missing data or odd traffic information.
e.g. Even if the traffic jam was not detected by system, the operator shall
be able to register as traffic jam by his own judgment.
b. Tuning of setting
For the above-mentioned event generation, threshold parameter shall be
adjustable (i.e. can be tuned) for the daily operation.
e.g. Threshold velocity for traffic jam detection (20km/h 30km/h)
e.g. Information delivery distance for non-serious event (within 5km
within 10km)
Note: For any / all of the above related to Event generation the ATMS
service provider may utilise relevant Artificial Intelligence and / or
Machine Learning algorithms built into the ATMS system. The EPC
Contractor shall indicate these features in the Technical Proposal.
4.1.3 Event management method
1) Event entry and release
The system shall have the function to associate the location (Up/Down lane),
the event type, and the event detection time with TMCS camera which detect
event. And it also shall provide event management method to register and
release traffic events.
e.g. Register and Release events by pull down operation, specifying the type
of event and the number of cameras which detected the event.
2) Supporting function
In general, the events (e.g. car incident) are supposed to be released by the operator
manually. But to prevent neglecting release of events, the system shall provide
notification function to ask confirmation of operator for events which keeps ongoing after
specified time period. e.g. Alarm is raised for the event which keeps ongoing more than
30 min
4.1.4 Relationship with another agency
1) Integration on related information of another agency
Supposing that the same level traffic information as Project in the future from the
connected roads, traffic information status both for Project and the connected roads shall be
integrated as one seamless traffic information.
e.g. Traffic jam which begins from other projects and ends in Project shall be merged into
one information.
2) Increased capacity of connecting roads
The system shall be prepared for the expansion of the connected roads and information
service area.
4.1.5 Call recording
Conversation of all Emergency calls including the call transferred to other
telephone shall be automatically recorded in the storage device of the
Emergency Telephone Console workstation with time stamp and operator
details. It shall be possible to assign type of call for each record and search the
recorded messages with type of call, date, operator, and location.
4.2 Internet Server and Project website
a. Information of road and traffic condition will be disseminated to the public via
Internet. A website of Highway-traffic-information will be set up and the EPC
Contractor shall design the website layout and prepare the contents.
b. The site shall present the Highway graphically and the existing events such as
congestion, maintenance work, lane closure and others that affect normal operation.
They shall be indicated on the map by icons and colour. The map shall be updated,
when there is any change in the event status without delay.
c. The highway map shall show also camera-icon at the installation points of TMCS
camera. If a camera-icon is clicked, the site shall be designed to display in another
window, live video taken by the selected camera with clicking. Resolution and frame
rate of live video shall be variable to reduce the bandwidth required to access the
site.
d. The Website shall be hosted on the NIC only and the link of this website shall be
provided on the Authority and MoRTH websites. The EPC Contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating with the concerned agencies and the cost of hosting and
development charges shall be in the scope of the EPC Contractor.
e. At least following information (Road and Traffic condition) shall be provided via
Internet:
1) GIS Map
2) Live Video from TMCS camera
3) Traffic Condition like congestion
4) Traffic Event using Image Icon (Type and Location)
5) Traffic Violation details with an option to search by vehicle number
6) Traffic guidance in the form of alternate routes
f. SMS Server shall be set up for sending the SMS alerts to the road users and
violators. The mobile number of the user shall be obtained from the NPCI FASTag
Mapper and/ or Vaahan database. In case the mobile number is available / fetched
from both mapper and database, the number obtained from NPCI FASTag Mapper
shall be preferred. All the messages sent shall contain the emergency helpline
number ‘1033’ and other details specific for the project. The EPC Contractor shall
coordinate with the telecom service providers for sending the welcome message to
the commuters entering the project stretch. The format shall be finalised in consultant
with the Authority and Authority Engineer.
4.3 Information Exchange with Another agencies

Traffic information must be created including road traffic condition of other agencies.
For that purpose, EPC Contractor must introduce dedicated device to make information
exchange with other organizations. Moreover, the system must include
conversion/integration functions of data formats in order to recognize exchanged data
as of continuous roads for the integrated traffic information provision.
5. Software
5.1 General
a. The ATMS software integrates the field equipment like CCTV cameras, VIDS with
the Integrated Traffic Management (ITM) console to ensure the availability of an
effective system for Traffic monitoring & incident / accident management. In
addition, it shall also have the capability to integrate and exchange data (using
standard protocols) with multiple IoT (Internet of Things) devices that have been
temporarily /permanently located on the project highway for Traffic study / Traffic
management / Road safety purposes.
b. The ATMS software shall be based on a modern architecture and shall optimally
execute on the ITM workstation and the ATMS server to ensure that
i. The system response time should be instantaneous to support effective
Traffic Management (i.e. Traffic monitoring and incident / accident
management) actions on the ITM workstation.
ii. No information (data, video stream & audio stream) from any source is lost.
Further all such information is made available on the Integrated Traffic
Terminal, with no delay, precisely at the time they are required.
iii. Effective integration with the CCTV system, VIDS system, and other
relevant ATMS equipment is carried out in a seamless manner with no
disruption of / disturbance to the Traffic management function (i.e. Traffic
monitoring and incident / accident management). For such integration,
standard interfaces (e.g. NTCIP) shall be used wherever available.
iv. All information (Data, video and audio streams) collected from various
sources shall be archived in the ATMS server for quick retrieval by
authorized personnel. However, the performance of the ATMS software in
terms of response times shall not be affected during such a retrieval process.
c. The ATMS software shall be a modular system comprising of at least the following
modules:
i. Data acquisition module for acquiring data, video streams and audio streams
from field equipment
ii. Highway Traffic Monitoring module
iii. Incident / Accident Management Module
iv. Integrated audio communication module
v. Report generation module
vi. System Administration module
vii. Road surface / condition monitoring module
viii. Communication module for authorized access by external systems (e.g.
Authority’s Regional control centre & the HQ ITS command centre)
d. The EPC Contractor shall provide a set of software to operate on the servers,
workstations, terminal equipment, and other components and devices to be provided
under the Contract. The software shall function as a system to provide end results
required in the Contract.
e. The software will be either the software that the EPC Contractor has, modification
of the existing software, or the new software to be developed for the Project. The
copyright of the software specifically developed for the project shall remain with the
EPC Contractor.
f. The set of the software to be provided shall consist of those provided by third party
and those specifically developed for the project. All third-party software shall be
legally licensed and there shall be no restriction on the use in the Advanced Traffic
Management System. They shall be registered under the name of Authority and any
supports and services provided by the software developer including update and
revision shall be available to the Authority.
g. The software to be specifically developed for the Project shall be fully tested and
shall be free from bugs. The EPC Contractor shall include in the Technical Proposal
and design document the software quality assurance program that he intends to
adopt in developing the software.
h. The programming of the applications shall be arranged in such a way that maximum
flexibility is afforded by the design to allow the Authority to implement
modifications or additional equipment which may become available or desirable
during the working life of the system. Such future modifications or changes shall not
be the part of the current scope of the contract and shall be estimated and paid time
to time by the Authority if required but comprehensive documentation of the
software and source codes shall be provided under the Contract to allow such
changes to be implemented by the Authority without recourse to the EPC Contractor.
i. The Authority may wish to implement additional software packages to run
concurrently with the software provided under the Contract. These packages may
include but will not be limited to the following:
1) Programs allowing the TMC system to operate with other systems such as Toll
Management System / ETC/ HES / AFS interfaced to the data network and
involving bi-directional transfer of files.
2) Analytical and statistical program to process the data collected by the system.
3) Software that offers new service to the road users through Internet.
j. The EPC Contractor shall propose in the Technical Proposal the feasibility and ease
with which such applications might be implemented using the Advance Traffic
Management System proposed by him and shall advise the spare memory capacity
and processing power which could be available, but not necessarily provided, within
the proposed computer to allow such applications to be implemented.
k. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for Integration of ATMS system and sub-
systems with the Authority Mobile App for the road users as per the requirement
raised from time to time by the ITS department of Authority or its authorized agency.
l. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for Integration of ATMS system and sub-
systems with the Authority Command Centre in Authority HQ as per the
requirement raised from time to time by the Electronics department of Authority or
its authorized agency.
m. The video steam captured and displayed at any location under this project shall be
authenticated through Digital Watermarking containing Authority logo with date and
time stamping. The purpose of Digital Watermarking is to ensure following:
1) Copyright protection
2) Source tracking
3) Broadcast monitoring
4) Video authentication
5.2 Third Party Software
a. The third-party COTS software to be provided shall include but not be limited to
the following:
1) Server operating system
2) Storage device operating system
3) Client operating system
4) Database management software
5) Video Management and Analytics Software
6) Firewall and antivirus program
7) Network Management System
8) GIS enterprise edition platform
9) Facility Management System
10) Network Video Management Software
11) Microsoft office Pro 2016 or latest license for all workstations
b. All third-party programs to be provided shall be widely used and suitable for the
application of Advanced traffic management system in terms of functions, capacity,
speed, and interface with other software, maintenance and user friendliness. The
EPC Contractor shall state in the Technical Proposal of the Tender, the third-party
software that he proposes. If the EPC Contractor proposes the third-party program
that is of limited use, he shall explain the reason for using it in the Technical
Proposal of the Tender.
c. If the third-party software is provided in CD or DVD, the original CD or DVD shall
be submitted as part of documentation. The requirement is not applicable to the
software preinstalled in the server or workstation.
d. If the cost of the operating system is included in the Server and Workstation
hardware price, the same may not be mentioned in the BOQ/commercial proposal/
schedule of prices.
5.3 Advance Traffic Management Centre software
a. The EPC Contractor shall develop new software or modify the existing software to
provide the Advance traffic management system functions specified herein and as
per the General Technical Specifications and Particular Technical Specifications.
b. The software to be provided as Advance traffic management system software shall
include but not be limited to the following:
1) Core Advance Traffic Management Centre software
2) Utility software
3) Maintenance activity tracking and logging software
4) Integration with Enterprise web enabled GIS and Image Processing module
5) Integration with other third party COTS modules
6) Road condition monitoring module
c. The actual configuration of software modules may not be limited to as listed above;
but it shall fulfil the General Technical Specifications and Particular Technical
Specifications.
d. All software shall be of modular construction and the interaction between the modules
shall be kept minimum. They shall be designed to operate continuously, and no
periodical maintenance of the software shall be required.
e. All the display on the display monitor and printed report shall be in English.
f. The utility software shall include but not be limited to the system backup and
restoration, database backup and restoration, and access control and operation log
functions. Usage of the server and workstations shall be controlled by log in/out
procedure and different levels of access control shall be provided to restrict the use of
certain software by unauthorized persons. All operations shall be recorded as log
together with staff identification number.
g. The software that interacts with the system operator shall be provided with fault
tolerant functions and access control functions. They shall be designed in such a way
that any operation error shall not cause damage to the system, loss of data or system
shut down.
h. All software shall be tested under the different conditions and cases including
incorrect operation by the system operator and erroneous data to verify the
sturdiness of the software. The software testing shall also include appropriate load
and stress testing.
n. The ATMS software shall be a modular system comprising of at least the following
modules:
1) Data acquisition module for acquiring data, video streams and audio streams
from field equipment
2) Highway Traffic Monitoring module
3) Incident / Accident Management Module
4) Integrated audio communication module
5) Report generation module
6) System Administration module
7) Road Condition Monitoring module
8) Communication module for authorized access by external systems (e.g.
Authority’s Regional control centre & the Main control centre)
Data Acquisition module
a) The Data Acquisition enables the acquiring of data from the various field
equipment in the form of data strings, video streams and audio streams.
Examples include
• Data strings from VID system, VSDS system
• Video Streams from TMCS Camera, VID Camera
• Audio Streams related to conversations on the 1033 Emergency
Telephone, Road-side Emergency Telephone
b) The module allows the user to configure the acquisition conditions as
follows:
• At regular intervals of time with the interval being user
• On the occurrence of Traffic related events in the field (e.g. data

from the VID system, instances of calls from Emergency helpline
number and 1033)
• On demand (e.g. Video stream from a Camera)
• On the occurrence of system related events like equipment failure
and restoration, user login / logout
c) The above information thus acquired shall be stored in the ATMS server
using an established database package like Oracle and MS SQL.
Highway Traffic Management module
a) This module shall support effective Traffic monitoring on the highway

including the display of the road on the Large display and Integrated
Traffic Management (ITM) workstation, in the form of animated screens
including Graphic User interfaces specified under Clause 816.1 to 816.17
of Specifications for Road and Bridge Works of MoRTH and including
locations of all ATMS field devices on a GIS map with the ability to
display alongside the current information (e.g. CCTV video Images, etc.)
relevant for each field device, either permanently or on selecting the
device with a mouse. The details of the project-specific composition of
the GUI will be finalized during the project execution phase between the
EPC Contractor and Authority Engineer in consultant with Authority.
b) The module shall display the events acquired by the system (Traffic
related, and system related) on a window at the bottom of the ITM /
Graphic display, with the window size in terms of the number of events
displayed being user configurable. Further the system shall provide a
feature for the user to acknowledge such events and subsequently shall
display the same.
c) In addition to the above, the module shall also display the related event
(where relevant e.g. a road-side emergency helpline call, VIDS event) on
the GIS map using suitable animated icons. The animation shall suitably
change when the event has been acknowledged and when the condition
causing the event has disappeared.
Incident / Accident Management module
This module shall support Incident / Accident Management by

a) Allowing the Traffic Management console operator to locate and mark
(with a mouse) an accident / incident on the GIS map of the highway and
initiate the Incident management actions.
b) Displaying a contextual on-line checklist for the operator to follow in
sequence. Further the clicking on each item of the checklist shall
automatically activate the related ATMS equipment to aid in the
management viz.,
i) seamless audio connection for the Traffic Management console
operator, via the integrated audio communication unit, irrespective of
the communication media (Mobile radio, Mobile phone/landline,
roadside Emergency telephone), to the ambulance, Trauma Care
Centres,
Patrol & other O&M vehicles
ii) automatic Pan, Tilt and Zoom of the nearby camera to view the
accident
iii) Bringing on the message edit screen to create and dispatch messages
to mobile apps of registered road users. The checklist itself shall be
derived from the relevant Traffic Management and rescue procedures
captured either in the Operation (O&M) manual of the highway or
based on world-class practices relevant for the highway.
c) Logging the timestamp of the operator, who is operating each element of
the checklist to aid in ‘post-mortem’ analysis of the operator
performance towards establishing his /her efficiency and further training
needs.
d) Automatically performing pre-defined actions related to each of the
above elements (e.g. Identification of the accident spot on the road,
further shall control the nearby cameras to ‘look’ in the direction of the
accident spot)
e) Aiding on-line tracking (via GPS) of the various O&M vehicles like the
Ambulance, Tow-vehicle and the Patrol vehicle supported with dynamic
display of information like shortest route, travel time to the accident
spot, Trauma Care Centre etc.
f) Providing a user-programmable facility, as an aid, for the automatic
generation of messages depending on incidents based on e.g. information
measured by the cameras and sensors installed on the highway (e.g. the
generation of a Visibility Alert signal in the event of visibility going
below 1 km). This module shall alert the operator on generating the
message which shall then be deployed on the operator’s approval.
Integrated audio communication module
This module shall interface with and control the integrated audio
communication unit to aid the operator seamlessly, communicate with various
stakeholders via a host of communication media like telephone landlines,
mobile telephony, mobile wireless etc.
The Integrated Audio communication unit enables the Traffic Manager /

operator to communicate with all stakeholders in a seamless manner
irrespective of the medium of communications. Using a hardware like a
digital telephone exchange that supports software control, this unit allows the
Traffic manager wearing a headset with a microphone ( or a handset) to
seamlessly communicate with the stakeholders in traffic operations using
various audio communication media like Mobile wireless radios, Mobile
(GSM) telephones, Telephone landlines as well as the road-side Emergency
Telephone. The communication is initiated on selection of a context
sensitive checklist element or by selection of suitable icons on the ITM
workstation screen during the Traffic monitoring or accident / incident
management. This unit shall support communication between the Traffic
manager and a single stake holder or a group of stakeholders. As a back-up
option this unit shall also enable such communication via physical
pushbuttons located on the unit.
Report generation module
a. This module shall generate periodic as well as on-demand statistical

reports using data received from WIM, Automatic Traffic counter cum
Classifier and Met sensors for traffic planning and management, accurate
forecasting. There shall also be a provision to generate reports to aid
planning and strategizing enforcement.
b. The module shall provide a range of reports on demand including those
• related to the acquired data,
• Messages edited and sent,
• Equipment availability,
• System related events including those related to
- System malfunction and restoration
- User login – logout
- VIDS events detected
- Mobile App messages received
c. The module shall further provide detailed performance reports on all aspects
ranging from detection of incidents, through the field Operations team (Patrol
vehicles, Break-down cranes and Ambulances) actions, Traffic Management
Console operator and other ATMS Control Centre operator actions.
d. Detailed formats of each report shall be provided by the Authority
Engineer during Detail Design Phase.
System Administration module
This module shall essentially enable the definition and maintenance of user accounts.
Road Condition Monitoring module
a. This module shall be capable of detection and monitoring of the road

condition, potholes, etc using the cameras installed on the Highway and
Route patrolling / maintenance vehicles.
b. This module shall generate periodic as well as on-demand statistical
reports using data received from cameras and sensors for planning,
management, and forecasting. There shall also be a provision to generate
reports to aid planning and strategizing road maintenance activities.
c. The module shall generate alert as soon as any bad road conditions such
as cracks, potholes, damaged surface, road furniture, fencing, signage,
plantation, dead animal, etc. are detected by the system.
d. The Module shall further provide the feature to manually
logging/reporting the road condition at the control centres or through
mobile app and website.
Communication module
This module will manage authorized access to the ATMS system by
1. Authorized Authority personnel / representatives / Authority Engineer
2. Other authorized Authority systems like the Regional office Control
Centre ATMS system and the Main Control centre ATMS system
3. Any other system authorized by Authority
Based on requests from the above entities the communication module shall
provide the following information to the requesting entity:
i. Video Streams (Live and Archived)
ii. Audio streams (Live and Archived)
iii. Data strings and Data elements (Live and Archived)
The standard data exchange protocols for the above will be shared by
Authority with the successful EPC Contractor.
i. Enterprise web enabled GIS and Image Processing module shall be deployed at
the TMC and sub-centres that shall form the part of the Dashboard and shall have
following functionalities:
a. Map analysis of ATMS planning and operations.
b. Asset Management of ATMS like TMCS, VIDS, VSDS, Route Patrol,
Maintenance, Recovery vehicle location, and Route to reach the incident
spot.
c. Identify surrounding development by other Authorities or illegal
development which can potentially be a hazardous to road using temporal
satellite imagery for example detection of queue length at the toll plazas,
detecting the changes around highway like unauthorized structure built
nearby highway or unauthorized occupancy on ROW/buffer area, nearby
water body analysis, agriculture land and green belt analysis etc. This will
help the Authority to identify gaps and improve those by implementing
various strategies like position of barricading at unauthorized access points,
identifying the congestion at toll plazas, identifying water logging
probability, removal of illegal encroachment, positioning of CCTV
surveillance etc.
d. Demarking area of highway which is more susceptible to potential
hinderances on highway like by cattle, wildlife, prohibited vehicle entry
from etc. from nearby inhabitancies.
e. Road condition analysis on Map and satellite imagery for regular
monitoring, improvement planning and implementation. Along with
monitoring of implementation / upgradation works.
f. GIS based road maintenance planning and monitoring by marking them on
Map and monitoring the activity through GIS enabled mobile app by tagging
location and photographs of respective location of road asset and work in
progress.
g. GIS enabled planning of diversions for safety of vehicle movement on
maintenance area, installation area, and work in progress. This feature shall
be made available by the EPC Contractor to Authority and Authority
Engineer before the start of the installation of roadside equipment at the site,
for planning of the diversion and monitoring of the work in progress.
h. The Software should have capability of visualising GIS layers, attribute
integration and analysis of layers.
i. The software should support GPS data for showing emergency and
maintenance vehicle on Map
j. The web module should have out of box standard GIS functions like: Pan,
Zoom, Identify, Measurement (Line, Area), Search, query, etc.
k. The software should have tool for creation of topology. Symbology tools for
visualizing the spatial data as per the defined colour scheme and annotation
tools facility for visualizing the spatial data as per defined label placements
or placing the labels from attribute table.
l. Software should have facility of advanced rule base labelling for dynamic
placement of labels as per the extent, defined position and priority of layers
by defining the different classes and should have the option to set the scale
labels at specified scale.
m. Geo-Processing feature and functions like Buffer, Union, Intersection,
Identity, Update, Eliminate, Dissolve, Clip/Erase, Convex Hull, Thiessen,
Merge, simplify should be available.
n. It should have CAD tools for 2D & 3D GIS data conversion, CAD tool for
Raster to vector (R2V) and topology creation.
o. The software CAD functionality should support native drawing file formats
like DWG, DXF, DGN and should have capability to render photo-realistic
3D rendering.
p. The software should be COTS based and OGC certified.
q. It should have Image processing capability georeferencing, visual
interpretation of the satellite imagery and classification tools to helps in
classifying images in user defined classes. image enhancement algorithm
such as Linear, Logarithmic, Histogram Equalize, Histogram Matching,
Density Slice, Gaussian, Squire root, Tone Balancing, and Raster Vector
Analysis,
r. The software should have image filtering, vegetation indices calculation,
linear algebraic combination, band Math, change detection, image extraction,
mosaicking, image visualization, filtering, georeferencing, atmospheric
correction, transformation tools, change management, feature extraction,
classification etc.
s. The software should support all type of Standard GIS Data format, Imagery
formats, and RDBMS.
t. GIS Tools functionalities such as Data creation, Import/Export tools,
Transformation Techniques, Theme management, Geometric correction.
u. The software should have feature to identify and query/question various
spatial Data.
v. The software should have Map composer, report module and Map print layout
functionality.
5.3.1 ATCC and TTMS Modules of ATMS Control centre software
ATCC and TTMS modules shall be provided with ATMS Control centre
software. The ATCC functionality shall be provided for collection of traffic
data and TTMS functionality shall be provided for estimation and calculation of
traffic data. No additional hardware or field equipment shall be installed on the
Project for ATCC and TTMS functionalities. The ATMS Software shall
processes the data from ANPR and VIDS cameras for traffic counting and
classification, and travel time estimation.
5.3.2 Automatic Traffic Counter and Classifier (ATCC) Module
The ATCC module shall be provided in the ATMS Software for automatic
traffic counting and classification of vehicle class, based on the data collected
through ANPR camera and VIDS camera.
The system shall identify and record all types of vehicles on the highway for
effective monitoring and data collection at ATMS Control Centre. Besides, the
system shall be capable of classifying any other vehicle category as per user
needs. Vehicle classification should be user selectable based on length of
vehicle and / or detuning of the loop inductivity. The software module shall be
robust and be capable of operating with minimum maintenance.
Software and manuals to analyse the data from output of vehicle counts,
classifications speeds and headways shall be provided. Capability of
graphic/tabular presentation of analysed data shall also be offered.
System Accuracy Requirements

Paramete Accuracy Conditions
Average 10 percent There are at least 25 vehicles in the group,
Speed individual vehicle speeds are between 10 kmph
and 195 kmph and the vehicles conform to
normal
highway driving behavior.
Average 10 percent There are at least 25 vehicles in the group,
Headway individual vehicle speeds are between 10 kmph
and 195 kmph, individual vehicle headways are
between 1 and 10 seconds and the vehicles
Conform to normal highway driving behavior.
Flows 5 percent There are at least 100 vehicles of each category
in
group and vehicles conform to normal highway
driving behavior.
Vehicle 5 percent Out of a group of 100 vehicles, conforming to
classification normal highway driving behavior, at least 95
shall be accurately classified as per the
classification
scheme as per MoRTH guidelines.
Occupancy 10 percent There are at least 25 vehicles in the group,
individual vehicle speeds are between 10 kmph
and 195 kmph, individual vehicle headway are
between 1 and 10 seconds and the vehicles
conform to normal highway driving behavior.
The ATCC module shall be able to cross-verify the vehicle class, fetched by the
VSDS system integrated with the Vahan Database. In case of any discrepancy,
such transactions shall be audited by the operator using the ANPR image / video
available in the ATCC central system.
The data shall be segregated and provided in the report format on the bases of
Section-wise, direction-wise, class-wise, etc. as approved by the Authority
Engineer.
5.3.3 Travel Time Measurement System (TTMS) Module

Travel Time Measurement System (TTMS) module shall be provided for
measuring required travelling time between major section of the project. The
ANPR cameras shall be installed at VSDS locations on the entire stretch. TTMS
shall use these ANPR data to detect the current vehicle location. Using this
location data, TTMS module shall calculate the actual travelling time per
section for each vehicle and derive the average travelling time by the statistics
process.
The ANPR cameras will capture the image of each vehicle crossing the VSDS
location and shall extract the vehicle number. The image and vehicle number
shall be stamped with time and location for the purpose of section speed
calculation of each vehicle. The same data shall be used for travel time
estimation.
TTMS module shall calculate the actual travel time and velocity (speed) of
each vehicle between every checkpoint (VSDS location). Speed data from all
vehicles shall be processed statistically by TTMS module to calculate the
average travel time between two consecutive check points (VSDS location), to
calculate the average speed and average travel time for each section and the
entire project stretch in both the directions. Route Travel Time Estimation
Models in IRC:SP:110-2017 shall be referred for estimation of travel time.
5.4 Integration with Vahan Database, NPCI FASTag Mapper, Police Control
Rooms, Dial 112, Smart City ICCC
The ATMS Software shall be integrated with Vahan Database and NPCI FASTag
Mapper for fetching the Vehicle owner contact details of errant commuters detected
by the ATMS System (ANPR, VIDS, TMCS, etc.) or reported by the route patrolling
team with an evidence under violation of any traffic and safety rule / law on the
project stretch.
In case the incident/ violation is reported manually, the evidence received from the
ground staff / enforcement agency shall be verified by the control room manager and
upon authentication from manager, the operator shall create and event in the ATMS
application.
The data fetched from the Vahan database or NPCI FASTag Mapper shall be done
only at the backend through the ATMS software and only the relevant fetched result
shall be displayed on the operator screen or in the reports. The ATMS software shall
fetch the data for events generated and audited by the operator. The vehicle numbers
shall be audited by the operator by matching the system generated vehicle number with
the vehicle number on the image captured by the camera. The operator shall have the
option to edit the vehicle number. The logs shall be maintained for each such correction
done by the operator and shall be 100% audited by the manager for each operator to
minimize human and system errors.
Following actions shall be taken automatically by the ATMS Software after the
violation is detected and audited.
i) Generate e-challan
ii) Send SMS regarding violation on the registered mobile number of the vehicle
fetched from Vahan database and NPCI FASTag mapper.
iii) Email the daily e-challan report to the concerned enforcement agency(ies) as
applicable for each state, district, etc. the project crosses through, so the e-
challans shall be sent accordingly to the concerned enforcement agency under
whose jurisdiction the incident / violation detection point / spot / section falls.
iv) To avoid any discrepancy in section based overspeed enforcement, the VSDS
(ANPR camera) location shall be selected such that any one section is not falling
in jurisdiction of two different agencies. In case if the same can’t be avoided,
the section based overspeed e-challan shall be sent to the agency under which the
end point/2nd checkpoint of the section falls.
The formats of e-challan, warning/ information messages (SMS), emails, etc shall be
finalised in consultation with Authority Engineer / Authority and concerned
enforcement agency.
ATMS Software shall be integrated with police control rooms of the state, district as
applicable, as well as the ICCC of smart city projects (as applicable), and National
Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), State Disaster Management Authority
(SDMA), the District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA), etc.
The police control room shall be provided with the limited access of the ATMS
application through On-line Access Facility and shall be able to perform the functions
are described in the On-line Access Facility section. The functions specified there are
the minimum requirement and the application shall be designed to meet the actual
requirement of the Police and Enforcement agencies in consultation with Authority
Engineer and the concerned agency and any additional information shall be approved
by the Authority.
5.5 Outline of TMC Software
The EPC Contractor shall describe in his Technical Proposal, application software to
be provided to the servers and workstation in the Traffic Management Centre required
hereunder.
1) Graphical presentation of module and components comprising application of
servers and workstation.
2) Data processing flow in the form of class diagram, use case diagram, sequence
diagram, or data flow diagram
3) GIS and Image Processing module
4) Scale or size of the module and components, and programming language used
5) Extent of the development required for the Project.
6. Advance Driver Advisory System (ADAS)
Advance Driver Advisory System (ADAS) shall be provided in each patrol,
ambulance, and maintenance vehicle.
The ADAS system shall consist of following components fitted in each vehicle:
i. GPS tracker,
ii. Industrial grade rugged (Waterproof) dashboard mounted 10" Tablet,
iii. Dashcam (dual camera) with video calling and inbuilt recording feature,
iv. Body cam 1 nos. for each vehicle,
v. Front view varifocal cameras (mounted on vehicle),
vi. Rear view varifocal cameras (mounted on vehicle),
vii. LPU with Storage mounted in vehicle,
viii. UPS,
ix. High speed wireless connectivity
x. Buzzer for call / incident alert
The ADAS shall provide real time connectivity of TMC and sub-centres with the
patrol and maintenance vehicles. Separate high speed multi operator embedded SIM
shall be provided for GPS tracker, industrial grade rugged waterproof 10” tablet,
Dashcam, body cam, and LPU.
The LUP and storage shall be compact in size and only fan-less industrial grade
controller shall be provided.
The system shall provide live monitoring of all cameras installed in patrol and
maintenance vehicles (including body cam) from TMC & sub-centres.
The ADAS shall aid the TMC/Sub-centre in disseminating the required information to
the patrolling / maintenance team in real-time. The tablet shall have GPS map to assist
the driver in identifying the incident location with estimated travel time, route,
alternate route, etc.
The ADAS shall also provide the option to the driver of one vehicle to connect with
other emergency / maintenance services vehicles of the stretch and also provide option
to conduct video conference call among them and with TMC/Sub-centre.
The vehicle staff shall be able to log the incident/event details through the tablet.
The vehicle staff shall have the option to select any and all of the cameras
simultaneously to view in the tablet.
The ADAS application on the tablet shall be locked and the users shall not be able to
access other features/applications of the tablet.
The tablet shall go in sleep mode when not in use to save the battery and optimize the
usage.
The LPU shall sound an alert / alarm in the TMC & Sub-centre in case any of the
component is turned off / removed / disconnected / low battery / faulty / etc.
The Dashcam and other cameras shall be ON at all the time and recording shall be
stored in local storage of the camera as well as the LPU for a minimum period of 30
days. The TMS & Sub-centre shall have the option to retrieve any video from the LPU
wirelessly and the live feed of all the cameras of all the vehicles shall be available in
real time. There shall be option to record the live video of all the cameras in the TMC
and Sub-Centres.
The cameras shall be integrated with Road Condition Monitoring module for
collection of road condition data and statistics.
7. ADAS Camera Specifications
7.1.1 General
a. The IP camera shall be POE/POE+ powered bullet type with inbuilt IR of 60
meters.
b. The Camera shall have inbuilt SD card slot and shall be provided with at least
128 GB class 10 SD card.
c. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1/4 second to 1/100000 seconds for
capturing the motion detection even during low light condition and provide
proper image.
d. The face detection function shall be activated as soon as the motion detection is
triggered.
e. The camera shall detect any object addition, object removal, and line crossing.
f. Whenever any event is triggered, the camera shall record the event on SD card
also.
7.1.2 Lens
2 MP Full HD motorized varifocal lens with minimum 5-45 mm motorized auto-focus
function having optical defog feature and auto focus covering suitable range of focal
length shall be provided and mounted on the camera. The range of the camera shall be
minimum 60 meters. The resolution shall be full HD at 60 FPS.
7.1.3 Night vision capability
Cameras shall have inbuilt IR illuminator of 60 meters for night vision functionality.
External IR illuminator shall be acceptable in case of box cameras, however inbuilt IR
shall be preferred. The minimum illumination shall be of 0.01 lux for colour image
with automatic gain control on in auto/ manual mode. The camera shall be capable of
recording black and white video even in 0.001 lux with IR up to a distance of 60
meters.
7.1.4 Image enhancement capability
Camera shall have hue light compensation, back light compensation, and three-
dimensional digital noise reduction features. The camera shall support true wide
dynamic range of minimum 120 dB.
7.1.5 Camera Housing
The camera shall be housed in a suitable housing to protect them from solar radiation,
UV, dust and rain. The field of view of the camera shall not be obstructed by the
housing. Picture quality or optical performance shall not be degraded by the housing.
The Housing shall have IP-67 or higher rating for Weather-proof, and NEMA 4X-
rating or IK10 or higher rating for Vandal-proof.
7.2 ADAS LPU and Cabinet

a. ADAS LPU shall be a fan-less industrial grade rugged compact CPU housed in a
compact cabinet together with power supply and network equipment. The cabinet
shall be suitable for mounting in the vehicle.
b. The cabinet shall be electrically and mechanically isolated and shall have a
degree of protection of IP 55 or higher specified in IEC 60529. If necessary, the
cabinet may be provided with a ventilation fan for controlling internal
temperature, but the protection code requirements shall be met.
c. A right hinged door shall be provided on the front to realize easy maintenance
work.
d. The turning direction of the handle shall be counter-clockwise.
e. The power supply unit shall be provided with a circuit breaker.
f. The anti-lightning and surge protection complying with the IEC 61643-1 shall
be provided.
g. The cabinet shall be finished with the anticorrosive treatment.
h. The EPC Contractor shall state the details of the anticorrosive treatment and
painting.
i. The Cabinet shall have door open alert feature and alarm to be sounded locally
as well as the Central Control Centre.
j. The Cabinet shall have suitable built with appropriate locking arrangements to
protection from theft, vandalism etc.
k. The cabinet shall be of suitable size to accommodate the equipment to be housed
in the cabinet and shall be designed to meet the environmental conditions at the
site and cooling, heating, ventilation requirement for the equipment, etc.
8. Incident Monitoring System (IMS)
Incident Monitoring System (IMS) shall be deployed at each PIU office and RO
office (as applicable) of the project.
The IMS shall include following minimum components:

1. Workstation (1 nos. at each location),
2. All-in-one color A4 printer,
3. 100" 4K UHD LED display (commercial grade),
4. UPS as per site requirement,
5. Networking devices, switches,
6. Connectivity with TMC & Sub-centres,
7. CCTV camera,
8. DG of suitable ratting as per site requirement,
9. MPLS etc.
The EPC Contractor shall establish seamless connectivity between IMS and TMC &
sub-centres such that the PIU officials are able to monitor the TMC and ATMS
system in whole. The IMS shall be customised as per the requirement raised by the
PIU/Authority/ Authority Engineer from time to time. The IMS shall provide function
to monitor any camera of the stretch. It shall provide access to the reporting modules,
NMS, FMS, SLA monitoring, GIS, ADAS, etc.
The standard / default screen of the IMS display shall be the live view of the TMC /
sub-centre (option to select / toggle automatically) Graphic display screen content
being displayed at the TMC / Sub-centre and shall be configurable without any
requirement of support from EPC Contractor.
The incident / event pop-up and alerts shall be configurable as per the PIU
requirement.
IMS system shall be manned by the EPC Contractor’s operator during the O&M
period as per the working hours of PIU/RO office.
9. Video Analytics and Management System (VAMS)
a. The Video Analytics and Management System (VAMS) software shall be provided
to view live and recorded video from all the cameras connected to local and wide
area network.
b. The VAMS software shall have a client/server-based architecture that can be
configured as a standalone VAMS system with the client software running on the
server hardware and/or the client server running on any network-connected TCP/IP
workstation. It shall support all major operating systems (windows, Linux, Mac). It
shall support web client interface and shall operate without requirement of
installation of any software.
c. The contractor shall obtain the license for the total number of cameras to be provided
for the project based on the MAC address of each NIC. The VAMS shall have a
single page that displays the status of all servers and cameras currently connected.
This page shall display any alarms, events, MAC addresses, camera configuration,
format and frame rate from each individual camera.
d. The VAMS system shall have the ability to record an audit trail of when users login,
which futher shows what changes they have made, what video they have viewed and
what they have exported.
e. The VAMS shall allow for the configuration of what drives to use for recording
video. Those drives may be local drives, direct attached storage drives or iSCSI
drives.
f. VAMS shall support the mobile application for both iOS and Android platform
capable of viewing multiple simultaneous live video streams and playing a recorded
video stream.
g. The VAMS software shall have an open architecture supporting IP cameras and
encoders from multiple manufacturers providing high-resolution megapixel features.
h. Multiple control room consoles/workstations shall be able to simultaneously view
live video and audio and/or recorded video and audio from the storage/video server.
All storage / video servers shall also be able to simultaneously provide live and/or
recorded video to one or more consoles. Its operator shall be able to push the video
to another operator console seamlessly.
i. The VAMS software shall be able to send a predefined email based on an event
trigger. The VAMS software shall also support SSL and TLS connections for
transmissions of the mail.
j. The VAMS shall be capable of multi streaming on all connected workstations/
consoles in the entire network of the project stretch as well as minimum 20 remote
users simultaneously. The remote users shall have full functionalities as are available
for the control centre operators.
k. It shall be possible to configure multiple monitors on one workstation / console i.e.
multiple VAMS application simultaneously on one workstation.
l. Recording of all video transmitted to the VAMS shall be continuous, uninterrupted
and unattended.
m. The VAMS system shall have video motion detection recording, such that video is
recorded when the VAMS detects motion within a region of camera’s view.
n. VAMS shall have Suspect Tracking feature to configure camera links between
cameras, to follow a suspect between different camera scenes.
o. Inactivity timeout feature shall be provided to save the bandwidth
p. Archive bookmarks feature shall be available to specifically archive bookmarked
video and create a second copy of important video.
q. VAMS shall automatically generate alarm / alert in case of any video loss or failure
and shall have failover/redundancy feature without any manual intervention.
r. The VAMS software shall be used to connect different types of events, such as input
triggers, to a desired action such as recording video or triggering an alarm. The
VAMS software shall recognize the following event types: video motion, video loss,
input trigger, health monitoring, IP camera connection, software trigger and
analytics, camera preview style, hovering, server disconnect, archive alarm - failure
on archiving target, such as bad mount point. The VAMS shall provide the search
and display analytic meta data when searching analytic event linkages etc.
s. The VAMS shall be integrated with Road Condition Monitoring module for
10. Emergency Telephone console
a. There shall be a Control System with a Control Software to receive all Emergency
Communication from the Authority 24X7 National Highways helpline and Route
Patrol.
b. All the Calls coming on Authority 24x7 helpline for this section shall be
automatically routed to the TMC. The required integration with the telecom operator
and 1033 helpline services shall be in the scope of the EPC Contractor.
c. The Software shall be integrated with all the Telecom operators for obtaining live
location of the caller and the same shall be plotted automatically on the GIS Map, so
that the location of the caller can be identified automatically for providing required
service. This will also enable the software to identify the fake callers and the caller
calling outside the Highway ROW.
d. The software shall operate on open architecture and integrate with other subsystem
software that are installed to manage Cameras, and Speed Display, apart from the
Traffic Management module (where applicable) etc.
e. The software shall store configuration Emergency call ID, Location on the highway
stretch etc. of each Emergency call received. There shall be options to generate
reports of stored device configuration.
f. The system shall record all calls on to a dedicated server with adequate indexing to
retrieve the same on a later date.
g. The help desk will be manned by call managers / operators. The administrator
should be able to create, add, edit & delete users (call managers/ operators). He
should be able to administer access rights of the entire highway or a section thereof.
h. The administrator should be able to place call managers in a hierarchy. The higher
priority manager should inherit the rights of a lower priority manager automatically
when he is taking overriding control of Emergency calls, which are already being
controlled by a lower priority manager. There should be minimum 3 hierarchical
levels of security for providing user level log in.
i. The system shall provide activity log (audit trail) with user id, time stamp, and
action performed, etc.
j. The system shall perform communication health check (link quality check) on all
the connected communication devices and report errors if any on the administrator
console.
k. ATMS Control Centre will have dedicated workstations for Call management. For
monitoring purposes, Video monitors shall be setup and should show the location of
originating calls clearly on GIS map sections of the highway.
l. The user shall have the facility to request for control of any section of highway
outside his rights for a reservation period. Control of the said section is released after
the reservation period (Request enhanced control rights for a short duration).
m. ATMS Control Centre may have one or more Operators simultaneously logged in to
the communication software to manage their respective sections of the highway.
n. Each workstation and the associated software should allow up to nine calls to be
maintained on hold while the current call is being serviced.
o. Call manager/operator logoff shall be allowed only when no call is in progress or on
hold.
p. System should ensure that once recorded, the audio cannot be altered; ensuring the
audit trail is intact for evidential purposes.
q. System shall provide sufficient storage of all call recordings for the entire Contract
period or more.
r. The call manager/operator shall have the facility to call back the caller.
s. The call manager/ operator shall also have the facility to patch any call on
Emergency helpline to an external telephone line (fixed and mobile), local intercom
at the ATMS Control Centre, sub-centre, and the local mobile radio network (if
applicable).
t. The call manager/operator shall have the facility to initiate communication health
check on any device within his section of the highway.
u. It shall be possible to switch calls. That is, if a call # 1 is in progress, the call
manager can open any other call that is in hold status. Call # 1 shall go hold status.
v. The offered system shall have facility to retrieve/export/ backup (on CD, DVD or
Blu- ray recorders) the desired portion of call record (from a desired date/time to
another desired date/time) through the search functionality of the application
software.
w. It shall be possible to archive old call records and logs on CD, DVD, Blu-ray
recorders, or RAID backup devices. Log of any such activity should be maintained
by the system for audit purposes.
x. Database Server shall keep track of all configurations, error data, configuration
events, usage events and error events.
y. All the workstations shall be provided with software to play recordings, archive and
manage calls. However, managers would require sufficient access rights to use play
and archive modules.
11. Probe Data System
a. A probe car system is envisaged that receives and processes location data from the
project vehicles equipped with GPS device and show the location of GPS devices
attached to patrol vehicle or another management vehicle as one of the components
of ATMS.
b. The system will use the vehicle location data of maintenance, patrol and emergency
vehicles fitted with GPS device and deployed on the project.
c. The probe data system shall utilize the date from the GPS devices fitted on the
vehicles by the vehicle operator as well the sub-components of ADAS system
provided by the EPC Contractor.
d. The supply and installation of GPS devices is not under the scope of this Contract
except for the maintenance vehicles to be provided by the EPC Contractor on the
project during Maintenance period of this Contract. The EPC Contractor shall only
be required to establish the data communication system between vehicles and Probe
Data System console in TMC under the scope of work of this Contract.
e. However, the EPC Contractor shall provide the GPS devices for the vehicles
provided by the EPC Contractor.
f. It shall be the responsibility of the EPC Contractor to furnish all necessary hardware,
software and database, install equipment at the specified location, provide necessary
cabling, integrate all system components, and deliver a complete operational system
including such works as required for the transmission of the probe data on 24/7
basis.
g. The probe car system will be prepared for generating traffic condition information
and utilising the cumulated data as statistics for the measures on transport such as
traffic management etc.
h. It collects vehicle location information dynamically. A probe sensor installed in
vehicle consists of Global Positioning System (GPS) unit, processor unit,
communication unit and power supply unit.
i. The satellites send time signals. The time signals are received by the GPS unit on
the earth. The GPS unit receives the signals from several satellites and identifies its
location on the earth.
j. The accuracy of the location generally ranges 10 to 100 m, depending on such
factors as quality of GPS unit, high-rise buildings around etc. The probe sensor
periodically sends the recorded data such as vehicle location in terms of
longitude/latitude and recording time to the TMC.
k. The vehicle locations shall be displayed on the GIS map in real-time in TMS and all
sub-centres.
l. The probe data will be received periodically at the TMC and shall be analysed to
show the location of maintenance vehicle on the road network of digital road map.
m. The analysed data is converted into traffic congestion information and provided to the
road users. The cumulated probe data is processed as historical data for higher
accuracy of congestion information.
n. Data List - The vehicle location data shall be generated at an interval of 10 seconds
in each GPS device on board vehicle. The probe car system shall receive all vehicle
location data as they are sent from vehicles. The data includes the following items:
1) Device ID
2) Vehicle type
3) Location (Longitude and Latitude)
4) Date & time of data
5) More detailed structure of the GPS data will be provided to the EPC Contractor.
o. Data validation: The system shall scrutinize the data received and any abnormal data
such as data without time stamp, data value outside of the range, and data with
longitude and latitude outside of the vehicle coverage area shall be removed from the
data.
p. Map matching: The system shall have map matching function to project the location
of vehicle onto the nearest point along the vehicle route. If the distance between
original point and projected point is longer than the pre-set threshold, the data shall
be disregarded.
q. Data storage and retrieval function
i. All data shall be recorded and stored in the probe car server for analysis and
future usage. The raw vehicle location data sent from GPS device and
processed location data after map matching shall be kept for three (3)
months.
ii. Data retrieval and presentation software shall be provided that shows the
original location data, location data after map matching.
r. Screen Display Functions
i. The information display shall be schematic map-based interface and as well
in the form of a list. The schematic map-based display shall cover the entire
Project and be able to enlarge individual locations on the map when selected.
The enlarged view shall be able to display the details for each selected
location.
s. Reporting functions
i. Probe Data System Server shall publish/print as a minimum the reports listed
below. The reports shall be produced as pre-scheduled or on-demand by
system operator. It shall be possible to produce the reports in a portable file
format.
ii. Operation and error log List of roadside equipment, which are operational or
malfunctioned
iii. Error record
t. Communication Network
i. The data transmission of vehicle tracking data shall be made through IP based
network provided by communication provider. The network equipment of
the system shall have highly reliable and secured connectivity.
u. All the third-party GPS on board Unit shall be subjected to test before Acceptance
test, during installation work and upon completion depending on the test item.
v. Three types of test, i.e. function test, performance test and general test shall be
conducted. They include (as a minimum):
i. Communication and performance of GPS On Board Unit.
ii. Probe Data System Server application and reports.
iii. Locating function on map.
iv. Data logging function.
12. Hardware for Central Processing System
The Central Processing System shall comprise of following minimum components:
1. TMC Central Processing Servers in hot standby configuration (Primary +
Secondary)
2. Video Recording Servers with 360 TB inbuilt storage
3. Backup Video Recording (Only Incidents) Server with 240 TB inbuilt storage
4. Internet and SMS Server
5. Operations Laser Printer (Colour)
6. Operations Laser Printer (Black)
7. Operator Consoles each with 4 nos. 21” touchscreen monitors
8. Emergency Telephone Console 2 nos. 21” touchscreen monitors
9. ATSC Console 2 nos. 21” touchscreen monitors
10. RLVD Console 2 nos. 21” touchscreen monitors
11. Graphic Display with Graphics Display management software and Controller
12. Firewall, IDS, IPS and other network security components
13. Core Switch
14. Routers
15. Network Equipment – Layer 3 Switch, Layer 2 Switch etc.
16. Network Management System (NMS)
12.1 TMC Central Processing Servers and Sub-Centre Servers
The Traffic Management Centre (TMC) application server system shall consist of two
servers with cluster configuration, one primary server and one stand-by server. Each of
the two servers in the cluster shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements stated
hereunder.
The TMC server and workstation computer hardware shall be standard models
manufactured by organizations of international repute. Custom built or non-standard
equipment will not be acceptable. All the servers and computing shall be UL, CE,
FCC, BIS certified.
Full maintenance support services and ready availability of consumables, spare parts
or replacement units shall also be assured from a third party, based in India, who is not
connected with the EPC Contractor and his agent.
The specifications in this section are provided as reference. The workstations to be
provided by the EPC Contractor shall materially comply with these specifications and
shall be subject to the approval by the Authority Engineer.
b. Each server shall have a minimum of two numbers of latest generation

Intel/AMD 16-Core processor 2.8 Ghz CPU of 19.25 MB Cache, 105W.
c. The server shall have 256 GB RAM memory using 32GB Module scalable to
at least up to 1.5TB, using DDR4 2666MHz DIMM (RDIMM) memory
modules.
d. Server shall have 4* 1.6 TB SSD HDD bays with each SSD having minimum
endurance of 3 DPWD
e. One optical drive DVD-RW shall be provided in each server.
f. Server should have RAID controller with 4GB Lithium-ion battery backed
write cache (onboard or in a PCI Express slot).
g. Server should support 1Gb 4-port network adaptor supporting advanced features.
h. The power supply shall be Redundant 800W Platinum hot plug and redundant
hot- plug system fans. The display controller should support VGA.
i. The server should be provided along with the out-of-band remote
management and maintenance capability. Remote management should be
possible by using API and Web based GUI.
j. The server should support all industry leading OS / Hypervisor like Windows,
Linux, VMware, KVM etc.
12.2 Video Recording Server (VRS)
The Video Recording servers shall be provided at TMC and sub-centres for recording
the live video feed from all the cameras (TMCS, VIDS, ANPR). The VMS (Video
Analytics and Management System) software shall be installed on the VRS. The
inbuilt storage prescribed for VRS herewith are estimated for 60 days @ 25 FPS, 2
MP at 80% load. The EPC Contractor shall propose the storage capacity of VRS as
per its own calculation and proposed solution to provide video recording of all the
cameras for minimum of 60 days keeping 20% buffer. The specified storage here is
the minimum requirement to be provided by the EPC Contractor. Minimum 2 nos.
VRS shall be provided at each location (TMC and sub-centres).
a. Each server shall have a minimum one latest generation Intel Xeon 4-Core
processor 3.5 Ghz CPU of 8 MB Cache, 256 SSD in RAID 1 for operating
system and video management software. Each server shall support at least 128
channels at full HD along with 2-way audio feature.
b. The server shall have 16 GB RAM memory DDR3 memory.
c. Server shall have 20* 12 TB SSD HDD bays such that minimum 240 TB
useable internal storage space is available after applying RAID 6
configuration. Additional storage shall be added to achieve 360 TB useable
storage.
d. One optical drive DVD-RW shall be provided in each server.
e. Server should support 1Gb 4-port network adaptor supporting advanced features
f. The power supply and fan shall be Redundant
g. The display controller should support VGA, HDMI, DVI.
h. The server shall support minimum 1200 Mbps bandwidth for read and write
the video recording and shall support 8 input and 4 output alarm.
Note: Total number of servers required at each location / Sub-system shall be as

per the solution design of the EPC Contractor. The Quantity mentioned in the
BOQ is the minimum requirement and shall be provided by the EPC
Contractor.
All the Servers shall come with 5 years OEM Warranty with 24X7 support
and Next Business Day (NBD) resolution.
12.3 Graphic Display for TMC
a. The EPC Contractor shall provide Graphic Display cubes with DLP based
technology with Laser light source or Active LED based display of 0.9 mm or less
pixel pitch. Graphic Display shall show large-scale presentation of central server
monitor screen and live video streaming from the all the cameras (TMCS, VIDS,
ANPR), ATMS Dashboard and GIS Map.
b. It shall be able to show multiple screens at a time and the number of screens on the
display shall be flexible.
c. It should have a life of atleast 7 years in 24x7 operations.
d. The Graphic Display shall be made up of several units. It should have automatic and
continuous color calibration and uniform brightness amongst all cubes. Each cube
should be able to take full HD signal. The Laser DLP based graphic display shall be
provided in 3x4 or 2x6 matrix of 70” cube or bigger, suitable to display minimum 30
cameras along with GIS Map and ATMS dashboard in full high defination. The size
of the Active LED based display shall be calculated such that it achieves the size
equalvalent to laser DLP display of 70” cube in 3x4 or 2x6 configuration, such that
at least 30 nos. TMCS cameras can be viewed in full high definition at same time
along with GIS Map and ATMS dashboard.
e. The brightness of the cube shall be 400 nits and should be adjustable for lower or
even higher brightness requirements with brightness uniformity of more than 95%.
The dynamic contract ratio shall be 1000000:1 or more.
f. The ingress design of the projection unit shall confirm to IEC-60529 standard. Test
certficiate shall be submitted by the EPC Contractor in the Technical Proposal.
g. The depth of the cube/ Videowall for Laser DLP / active LED shall be as per OEM
and shall be minimum possible to avoid wastage of space in the TMC and sub-
centres. The control room layout shall be considered accordingly; such that minimum
viewing distance is achieved.
h. Graphic Display Controller and management software shall be from the same OEM.
The number of output shall be capable to drive number of cubes to achieve the
resolution.
i. The Operator shall be able to see multiple source in one window and shall be able to
specify time interval and sequence. The software shall provide the option to split the
entire display in multiple sections and layouts. The operator shall be able to define
multiple layouts that can be launched based on time schedule or sequence as defined
by the operator or control room Manager. The layouts shall be finalised in
consultation with the Authority Engineer and Authority.
j. The software shall have self health diagnostics function and shall raise alert or popup
in case of any error is diaganosed in the graphic display. The operator shall notify the
maintenance engineer regarding such alerts through FMS.
k. At least following information (Road and Traffic condition) shall be provided on
Graphic Display:
1) GIS Map of the Stretch with each lane
2) TMCS Camera live video streaming
3) VIDS live video streaming and Incident Pop-ups
4) ANPR and speed radar live data
5) Traffic Condition
6) Traffic count and classification
7) Travel time
9) Emergency call status
10) Status of each equipment plotted on the GIS Map
11) NMS
12) ADAS
13) Road condition
14) ATSC Status
15) FMS
16) Mobile App pop-ups
12.3.1 Graphic Display for Sub Centre
a. The information terminal to be installed at all the three sub-centres shall be a
Laser DLP or Active LED based display of 0.7 mm or less pixel pitch
Graphics Display made of 70” or bigger diagonal cubes in 2x3 matrix. The
size of the Active LED based display shall be calculated such that it achieves
the size equalvalent to laser DLP display of 70” cube in 2x3 configuration.
b. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install the information terminal at the
specified location in the sub centre and connect it with the central server
system through the digital transmission system. Software required to operate
the information terminal shall also be provided.
c. Information (Road and Traffic condition) as below shall be provided on
Display as same as in main centre but only of the stretch and equipment
covered under that Sub-Centre:
1) GIS Map of the Stretch with each lane
2) TMCS Camera live video streaming
3) VIDS live video streaming Incident Pop-ups
4) ANPR and speed radar live data
5) Traffic Condition
6) Traffic count and classification
7) Travel time
9) Emergency call status
10) Status of each equipment plotted on the GIS Map
11) NMS
12) ADAS
13) Road condition
14) ATSC Status
15) FMS
16) Mobile App pop-ups
Note: For the ergonomic design of the TMS and the Sub Cent,res ISO 11064 shall
be followed.
12.4 Network Equipment
12.4.1 General
a. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install network equipment at each location to
connect each peripheral to the TMC systems. The EPC Contractor shall supply and
install all equipment, cables, connectors, terminals and other miscellaneous materials
necessary to establish a working local area network connecting these systems.
b. The network between the TMC and sub-systems shall either use the optical fibre
cable network or high-end Wireless Access Points along the stretch and a data
communication network shall be established using layer 3 switch to be supplied by
the EPC Contractor. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install the network
equipment suitable for interfacing the layer 2 switch to the layer 3 switch.
c. The type and the number of the network equipment proposed by the EPC Contractor
as per the network design shall be mentioned by the EPC Contractor in the BOQ.
The network configuration shall be determined by the EPC Contractor. The cost of
the network devices and materials that is not explicitly listed in the BOQ of the Bid
submitted by the EPC Contractor or supplied by the EPC Contractor during the
installation works but deemed necessary for the system during any stage of this
Contract shall be included in the cost of appropriate items and the Contract Price,
and no separate payment shall be made.
12.4.2 Network design
a. The EPC Contractor shall undertake the detailed design of the digital transmission
system. The design work shall include but not be limited to transmission protocol,
network and transmission equipment, type and size of cable, cable splicing, conduit
and cable installation work, manhole, hand-hole and pull box at bridge and earth
sections.
b. Digital transmission system shall adopt IP. Suitable media and transmission protocol
at Layers 1 and 2 shall be decided, type of digital station equipment shall be selected.
In developing the design, various factors such as amount and type of data,
transmission distance, quality of service (QoS), reliability, latency, and changeover
time to backup route shall be considered. Type of optical fibre cable shall also be
considered in the design. Packet based transmission system will be preferred than
circuit-based transmission system such as Gigabit Ethernet.
c. Loop topology based on resilient packet ring (RPR) shall be adopted for local line
transmission system for redundant operation. A cut in the communication at a point in
the loop shall not affect the normal operation of the communication system.
d. Physically separate optical fibre cables shall be used for a ring topology and for back
up route in the future trunk line transmission system. Compressed image data and
data from other devices must be separately allocated to the optical fibre core.
e. Layer 2 switch will be used at each node to connect local network or device to
the local line network. Layer 2 switch will also be used to connect devices to the
local network. The switches used at the field nodes shall only be of industrial
grade for operations under extreme weather and outdoor conditions.
f. In addition to the equipment listed above, the system requires fibre distribution
frame and main distribution frame for cable termination, surge arrester or similar
surge protection device to protect the equipment from the lightening, and accessories
necessary for cable installation. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install these
devices and accessories.
12.4.3 Reliability
Digital transmission system shall have high reliability to ensure continuous operation
of the system. Bit error rate for the end to end data communication must be 1 x 10-6
or better.
12.4.4 Capacity and Quality of service
a. The digital transmission shall have a sufficient capacity in terms of speed and
bandwidth to meet the demands to be decided based on the estimated amount of data
including digitized voice data at each facility such as Traffic Management Centre,
and service area. Video signal from the TMCS camera shall be transmitted in
H.264/H.265 format and the digital transmission system shall provide sufficient
capacity for it. The EPC Contractor shall estimate the type, amount and location of
data transmission need and design the system, equipment and cables that satisfy the
demand.
b. Quality of service (QoS) capability shall be provided to the digital transmission
system to ensure smooth and uninterrupted delivery of data for voice and video
image transmission required for emergency telephone system and TMCS camera
system.
c.
12.4.5 System supervision
The digital transmission system shall be equipped with a supervisory function which
continuously monitors the system operation and issues an alarm in case malfunction is
found. The supervisory shall have the following functions:
1) Management of occurrence and recovery of malfunction
2) Registration and modification of system configuration
3) Registration and modification of network configuration
4) Testing of equipment and circuit
5) Logging of equipment operation and cable performance
6) Changeover between primary and backup routes
13. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) and Access Control System (ACS) for TMC
and Sub-Centre Building and Security
13.1 General
a. This part of the RFP covers the equipment and services to be supplied under this
Contract for CCTV equipment and Access Control System (ACS) to be installed at
the Traffic Management Centre and Sub-Centres. The CCTV and ACS equipment
shall be categorized as two types, CCTV and ACS for Building and CCTV for
Security.
b. All the cameras shall be IP based and shall be connected to the Video server. The
cameras shall support ONVIF profile S/G and shall be FCC Class A, UL, CE, BIS
certified. The NVMS installed on video server shall provide the facility to control
the cameras at the Supervision workstation in the Control room Buildings. The video
recording of each camera shall be stored at the Video server/storage for a period of
minimum 60 days at 2MP (full HD), and 25 FPS and incident video clips shall be
stored for the entire Contract period.
c. All Cameras shall have inbuilt IR illuminator for night vision functionality. External
IR illuminator shall be acceptable for box type cameras, however inbuilt IR shall be
preferred for these types of cameras also.
d. The Video Server of each location shall be interfaced to TMC system and Authority
HQ Command Centre to be able to watch and control the cameras for the PTZ
activities from the TMC control room, Authority HQ Command Centre, and On-line
access facility. The priority shall be given to the local control room staff.
e. The functionality of the CCTV cameras provided by the EPC Contractor shall be
described as follows:
i. Building Surveillance CCTV cameras – These cameras installed on a sufficient
height mast shall be intended for general surveillance of the building area and
field activity outside the building and walkways. These cameras shall also be
linked for remote monitoring. As both the traffic control room staff and sub-
control room staff can control the pan, tilt and zoom function, the priority shall be
given to the local control room staff.
ii. Building Security CCTV cameras – These cameras shall be intended for
monitoring of security areas such as the building compound, general parking
area, Control Room, supervisor room, building lobby, walkway, server room,
UPS room, and emergency vehicle parking area.
iii. These cameras shall have voice recording and Class 10 SD memory card of
minimum 128GB for local storage of videos and voice recordings.
iv. These cameras shall be of two types
1) Motorised Bullet/Box colour cameras.
2) Motorised Dome colour cameras
v. The box cameras installed outdoor shall be installed in the weatherproof
enclosure.
f. The design of the CCTV system shall consider the following: -

i. Provide effective supervision and control
ii. Easy to use
iii. Self-contained system
iv. Increase span of management
v. Reduce unnecessary travel
vi. View / evaluate situations quickly
vii. Motion detection
viii. Savings on time and manpower
ix. Easy access to video information and quick playback
x. Minimize the use of security guards
xi. Eliminate unnecessary responses to false alarms
xii. Provision for future scalability
g. The camera and VAMS shall be capable of triggering alarms in case of Video motion
detection, manual trigger, digital input, periodical trigger, system boot, recording
notification, camera tampering detection and audio detection. The triggering alerts
can be controlled by the control room operator.
h. The system should support intelligent video motion detection to track objects, learn
the scene and adapt to a changing outdoor environment. Environmental changes
such as rain, hail, wind, swaying trees and gradual light changes should have
minimum effect on the settings.
i. The control software should provide for alarms and alarm log. Alarm settings need
to be individually configurable for each alarm and each camera prerecord duration.
The duration shall be selectable from a list of values ranging between 2 seconds or
less to 5 minutes or more. There shall be provision to achieve, print and display the
log using device filter, device group filter and/or a time window.
j. The administrator should be able to create, add, edit & delete users. He should be
able to administer access rights to system resources and functionality as well as
access permissions to a list of cameras, a user can view and control.
k. The system shall provide User activity log (audit trail) with user id, time stamp,
health monitoring, etc.
l. ATMS Control Centre will have workstations along with controllers for Camera
operation.
m. The Workstation Frontend Software should also be working on a browser-based
system and mobile application for remote users to allow any authorized user to
display the video of any desired camera on the monitor with full PTZ and associated
controls.
13.2 CCTV Specifications
13.2.1 Dome Camera
a. A surveillance camera of 2MP at 25 FPS shall be provided. The IP camera shall
be POE powered dome type with inbuilt IR of 30 meters with illumination
at
0.005 lux for colour image and black& white at 0 lux with IR. The lens shall be
of 2.8-12 mm motorized varifocal with true WDR, 3D DNR, BLC, AGC and
triple streaming (i. live viewing, ii. analytics, & iii. recording). The Camera
shall have inbuilt SD card slot and shall be provided with at least 128 GB class
10 SD card. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1/3 second to 1/100000
seconds for capturing the motion detection even during low light condition and
provide proper image. The housing shall be IP 67 rated with IK10 protection
against vandalism. The camera shall support one alarm I/O port and audio I/O.
b. The face detection function shall be activated as soon as the motion detection is
triggered.
c. The camera shall also detect any object addition, object removal, and line
crossing.
d. Whenever any event is triggered, the camera shall record the event on SD card.
13.2.2 Bullet Camera
a. A surveillance camera of 2MP at 25 FPS shall be provided. The IP camera shall
be POE powered bullet type with inbuilt IR of 50 meters with illumination
at
0.005 lux for colour image and black & white at 0.001 lux with IR. The lens
shall be of 2.8-12 mm motorised varifocal with true WDR, 3D DNR, BLC,
AGC and triple streaming (i. live viewing, ii. analytics, & iii. recording). The
Camera shall have inbuild SD card slot and shall be provided with at least 128
GB class 10 SD card. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1/3 second to
1/100000 seconds for capturing the motion detection even during low light
condition and provide proper image. The housing shall be IP 67 rated with
IK10 protection against vandalism. The camera shall support one alarm I/O port
and audio I/O.
b. The face detection function shall be activated as soon as the motion detection is
triggered.
c. The camera shall also detect any object addition, object removal, and line
crossing.
d. Whenever any event is triggered, the camera shall record the event on SD card.
13.2.3 Access Control System
a. Door / premises entry Access control system shall be provided in each TMC and sub-
centre building and rooms including server room, UPS room, generator room, etc.
b. The system shall provide an integral software tool designed to reduce or eliminate
tailgating.
c. Restricting or denying access to a card holder shall happen automatically if they have
entered a zone without a valid card transaction.
d. The access control system should be modular in nature, with the below
mentioned modules-
i. Card Management and enrolment module
ii. Alarm Management Module
iii. Rolling Transaction Display Module
iv. Web Dash Board
v. Zone Management and Broadcast
vi. Time & Attendance Module
vii. Visitor Management System Module
viii. Reporting module
e. The dashboard shall display data in multiple formats such as bar, line, and pie charts,
and tabular formats and shall provide following information:
i. Card Swipes & Zones Swipes
ii. Cards Parked
iii. Zone Occupancy & Muster zone swipes
iv. Type of Cards Issued and their status
v. Licensing
vi. Diagnostics
vii. Users logged on
viii. Invalid Swipe Analysis
ix. Average Alarm Acknowledgement/Cancel Locked Out Accounts
x. Top current alarms
xi. System and capacity & software licensing information
xii. Alarm acknowledgment analysis
xiii. Locked out workstation user accounts
xiv. Users currently logged on
xv. System Time and Date
xvi. Last backup status and Backup history report
f. Reporting Module shall provide the following information:
i. Access Level changes
ii. Alarm Reports
iii. Transaction Reports
iv. First & Last transaction report
v. Device Reports
vi. Device Access Report
vii. Device configuration reports
viii. Personnel Reports
ix. Card parking Reports
x. Absentee Report
g. The ACS shall have following features:

i. Record cardholder personal and access information.
ii. Control card verification (i.e. the recording of cards on the system).
iii. Control data flow to the Ethernet Reader Controllers - card and
configuration information.
iv. Provide automatic updates of Ethernet Reader Controllers and field device
changes, so that the system is continually updated.
v. Pass alarm and status information in real-time to client PC workstation
computers being used for system monitoring.
vi. Pass alarms to an integrated Short Message Service (SMS) for a text
messaging service to user defined recipients.
vii. Issue broadcast messages to the Ethernet Reader Controllers.
viii.
h. The ACS shall be integrated with following sub-systems of the building
i. Video Analytics and Management System (VAMS)
ii. Fire Systems (FS)
iii. Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS)
iv. Perimeter Intrusion Detection Systems (PIDS)
v. Generic Lift or Elevator interface
vi. Building Management Systems (BMS)
vii. Time and Attendance (T&A) Module
viii. Visitor Management System
i. The ACS system shall be CE certified and designed for UL294, with IP 20 rating.
The readers shall be RS485 OSDP compliant, communicate through encrypted
OSDP RS485 Wiegand, and encrypted host communications with TLS and AES
encryption.
j. The single door and true four door ACS shall have touch screen terminals for easy
access with 12 keys (10 numeric keys, 2 context sensitive function keys), capacitive,
light touch and 10/100 Mbps ethernet port.
k. The system shall have sufficient offline data storage capacity of minimum 500,000
cardholders transactions and 75,000 offline events (transactions and alarms).
l. Shall have inbuilt battery and charging system. It shall automatically switch over on
detection of power supply.
m. The system shall have tamper detection capabilities and shall raise alarm that shall
be configurable as per site requirement.
Section 04 Traffic Monitoring Camera System (TMCS)
1. General
The EPC Contractor shall provide and construct Traffic Monitor Camera System
(TMCS) as a closed-circuit television system that meets the requirements stated herein
for the surveillance of the traffic and vehicle on the project. Digital type system shall
be used and video signal output from the camera shall be digitized and compressed to
reduce the bandwidth requirement for digital transmission system. The system and its
component devices shall be of rugged construction for outdoor industrial use capable
of continuous operation.
2. System Configuration and Main Function
The system shall consist of camera at site, and control equipment and VMS at the
Traffic Management Centre / Sub-centres, and digital transmission system shall
transmit video signal from the camera to the TMC/Sub-centres.
The Traffic Monitoring Camera System shall be used for monitoring the project
corridor, junctions and interchanges. The cameras with Pan/Tilt/ Zoom (PTZ) facility
shall provide a 360-degree field-of-view to enable the operational objective of full
coverage of the highway, at-grade roads, junctions, service road, entry/exit ramps and
related spaces within the corridor/ ROW. Operationally, the main function of the
camera is to provide surveillance of the transportation system and enhance situational
awareness and enable operations staff to perform a number of valuable monitoring,
detection, verification functions.
The camera shall also perform the automatic incident detection functions (defined in
next section) in each pre-set position. Under normal condition of the Project, the
TMCS cameras shall be set at home position and shall periodically to other pre-set
positions to enable automatic incident detection.
3. Equipment Location and Type
a. TMCS camera shall be installed in the median or shoulder (as per the availability of
space and OFC cable and chamber location) approximately at every 1 Km such that
the monitoring of the entire route is ensured. The number of cameras shall be
sufficient to monitor the key location, accident prone areas, junctions, major median
openings, major structures, urban areas, major villages junctions etc. through entire
journey of every vehicle on the road.
b. The EPC Contractor shall propose the actual locations to satisfy the above
requirement. The exact location will be determined based on the alignment,
geometry, viewing area (based on site visit) and shall be approved by the Authority
Engineer.
c. The TMCS camera shall be supplied power from the solar panel attached to Camera
Pole. The UPS and Lithium-ion battery bank shall be able to provide the power
backup for minimum of 72 hours.
4. System Function
4.2 Camera
Camera shall be for industrial use, capable of continuous operation under harsh
environment on the highway. Camera shall be IP based full HD colour type with
1/1.9" image sensor (CMOS) or better. It shall have frame rate of up to 60 frames per
second in all compression mode and shall have 3 simultaneous streams and live view
for more than 5 users.
4..1 Lens
Motorized zoom lens with minimum 36x Optical zoom and minimum 16x digital
zoom having optical defog feature and auto focus covering suitable range of focal
length shall be provided and mounted on the camera. The lens size shall be approx. 5-
200 mm suitable to achieve the required optical zoom.
4..2 Night vision capability
External IR illuminator shall be acceptable for PTZ cameras, however inbuilt IR shall
be preferred. The minimum illumination shall be of 0.002 lux for colour and 0.0002
lux for black and white image with automatic gain control on in auto/ manual mode.
The camera shall be capable of recording black and white video even in 0 lux with IR
up to a distance of 500 meters.
4..3 Image enhancement capability
Camera shall have electronically image stabilisation, hue light compensation, back
light compensation, and three-dimensional digital noise reduction features. The
camera shall support true wide dynamic range of minimum 120 dB.
4..4 Camera Housing
UV, dust and rain. An inbuilt wiper shall be provided with the housing to permit
cleaning of the camera gimble during a rainstorm/ dust etc. The field of view of the
camera shall not be obstructed by the housing nor by the wiper, which shall
automatically park out of view. Picture quality or optical performance shall not be
degraded by the housing. The Housing shall have IP-66 or higher rating for Weather-
proof, and NEMA 4X-rating or IK10 or higher rating for Vandal-proof. The housing
shall have inbuilt heater and blower function.
4..5 Pan-tilt Head
Camera housing shall be mounted on a motorized pan-tilt head. The angles of the
head and rotating and tilting speed shall be as follows:
Rotating angle: 360 degrees endless with pre-set pan and tilt speed of minimum
200o per second faster.
4..6 Camera Control
a. The following control functions shall be provided to the system to cover
wider area and longer distance:
1) Pan (right – left)
2) Tilt (up – down)
3) Zoom (wide – telescope)
4) Focus (near – far)
5) Wiper (on – off)
b. The EPC Contractor shall state the angle range of pan and tilt movements
and their speed.
c. The TMCS Camera shall support H.264, H.265 video compression and shall
support latest ONVIF S&G protocol. The camera shall have auto motion
detection and shall be capable of auto tracking the moving object, wrong
direction detection, stationary object detection, face detection, 250 plus pre-
set, patrolling mode, audio I/O ports, alarm I/O, multiple privacy masking
features.
d. The Camera shall have applicable CE, UL, BIS and FCC.
4..7 Quality
a. TMCS camera system shall be designed to operate 24 hours a day and 7 days a
week without shutdown. Thus, high reliability and availability shall be
achieved.Design target of MTBF shall be 3 104 hours or better except the
mechanical part of pan-tilt head. Expected MTBF shall be calculated based on
the announced reliability of parts and component, or operation record of similar
products.
b. Availability of the system and each camera shall be 99% or better.
4.2 Motion Detection surveillance camera, hooter alarm with beacon, and all-in-
one solar streetlight
a. A surveillance camera of 2MP at 25 FPS shall be provided at each equipment
location along with hooter alarm and beacon. The IP camera shall be POE
powered bullet type with inbuilt IR of 50 meters with illumination at 0.005 lux
for colour image and black& white at 0.001 lux with IR. The lens shall be of
2.8-12 mm motorised varifocal with true WDR, 3D DNR, BLC, AGC and triple
streaming. The Camera shall have inbuilt SD card slot and shall be provided with
at least 128 GB class 10 SD card. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1/3
second to 1/100000 seconds for capturing the motion detection even during low
light condition and provide proper image. The housing shall be IP 67 rated with
IK10 protection against vandalism. The camera shall support one alarm I/O port
for activation of Hooter and beacon.
b. The function of this camera is to monitor the cabinet and pole surrounding for
pilferage and vandalism attempts. The motion detection feature shall raise the
alert in the control centre as soon as any movement is detected nearby the
cabinet and camera pole to alert the control centre operators regarding any
possibility of pilferage and vandalism attempt.
c. Hooter shall be controlled locally by the camera and shall sound when the
motion detection period is greater than 5 seconds. The alert in the TMC/Sub-
centre shall be raised by VMS/ATMS software as soon as hooter is activated.
triggered.
e. The camera shall also detect any object addition, object removal, and line
crossing.
also.
g. The camera and hooter beacon alarm shall be installed at height of 8 meters to
prevent vandalism.
h. The camera shall be mounted on 1-meter cantilever arm attached to the pole.
i. All-in-one solar streetlight of 15W 2000 Lumens with inbuilt motion detection
sensor and auto on-off and auto dimming function shall be installed at each
location at a suitable height.
4.3 Power supply system
a. A solar power supply system consisting of a solar panel, a controller, a UPS and
Lithium-ion battery bank shall be provided at each TMCS camera location that
operates on solar power. Solar power equipment except solar panel shall be
accommodated in the same cabinet as TMCS camera controller or in a separate
cabinet. The solar panel shall have sufficient size to generate the power
required. The EPC Contractor shall provide the support for solar panel and
connection between the panel and the controller, which shall not be exposed. A
mechanism shall be provided to adjust the angle of solar panel to the solar panel
support and prevent pilferage. The solar panel shall be installed at the minimum
height of 8 meters.
b. The Lithium-ion battery shall be custom built so that it cannot be used for any
other application / purpose. It shall be designed such that the terminals/ cells get
damaged upon unauthorised removal of battery from the enclosure / cabinet to
prevent pilferage.
c. The Lithium-ion battery shall provide power for Camera at least for 3 days even
if solar power cannot be generated due to the weather condition. The EPC
Contractor shall present the calculation of power consumption and capacity of
solar power supply system to be used for the TMCS system. The EPC
Contractor shall also consider the power requirement of network devices,
wireless access points, PoE switch, SPD etc. suitably during the calculation.
d. Proper earthing shall be provided at each equipment location.
5. Installation
TMCS camera shall be mounted on a tilt pole installed beside the Highway on the
shoulder as specified. Height of camera shall be 12 meters. Pole shall be rigid enough
so as not to vibrate under strong wind and passage of heavy vehicle. Optical fibre
cable and power cable shall be extended from the nearest hand-hole at the shoulder
where branch connection of cable is possible. The TMCS camera shall be connected
to the nearest Wireless Access-point through repeater / access point / transceiver
appropriately.
6. Acceptance test
a. Camera, camera housing, pan-tilt head, TMCS camera station, Solar power
system, and TMCS camera system central equipment shall be subjected to test
at all stages of Acceptance tests i.e. Factory Acceptance Test, during installation
work and upon completion depending on the test item. Three types of test i.e.
function, performance test and general test shall be conducted.
b. Details of the test item, test procedure and criteria to judge test result shall be
proposed by the EPC Contractor subject to the approval by the Authority
Engineer / Authority.
c. In principle, function and performance requirement stated above shall be tested.
More specifically, the following tests shall be conducted as minimum:
1) Resolution
2) Colour
3) Wiper control
4) Maximum pan and tilt angle and speed
5) Control desk and remote control
6) Video switching function
7) Video recording
8) Solar Power system charging and backup performance
Section 05 Video Incident Detection System (VIDS)
1. General
Video Incident Detection System (VIDS) will be installed at the accident-prone and
other essential areas identified by the enforcement agency and other vulnerable
locations. The images taken by VIDS camera shall be transmitted to the Traffic
Management Centre (TMC) / sub-centres through Optic Fibre cable in real time. In
the TMC, images are selectively shown on the monitor display of VIDS workstation
and VIDS monitor screen. If an incident occurs within the coverage area of camera,
operator shall be able to control VIDS camera remotely and check the status visually.
At the same time, images from all cameras shall be recorded on the storage device in
specified period.
a. The VIDS system shall consist of the following components:
1) VIDS image sensor cameras and LPU at roadside
2) Cabinet
3) Solar and UPS
4) Network equipment, etc.
b. No periodical manual adjustment shall be required in camera and local
processing unit.
c. The VIDS application shall be provided to the Traffic Management Centre and
Sub-centres for receiving pre-processed data from VIDS LPU on the Project.
The data collection interval shall not be more than 60 seconds.
a. VIDS shall be installed at the location to identified by the EPC Contractor and
approved by the Authority Engineer. The VIDS shall be installed at a suitable
location from the connecting / merging road to monitor the sectional traffic
volume on the main carriageway.
b. The EPC Contractor shall examine and select the VIDS location and obtain the
approval from the Authority Engineer.
c. The VIDS shall be installed on a dedicated pole to be provided by the EPC
Contractor. The clearance of 8 meter shall be secured.
d. The VIDS shall be supplied power from the solar panel attached to Camera
Pole. The UPS and Lithium-ion battery bank shall be able to provide the power
backup for minimum of 72 hours.
4. System Function
VIDS system shall be provided with the functions described below.
4.1 Monitoring function
a. The road and traffic condition video and images taken by VIDS cameras on the
project shall be transmitted as video signal to the Traffic Management Centre
through the communication network. The ATMs Software shall be capable of
selecting video signal from any VIDS camera to be displayed on the monitor
and graphics display.
b. Sequential display function shall be provided to the ATMS Software. The
sequential display function shall allow the video image from the multiple
cameras to be sequentially displayed at a pre-set interval. It shall be possible to
select the cameras for sequential display and to set the display time of the
image from each camera.
c. The VIDS console and graphics display shall have multiple screen capability
and shall display either one image or four images at a time. The image on the
Graphics Display shall be controlled by the ATMS Software.
4.2 Incident detection
a. The VIDS system shall have an incident detection function and automatically
detect incident occurred within its viewing area when the camera is set at home
position. Incident refers to those occurrences of slow-moving vehicle, stopped
vehicle, reverse traffic, fallen object, poor visibility, vehicle running in
opposite direction, etc.
b. If an incident is detected, ATMS Software shall issue an alarm and incident
image shall be automatically displayed on the VIDS operator console monitor
display and Graphics Display. The GIS Map shall show the location of the
incident with a red dot and popup of the video.
c. The EPC Contractor shall describe the incident detection mechanism in the
Technical proposal that the EPC Contractor proposes together with its
limitation.
4.3 Image recording and retrieval
All images shall be automatically recorded in the VRS at TMC/Sub-centre with
camera ID and time stamp. Frame rate of the video signal can be configured to one
frame to 60 frames per second to optimise the storage capacity as per the site
requirements. Images shall be stored for minimum 60 days.
4.4 Diagnosis
a. The VIDS system shall have a diagnosis function.
b. The ATMS Software shall check the connection with the VIDS camera and the
status of VIDS camera by sending the diagnosis signal every minute. If VIDS
camera fault signal is received or there is no response from the VIDS camera,
the ATMS Software shall issue an alarm on the Graphics display and operator
console.
c. The fault shall also be recorded in the log.
d. The EPC Contractor shall state in his Technical Proposal, the types of error
and malfunction of the VIDS System that can be diagnosed from the ATMS
Software.
5. Camera
5.1 General
a. The IP camera shall be POE/POE+ powered bullet type with inbuilt IR of 60
meters.
b. The Camera shall have inbuild SD card slot and shall be provided with at least
c. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1/4 second to 1/100000 seconds for
proper image.
triggered.
e. The camera shall detect any object addition, object removal, and line crossing.
also.
5.2 Lens
2 MP Full HD motorized varifocal lens with minimum 5-45 mm motorized auto-focus
function having optical defog feature and auto focus covering suitable range of focal
length shall be provided and mounted on the camera. The range of the camera shall be
minimum 60 meters. The resolution shall be full HD at 60 FPS.
5.3 Night vision capability
External IR illuminator shall be acceptable in case of box cameras, however inbuilt IR
shall be preferred. The minimum illumination shall be of 0.01 lux for colour image
with automatic gain control on in auto/ manual mode. The camera shall be capable of
recording black and white video even in 0.001 lux with IR up to a distance of 60
meters.
5.4 Image enhancement capability
Camera shall have hue light compensation, back light compensation, and three-
dimensional digital noise reduction features. The camera shall support true wide
dynamic range of minimum 120 dB.
5.5 Camera Housing
UV, dust and rain. The field of view of the camera shall not be obstructed by the
housing. Picture quality or optical performance shall not be degraded by the housing.
The Housing shall have IP-67 or higher rating for Weather-proof, and NEMA 4X-
rating or IK10 or higher rating for Vandal-proof.
5.6 VIDS LPU and Cabinet
l. LPU (Local Processing Unit) shall be a fan-less industrial grade rugged compact
CPU housed in a cabinet together with power supply and network equipment.
m. The cabinet shall be electrically and mechanically isolated and shall have a
n. A right hinged door shall be provided on the front to realize easy maintenance
work.
o. The turning direction of the handle shall be counter-clockwise.
p. The power supply unit shall be provided with a circuit breaker.
q. The anti-lightning and surge protection complying with the IEC 61643-1 shall
be provided.
r. The cabinet shall be finished with the anticorrosive treatment.
s. The EPC Contractor shall state the details of the anticorrosive treatment and
painting.
t. The Cabinet shall have door open alert feature and alarm to be sounded locally
u. The Cabinet shall have suitable built with appropriate locking arrangements to
v. The cabinet shall be of suitable size to accommodate the equipment to be housed
5.7 Local warning flashing lights and Alarm
The local VIDS controller shall be enabled to provide appropriate local warnings (in
the interest of road safety) to vehicles on the main carriageway on detection of
incidents like reverse traffic (along with warning to the Traffic Management Control
Centre).
a. Pole mounted flashing lights of minimum 300mm diameter with a visibility of at

least 500m shall be used for local warning.
b. There shall be at least five such warning lights each mounted typically at a
distance of 100 meters and 200 meters before the incidence monitoring point
when seen from the direction of travel. The above distances shall be suitably
optimized during detailed engineering. Two warning lights shall be installed in
the median and three on the shoulder side.
c. The lights shall be powered by a local solar PV based power supply withinbuilt
Li- ion battery and shall be interconnected with the incident detection system
either by cable or by wireless (GSM based).
d. During periods of poor visibility, as detected by the VIDS or TMC / Sub-centre
operator, the lights shall go into a flashing mode until visibility improves to a
level for adequate incident detection. The TMC / Sub-centre operator shall have
the option to turn on/off the lights remotely.
e. The above lights shall stop flashing either on the event of the disappearance of the
detected incident(s) or on the occurrence of a reset from the TMC / Sub-centre
operator.
f. In case of failure of the VIDS LPU the above lights shall, by default, switch to
the flashing mode.
5.8 Solar powered Amber Flasher Light
Apart from the local warning flashing light mentioned above, a set of two standalone
Solar powered Amber Flasher Lights (FL) / Solar Blinkers of 300 mm Dia with at
least 96 hours power backup shall be provided at each location mentioned in the
equipment location list. The FL shall be installed such that it is visible to the merging
traffic as well as to the traffic plying on the main carriageway. The set of FL shall be
installed at each median opening (also at the location even if the median opening has
been closed, as these are the points where two-wheelers, pedestrians etc. frequently
use for road crossing and may be potential accident prone areas even after the closure
of the median opening), junctions, merging / diverging points near the flyovers, major
bridges, railway over bridges, villages, accident prone areas, location identified as
frequent animal crossing etc.
The Solar panel and Lithium-ion battery (in lockable and theft proof housing/
enclosure) shall be installed on the top of the FL pole, at a suitable height to prevent
theft.
5.9 Motion Detection surveillance camera, hooter alarm with beacon, and all-in-
powered bullet type with inbuild IR of 50 meters with illumination at 0.005 lux
streaming. The Camera shall have inbuild SD card slot and shall be provided
with at least 128 GB class 10 SD card. The shutter speed of the camera shall be
1/3 second to 1/100000 seconds for capturing the motion detection even during
low light condition and provide proper image. The housing shall be IP 67 rated
with IK10 protection against vandalism. The camera shall support one alarm I/O
port for activation of Hooter and beacon.
cabinet and camera pole to alert the control centre operators regarding any
triggered.
crossing.
also.
g. The camera and hooter beacon alarm shall be installed at height of 8 meters to
prevent vandalism.
h. The camera shall be mounted on 1-meter cantilever arm attached to the pole.
6. Quality
a. The system shall operate on a 24x7 basis. The VIDS shall be capable of taking
clear images of road and traffic conditions under any brightness conditions during
the daytime and night-time.
b. It shall be the responsibility of the EPC Contractor to furnish and install all
necessary hardware, software, and database, integrate all system components and
deliver a complete operational VID.
7. Power Supply
a. A solar power supply system consisting of a solar panel, a controller, a UPS and
Lithium-ion battery bank shall be provided at each location that operates on solar
power. Solar power equipment except solar panel shall be accommodated in the
same stainless-steel cabinet as controller or in a separate stainless-steel cabinet.
The solar panel shall have sufficient size to generate the power required. The EPC
Contractor shall provide the support for solar panel and connection between the
panel and the controller, which shall not be exposed. A mechanism shall be
provided to adjust the angle of solar panel to the solar panel support and prevent
pilferage. The solar panel shall be installed at the minimum height of 8 meters.
b. The Lithium-ion battery shall provide power for Camera at least for 3 days even
if solar power cannot be generated due to the weather condition. The EPC
Contractor shall present the calculation of power consumption and capacity of
solar power supply system to be used for the system. The EPC Contractor shall
also consider the power requirement of network devices, wireless access points,
PoE switch, SPD etc. suitably during the calculation.
a. Proper earthing shall be provided at each equipment location.
b. Power consumption of all types of VIDS shall be 100VA or less
regardless of the type of power supply.
8. Installation
a. VIDS Camera device shall be installed on the top of individual supporting pole. The
supporting structure with enough length must be provided to keep good visibility.
b. VIDS camera station (local control electronics) shall be installed in VIDS cabinet on
the supporting pole for VIDS camera.
Section 06 Vehicle Speed Detection System (VSDS)
1. General
The EPC Contractor shall install the ANPR camera-based solution for over speed
detection and enforcement, and radar sensor-based speed detection system for speed
display on LED panel. The ANPR system should correctly link the vehicle number
plate with the vehicle speed.
The ANPR camera shall be mounted permanently to monitor a single lane of a
highway. Multiple ANPR cameras shall be placed on an overhead gantry to get the
complete picture of traffic flow for each lane including hard & earthen shoulder in the
location.
The ANPR system shall be capable of detection both spot over speeding as well as
section based over speeding.
The ATMS Software shall be capable of generating e-challan automatically and
integrated with the Vahan database, NIC ITMS, and NPCI FASTag mapper for
obtaining the vehicle registration and contact details for e-challan and cross-
verification of the vehicle class. The Contractor shall be responsible for integration of
AMTS software with the Vahan Database, NIC ITMS, and NPCI FASTag Mapper as
part of this Contract.
In addition to ANPR based VSDS, radar triggered Vehicle Actuated Speed Display
(VASD) shall be installed at each location to cover all the lanes per direction. The
purpose of the VASD is to display the speed of the vehicle to the driver and alert about
his/her speed and prevent him/her from over-speeding, hence shall act as speed
calming device. The location of VASD and ANPR camera based VSDS may be same
or vary as per the site requirement.
The EPC Contractor shall be required to integrate with AFS (ANPR cum FASTag
System) for exchange of ANPR data, as per the requirement raised by Authority /
Authority Engineer for the project/ NH stretch.
The Radar Speed Sensor shall be provided for traffic monitoring and give input to the
VADS for display of vehicle speed in real-time. The ANPR camera shall be used to
capture the vehicle speed and estimate of vehicle length to identify vehicle class,
reverse vehicle movement detection, and wrong lane driving (on the bases of the
vehicle classification, e.g. Bus/truck driving in the car/overtaking lane, car driving in
over taking lane, etc.). both VSDS and VASD systems shall work independent to each
other.
The radar shall be capable for monitoring three/four lanes plus the hard & earthen
shoulder simultaneously and send the command to each VASD display for displaying
the real-time speed of the vehicle in each lane. The speed of the vehicle in
hard/earthen shoulder shall be displayed on the adjacent display. Precise tracking and
video overlaying in difficult situations like
• Multiple car tailgating Parallel motion,
• High occlusion target scenarios – e.g. small car or bike next to a large
truck
The system shall be capable of capturing all type and classes of vehicles, including but
not limited to 2-wheelers, three wheelers, tractor, over-sized, non-standard vehicles,
etc.
The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for Integration of ATMS system and sub-
systems with the Authority Mobile App for the road users as per the requirement
raised from time to time by the Electronics/ IT department of Authority or its
authorized agency.
3. Location
VSDS and VASD shall be installed at suitable locations as identified during the
survey by the EPC Contractor and approved by the Authority Engineer. The VSDS
and VASD shall be installed in the section where the over speeding chances are higher,
such that at least one set is installed at suitable location between two junctions /
flyover/ interchange / entry- exit points and the distance between two locations shall
not exceed 10 kms in each direction. The ideal distance between two locations is 5
kms in each direction.
Both the system shall be installed in both the directions (LHS & RHS) of the road at
each location.
Minimum of 3 sets shall be installed in each direction on the project stretch for
obtaining sufficient data for section-based speeding, ATCC, and TTMS
functionalities, such that the shoulder is also covered, additional camera per direction
shall be provided, if required to cover the shoulder.
VSDS and VADS systems shall be installed in both the directions (LHS & RHS) of
the road at each location on the same gantry.
4. Roadside Equipment
a. ANPR Camera
b. LPU
c. Cabinet
d. Vehicle Actuated Speed Display integrated with Speed Radar
e. Speed Radar
f. Motion Detection surveillance camera, hooter alarm with beacon, and all-in-one
solar streetlight
g. Civil works and gantry structure
h. Solar and UPS
5. TMC Equipment
Speed Enforcement Application module (part of the ATMS software) and console.
6. System Function
6.1 Radar System
a) The radar Sensor must have high accuracy and detection range. The operational
range should be 90 meters.
b) The Sensor shall be Capable for the tracking up to 32 vehicles simultaneously.
c) The accuracy of speed detection shall be more than 98% at a speed range of 0.5 to
200 km/hr.
d) Inbuilt radar in VASD shall also be acceptable if the accuracy level of more than
98% at a speed range of 0.5 to 200 km/hr can be achieved by the inbuilt radar and
display on the VASD in real-time with read range of 100 meters.
e) The radar shall be calibrated and tested by the third-party for speed detection. Test
and calibration certificates shall be submitted by the EPC Contractor along with the
Technical Proposal and commissioning. The commissioning certificate shall only be
issued after authentication of the test reports and calibration certificates.
6.2 ANPR Camera
a) The ANPR camera shall be installed at site independent of the radar system.
b) Success rate of number plate recognition, reading and associating with transaction
shall not be less than 90% during night-time at a speed of 180 kmph for standard
number plates. The vehicle image capturing, and processing zone shall be within
40 meters for higher accuracy.
c) The night vision should not affect the accuracy.
d) The camera shall capture the image of each over speeding vehicle for spot
speeding and each vehicle for section speeding and send to the control room. In
case the ANPR/OCR is unable to read/recognize the number plate, the system
shall create an incident and send an alert to the operator. The operator shall be
able to zoom the vehicle image to read the registration number plate and manually
enter the vehicle number in the system for further processing. The EPC Contractor
shall be responsible to propose the system capable of processing all over
speeding vehicles, irrespective of the accuracy, read rate of the ANPR.
e) The video recording of each ANPR camera shall be stored for a period of 60 days
in H.264, H.265 format and the video clip of over speeding vehicles shall be stored
for the entire period of the Contract i.e. for minimum of 5 years. The length of the
video clip shall be proposed by the EPC Contractor such that the same can be
produced to the enforcement agency as and when required as an evidence of
speed violation. It shall be solely the responsibility of the EPC Contractor to
produce the evidence and provide required support to the Authority and
enforcement agency for justifying the speed violation.
f) The software and cameras shall be calibrated on monthly basis and the certified
test report shall be submitted to the Authority and Authority Engineer. In addition
to the monthly testing and calibration, the Authority or Enforcement agency may
instruct the EPC Contractor to test the cameras and software at any time to
ascertain the accuracy of the cameras, software and radars.
g) The ANPR Cameras and VSDS Software shall be calibrated and tested by the
third-party for speed detection. Test and calibration certificates shall be submitted
by the EPC Contractor along with the Technical Proposal and commissioning. The
commissioning certificate shall only be issued after authentication of the test
reports and calibration certificates.
6.3 Specifications
a. The system shall perform during day and night as well as in adverse weather
conditions.
b. It shall have built in diagnostic functions to quickly asses the validity of
speed calibration.
6.3.1 General
a. The IP camera shall be POE powered box type with external IR of 100 meters
or better.
b. The Camera shall have inbuilt SD card slot and shall be provided with at least
c. The shutter speed of the camera shall be 1 second to 1/100000 seconds for
proper image.
d. The Camera shall have Ethernet port, 2 alarm input/2 Alarm output.
6.3.2 Lens
2 MP Full HD manual varifocal lens with minimum 5-50 mm C/CS mount DC
drive. The range of the camera shall be up to 100 meters. The resolution shall be
full HD at 60 FPS.
6.3.3 Night vision capability
Cameras shall have inbuilt IR illuminator of 100 meters for night vision
functionality. External IR illuminator shall be acceptable, however inbuilt IR
with housing shall be preferred. The minimum illumination shall be of 0.005 lux
for colour image with automatic gain control on in auto/ manual mode. The
camera shall be capable of recording black and white video even in 0.001 lux
with IR up to a distance of 100 meters.
6.3.4 Image enhancement capability
Camera shall have hue light compensation, back light compensation, hue light
compensation, defog, and three-dimensional digital noise reduction features. The
camera shall support true wide dynamic range of minimum 120 dB.
6.3.5 Camera Housing
The camera shall be housed in a suitable housing to protect them from solar
radiation, UV, dust and rain. The field of view of the camera shall not be
obstructed by the housing. Picture quality or optical performance shall not be
degraded by the housing. The Housing shall have IP-67/IP-68 rating for Weather-
proof with better dust & dirt protection, and NEMA 4X-rating or IK10 or higher
rating for Vandal-proof. The housing shall have built-in heater and blower.
6.4 VSDS LPU and Cabinet
a. LPU (Local Processing Unit) shall be a fanless industrial grade rugged compact
CPU housed in a cabinet together with power supply and network equipment.
b. The cabinet shall be electrically and mechanically isolated and shall have a
c. A right hinged door shall be provided on the front to realize easy maintenance
work.
d. The turning direction of the handle shall be counter-clockwise.
e. The power supply unit shall be provided with a circuit breaker.
f. The anti-lightning and surge protection complying with the IEC 61643-1 shall
be provided.
g. The cabinet shall be finished with the anticorrosive treatment.
h. The EPC Contractor shall state the details of the anticorrosive treatment and
painting.
i. The Cabinet shall have door open alert feature and alarm to be sounded locally
j. The Cabinet shall have suitable built with appropriate locking arrangements to
k. The cabinet shall be of suitable size to accommodate the equipment to be housed
6.5 Vehicle Actuated Speed Display (VASD)

6.5.1 Function
The speed display shall display the speed of the vehicle in real-time and provide
textual or graphical warning to the vehicles exceeding the pre-set speed limit. The
speed shall be displayed in green colour if the speed is within the permissible
limit for the vehicle class, orange colour if the speed is matching the speed limit,
and red if the vehicle is over-speeding. The display shall blink continuously if the
speed of vehicle is more than 120% of the permissible speed limit, along with the
message “Over-Speed – Slow down” in the first row of the display. One speed
display shall be installed for each lane on both the sides of the road.
Time shall be displayed at the top section of the display in HH:MM:SS (24 hour)
format at all the times, even if no speed is being displayed on the VASD. The
font size shall be suitable and visible from 100 meters distance. The time on all
the displays shall be synced with the central server.
6.5.2 Specifications
a. The system shall perform during day and night as well as in adverse weather
conditions.
b. It shall have built in diagnostic functions to quickly asses the validity of
speed calibration.
c. It shall adjust display intensity automatically to suit the ambient light
conditions.
d. It shall be modular in construction for ease of maintenance.
e. It shall display numeric speed data as well as graphical (standard IRC road
warning sign) (preferably) / textual warning.
f. Measurement:
i. Speed range: 0.5 km/h to 200 km/h
ii. Maximum Measuring errors: Up to 100 km/h ± 3 km/h, Above 100 km/
± 5 km/h
iii. Minimum Monitored section length: 100m
g. It shall have the facility to log vehicle speed of over- speeding vehicles
and transfer them to the ATMS control centre.
h. The speed display shall be formed using individual modules.
i. Speed display must be constructed using corrosion resistant panel with LED
pixels in row: column matrix.
j. The Display shall show the speed in green colour if the speed is within 80% of
the limit for the vehicle class, orange if the speed in exceeding 80% of the
speed limit and red (blinking) if speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit
for the vehicle class.
k. Scanning/Multiplexing ratio shall be 1/8 or better.
l. The LED Cluster shall consist of individual LED`s rated for out-door use.
m. The board size shall be minimum 1,000 mm (W) x 2,000 mm (H) ±5%
n. The LED configuration shall be 3 in 1 SMD and the pixel pitch shall be 6mm
outdoor or better. Lower pixel pitch shall be considered better. The pixel
density shall be more than 2500 pixels per square meters.
o. The LED board shall have the capacity to display any content, graphics,
videos, symbols, text in full matrix, with multiple font size and character
height, and multiple languages.
p. Shall support an industry standard communication interface such as
TCP/IP on copper, Wi-Fi, and/or fibre optic to help setting the pre-set speed
and retrieve log data.
q. Shall maintain time stamped record (speed and vehicle image) of each case
of over speeding in a log file that can be retrieved over the connected network
or using a locally connected laptop.
r. It shall optionally be possible to configure the display to send real time
violation event record (speed, and time stamp) over the connected network
while recording the same
s. It shall be possible to control the brightness of displays automatically using
built-in light sensors.
t. All PCB`s shall be of FR4 material, 1.6mm thick and LED matrix PCB shall
be 2.4mm thick. PCBs shall be of quality suitable for use in the
environmental conditions as specified.
u. The equipment shall allow local diagnostics via laptop connected to its
communication port.
v. Display size shall be suitable to display both the speed of the vehicle and
warning message simultaneously in two rows.
w. Brightness intensity shall be 7500 cd per sq.m. with option to adjust the
brightness manually as well as auto brightness adjustment feature.
x. Fault diagnostics shall be provided to include the following as a minimum:
i. Radar Failure
ii. LED Failure
7. Motion Detection surveillance camera, hooter alarm with beacon, and all-in-
powered bullet type with inbuild IR of 50 meters with illumination at 0.005 lux
streaming. The Camera shall have inbuilt SD card slot and shall be provided
with at least 128 GB class 10 SD card. The shutter speed of the camera shall be
1/3 second to 1/100000 seconds for capturing the motion detection even during
low light condition and provide proper image. The housing shall be IP 67 rated
with IK10 protection against vandalism. The camera shall support one alarm I/O
port for activation of Hooter and beacon.
cabinet and the Gantry to alert the control centre operators regarding any
triggered.
crossing.
also.
g. The camera and hooter beacon alarm shall be installed at the gantry to prevent
vandalism.
h. The camera shall be mounted on at a suitable location on the Gantry such that it
focuses on the enclosure / cabinet housing the LPU and Li-ion battery bank.
8. Power Supply
a. The power supply shall be connected from communication rack using the POE or
Adaptor.
b. A solar power supply system consisting of a solar panel, a controller, a UPS and
Lithium-ion battery bank shall be provided at each location that operates on solar
power. Solar power equipment except solar panel shall be accommodated in the
same stainless-steel cabinet as controller or in a separate stainless-steel cabinet.
The solar panel shall have sufficient size to generate the power required. The EPC
Contractor shall provide the support for solar panel and connection between the
panel and the controller, which shall not be exposed. A mechanism shall be
provided to adjust the angle of solar panel to the solar panel support and prevent
pilferage.
c. The Lithium-ion battery shall provide power for at least for 3 days even if solar
power cannot be generated due to the weather condition. The EPC Contractor
shall present the calculation of power consumption and capacity of solar power
supply system to be used for the system. The EPC Contractor shall also consider
the power requirement of network devices, wireless access points, PoE switch,
SPD etc. suitably during the calculation.
9. Installation
The system will be installed on the gantry at specified locations.
10. Acceptance test
Acceptance test shall be conducted for speed system at the factory (before Site
Acceptance test), during installation work and upon completion depending on the test
item. Test will be classified into two types, functional and performance test, in
addition, trial operation shall be conducted after the Acceptance test.
11. Design Principle of VSDS, TMCS, VIDS, and other Foundations

11.1 Design Strength
The foundation shall be of reinforced concrete with the concrete having the
compressive strength of 2,500 N/cm2 (250kg/cm2) after 28 days (cylinder
type), or when made with a high rapid strength Portland Cement, it shall
acquire the same strength after 7 days.
11.2 Contractor’s Detailed Survey and Design
Before commencing the actual work, Contractor shall carry out the field
detailed survey/design of the facilities. The detailed drawings including the
calculation data based on the survey/design shall be prepared and shall be
submitted to Authority for approval.
11.3 Construction of Foundation
11.3.1 VSDS, TMCS, VIDS, and other Foundations
a. Contractor shall comply with the following specifications for preparing and
mixing concrete.
b. All foundations shall be constructed with a ready-mixed or site-mixed, M20
Grade Or if made manually then the concrete when made with a normal
Portland Cement, shall attain a minimum compressive strength of
2,500N/cm2 (250kg/cm2) in 28 days (cylinder type) , or when made with a
high rapid strength Portland Cement, it shall acquire the same strength in 7
days (Test to be performed on cylindrical type concrete specimen of size
150mm x 300mm).
c. The slump range for the concrete used in the construction of foundation shall
be between 8 and 15cm.
d. Authority may order three (3) test pieces (cylinder type) from any batch of
the concrete to be taken and properly marked for the laboratory test as
required.
e. The concrete shall be slowly poured around the moulds or forms, up to
adequate level evenly and tamped into all parts of the moulds or forms, by
using a vibrator until a densely solid mass without cavities is obtained.
f. The concrete, once mixed, shall be used within 60 minutes. After one hour,
any remaining concrete shall be removed and shall not be used.
g. Cement mortar shall consist of one (1) measure of Portland Cement and two
(2) measures of sand.
h. The concrete shall be covered with saturated sack-cloth or similar materials
and shall be sprinkled with water to keep sufficient moisture, adequate times
a day for 7 days.
11.3.2 Excavation for Foundation
a. The Contractor shall take all countermeasures necessary for safety of the
public and for protecting and preserving any and all temporary or permanent
utilities.
b. Contractor shall obtain all permissions, right-of-way and/or permits
necessary for the execution. The permissions shall include property owners’
approvals for necessary work on their properties.
c. Contractor shall obtain all permissions, right-of-way and/or permits
necessary for the execution. The permissions shall include property owners’
approvals for necessary work on their properties.
d. Contractor shall be directly responsible for all damages to existing utilities
and shall restore these services immediately at his own expense.
11.3.3 Backfilling
a. Backfilling shall commence after notifying Authority Engineer.
b. Upon completion of the backfilling, all remaining soil shall be removed and
the road surface, pavement and the area concerned shall be immediately
cleaned.
c. Before backfilling, all foreign objects shall be removed from the excavation.
11.4 Material for Foundation
11.4.1 Cement
a. All cement used in underground construction shall be Portland Cement and in
accordance with BS 12 or equivalent.
b. The cement shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to afford easy access for
inspection. Cement shall be kept dry at all times prior to use in order to
prevent deterioration. Open air storage of cement shall not be permitted.
c. Deteriorated cement, such as cement containing lumps that are too difficult to
powder by hand, shall not be used.
11.4.2 Water
a. All water used for mixing and curing of concrete shall be supplied by the
waterworks.
b. Water from other sources may be used only if authorized by Authority after
tests have shown the quality to be better than that supplied by the waterworks.
c. Water from any source which has been contaminated with dirt, oil, salt or
other foreign substances shall not be used.
11.4.3 Fine Aggregate
a. The fine aggregate for concrete shall consist of natural river sand or
equivalent material.
b. The fine aggregate shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the grading
requirements as follows:
Sieve Designation Percentage by Weight Passing square
mesh sieve
(10.0mm) 100
No.4 (5.0mm) 95 to 100
No.16 (1.2mm) 45 to 80
No.50 (0.3mm) 10 to 30
No.100 (0.15mm) 2 to 10
c. The fine aggregate shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent mixture

with other aggregate prior to the use and also to prevent inclusion of foreign
materials.
11.4.4 Coarse Aggregate
a. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of crushed stones having
hard, strong and durable pieces free from adherent coatings such as mud or
other foreign materials. The coarse aggregate shall be graded between a
maximum size of 25mm and a minimum size corresponding to No.4 sieve
size. It must be free from dirt, floury stone dust, earth or any similar materials.
b. The coarse aggregate shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent mixture
with other aggregate, prior to the use and also to prevent inclusion of foreign
materials.
11.4.5 Reinforcing Bar
Reinforcing bars shall be deformed steel bars. The bars shall be free from dirt,
oil, paint, grease, thick rust and other defects and shall confirm to the
following requirements:
Item Unit Specific Value
Tensile Stress at Minimum N/mm2 500 (49 kg/mm2)
Yield Point at Minimum N/mm2 300 (30kg/mm2)
Elongation at Minimum % 14
Design Stress N/cm2 160(1,600kg/mm2)
12. Acceptance test

Details of the test item, test procedure and criteria to judge test result shall be proposed
by the Contractor subject to the approval by the Authority.
12.1 Function and performance test
In principle, function and performance requirement stated above shall be tested. More
specifically, the following tests shall be conducted as minimum:
1) Message composition
2) Data exchange
3) Central control
4) Local control
5) Colour and brightness
6) Response time
7) Display off function
8) Error detection
12.2 General test
The following tests shall be conducted as minimum:
1) Appearance
2) Power supply fluctuation
3) Instantaneous power interruption
4) Insulation resista0nce
5) Dielectric strength
6) Temperature variation
7) Waterproof test (field equipment)
8) Amount of zinc coating (field equipment and support)
Section 07 Adaptive Traffic Signal Control System
1. General
ATSC system shall be deployed at intersection/ crossing / junction locations along the
Highway stretch, such as junctions formed under the flyover, VUP, and underpasses.
The locations shall be identified during the site survey by the EPC Contractor.
ATSC shall be provided at every junction under the VUP and Flyover where
signalling system is not available and required by the Traffic Police. In case Traffic
signals are available and doesn’t require replacement, only RLVD and Automatic
pedestrian Detection system shall be deployed.
The quantity provided in the BOQ/indicative list of equipment is tentative and the final
quantity shall be derived as per the actual project requirement during the site survey and
Detail Design phase and the quantity shall be reduced or increased accordingly.
The primary purpose of these signals will be to provide traffic and transit management
services in support of improving congestion and reducing delays at the intersections.
The proposed system shall comply with the functional requirement stipulated in
IRC:SP:110:2017.
Training shall be provided to all the concerned stakeholders such as traffic police,
Authority representatives, etc. as per the requirement. The training schedule and
procedure shall be finalized in consultant with the Authority Engineer and Traffic
Police.
The cameras shall be integrated with Road Condition Monitoring module for collection
of road condition data and statistics.
2. ATSC Components
The ATSC to be provided as part of this contract encompass the following components:
1. Traffic Signaling System

2. Red light violation detection system (RLVD)
3. Automatic Pedestrian Detection system (APDS)
4. Traffic Signal System monitoring, control, analytics and management module at
TMC integrated with ATMS Software
5. Traffic Signal Controller Cabinets to accommodate traffic signal hardware or red-
light enforcement, surveillance cameras, switches, emergency preemption
equipment, etc.
6. Vehicular and pedestrian signal heads at every signalized intersection.
7. Traffic Signal Poles – high poles, cantilever poles (mast arms) and gantries
8. Camera based Traffic Detectors
9. Digital Communication System
10. Solar based Power supply with 72-hour backup
11. SPD, Lighting protection, etc.
12. Foundation, conducting, etc.
13. Integration with NMS and FMS
14. Integrate with Smart City ITS Control Rooms/ ICCC, as applicable.
15. Automatic generation of e-challan and SMS service, same as in case of violation
detection from VSDS and VIDS system.
Dismantling of existing equipment and installation of new ATSC system shall be in the
scope of the EPC Contractor and no additional cost shall be payable for any dismantling
of existing equipment if required at any intersection / location.
3. Operations & Maintenance of ATSC
The Contractor shall perform following tasks during the O&M phase:
a. Finalize the Maintenance SOP developed as part of the proposal using stakeholders’
inputs.
b. provide comprehensive maintenance of the System as mentioned in the Maintenance
SOP including cleaning of the Solar panels regularly.
c. provide comprehensive maintenance of the System as mentioned in the Maintenance
SOP including cleaning of the Solar panels regularly.
d. monitor & evaluate the efficiency of the adaptive control system on a regular basis
and developing strategies for enhanced operation.
e. monitor the ATSC system performance with respect to the entire stretch and traffic
management module targets.
4. System Design
The EPC Contractor shall submit the detailed design of following components during
the detail design phase for the approval of the Authority Engineer. The design of each
component shall be on the bases of the system required for each type of junction /
intersection.
a. Traffic signal design
b. Traffic signal poles, mast arms and gantries
c. Traffic signal Heads – vehicular and pedestrian
d. Traffic Signal Cabinet Assembly
e. Detection system
f. TMC Controlled Adaptive Software
g. Conduits and Junction Boxes
The system shall be designed and installed in accordance with relevant National (Indian)
and International technical, safety and environmental standards, specifications and type
approvals, including but not limited to current versions of the following documents:
1. Guidelines on Design and Installation of Road Traffic Signals – The Indian Roads
Congress, (IRC: 93-1986).
2. Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities – The Indian Roads Congress, (IRC: 103-2012)
The proposed system shall be fully compatible and seamlessly integrate with the current
ATSC and RLVD system being deployed in the concerned smart city or city ITS project
or traffic police project, as applicable.
4.1 Design Drawings
The traffic signal design drawings shall specify the location of the following
component for every junction:
1. Traffic signal heads
2. Traffic signal cabinet
3. Traffic signal poles
4. Traffic signal conduits and pull boxes
5. Detection system (RLVD, APDS, etc.)
6. Other installed intersection technologies
Following minimum information shall be provided in the traffic signal design drawings:
1. Electrical circuit schedule/table
2. Pole schedule/table
3. Detector assignment schedule/table
4. Phasing Diagram
5. Pole foundation
6. Traffic controller foundation
7. Conduit and pull boxes installation
Traffic signal drawings shall be supplemented with any necessary documents to comply
with requirements of the project and prevailing standards.
5. RLVD (Red Light Violation Detection) System
a. System should be totally digital
b. The system shall detect and capture vehicle details when: i) It violates the stop
line/zebra crossing, ii) It violates the red-light signal
c. System shall be Non-Intrusive. It shall have the option of working without
integration with traffic controllers but EPC Contractors should also provide
undertaking that their system also works with integration of controllers.
d. Red light system shall be a completely fair system with all evidence captured before
and after the red-light jumping infraction has happened.
e. Each camera system shall cover road width of 3.5 meter or 7 meter or 10.5 meter
and above.
f. The Camera specifications shall be same as specified in the VIDS section for
bullet/box camera and VSDS section for ANPR camera.
g. System can be a composite unit with all components inside the IP66 box OR
comprised of camera or other units mounted on poles or gantries with controller and
processors at side poles to make sure all lanes of the road are covered.
h. System should be able to recognize the entire event by which the same can be
justified automatically by fetching the number plate of cars in violation.
i. The system shall have alert generation feature as per the requirement of the Traffic
Police, the same shall be finalized after discussion with the concerned enforcement
agencies of the state in consultant with the 33 Engineer.
j. Certification: UL (Underwriters Laboratories), BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards)
and RoHS compliant certificate.
6. ATSC and RLVD Module in TMC
k. The system should provide function to the Operator to manually check the entry in
application and edit the numbers which may be wrongly OCR- read, before the
numbers are fed to the e-Challan generating sub-system. An audit trail should be
maintained to record such editing activities.
l. No deletion or addition of data without validation, proper password protection.
Deleted data if any to be inserted automatically in a separate table.
m. The system should provide facilities to search for the cases of violations that occurred
during any specific span of time and provide a statistical analysis of the number of
such incidents occurring during various days of the month.
n. A customized web-based dashboard to be developed for all types of master data
entry and for customized reports with graphical analysis.
o. System can be integrated with existing e-Challan generating systems as well as with
fine generation/imposition for each infraction with multiple images clearly showing
color of red-light signal and violation (i.e. color image of context camera), date,
time, vehicle registration number, classification of offence etc. Image having water
mark of Date & time, Place, Latitude & Longitude to be uploaded.
p. Integration with RTO database, Vaahan databased, and police control rooms etc. to
be integrated by the EPC Contractor.
q. It is desirable that the proposed solution should already be in use with enforcement
authorities and is used for generating fines. End user certificates for proper working
shall be submitted, if applicable.
Section 08 Power and Other Cables, Power conditioning equipment
1. Power Cable
1.1 Type of Power Cable
The types of cables shall be as follows:
No. Item Specifications

1. Outdoor Power Cable Minimum 1.5 square mm - 22 square mm, 3 cores
1.2 Specification of Outdoor Power Cable

Outdoor power cable shall meet the following specifications:
1) Bright annealed, 99.97% electrolytic grade
2) Copper conductor (solid/stranded),
3) Voltage grade 1100 V,
4) Single or multi core cable,
5) Flame retardant low smoke (FRLS),
6) PVC / XLPE insulated,
7) With high oxygen and temperature index
8) Armored,
9) IS 8130, IS 5831, IS 3975, IS 1554 (Part I) / IS 7098 (Part I) or BS 6346/ IEC
60502
2. Power Conditioning Equipment System
2.1.1 General
a. This specification lays down the general, functional and technical requirements of
the power conditioning equipment.
b. Power supply rated at 440V, 3 phases will be made available at the Essential Supply
Board of the TMC and Sub Centre Building. This supply will be backed up by
standby generators to be provided by others; should there be an absence of
electrical power.
c. A power distribution board (PDB) as detailed in the drawing shall be supplied and
installed under this Contract. The EPC Contractor shall provide power distribution
board at other locations where necessary and the cost of such power distribution
board shall be considered included in the Contract Price.
d. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install UPS systems indicated below. All
equipment except the equipment with solar power supply shall be provided power
through this UPS to make sure that the power is continuously available to all
equipment during the interruption of commercial power.
2.1.2 System Configuration
The UPS system shall consist of the following components:
1) UPS at TMC, Sub Centres and all Road-side equipment
2) Power distribution board at TMC centre, sub centres and all Road-side equipment
3. Type of UPS
r. Rating of UPS Type for TMC and Sub-Centres shall be 10KVA, 15KVA or 20KVA.
s. The suggested rating of the UPS at each location shall be submitted in the proposed
design and BOQ. The EPC Contractor shall make his own calculation of the rating
based on the power requirement of the equipment he supplies and the sound
engineering practice. The EPC Contractor shall submit the calculation and the rating
to the Authority Engineer for his approval before the supply of the UPS.
3.1 Installation Location

1. All the UPS to be provided shall be online type UPS only with minimum 4 hour
backup for TMC and sub-centres and 72 hours for roadside equipment. The
minimum UPS rating for each system and sub-system shall be as shown in the table
below:
For ATMS Remarks

No. Position UPS Rating Tentative
(minimum) Quantity*
For Server 1 at TMC and 1 at each Sub-centre
10 KVA 2
Rack (4 hours backup each)
In Hot Standby configuration (4
2 TMC 20 KVA 2
hours backup combined)
In Hot Standby configuration (4
3 Sub Centre 10 KVA 2
hours backup combined)
EPC With solar panel
Road-Side 1 at each
4 Equipment Contractor to location Minimum 72 hours backup
Propose
*Actual quantity of UPS as per the project / site requirement, to be finalised by the
Authority/ Authority Engineer.
2. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible to calculate the UPS rating required for
each location in the configuration as mentioned in the table above, based on the
load of the equipment being proposed. The load calculation for each location shall
be submitted in the Technical Proposal.
4. Cabinet
4.1 Fabrication
Panel or distribution board shall be wall mounted. It shall be fabricated or readymade
with 14/16SWG CRCA Sheet, compartmentalized, double door hinged type. Gasket
shall be provided to prevent the ingress of dust and vermin confirming to degree of
protection IP-54 (panel) and IP-43 (distribution board), IP-65 (outdoor) with suitable
space & direction for cable entry. Distribution board shall be cleaned with 7 Tank
process, powder coated with primer and epoxy paint as per IS 2174/1962 as amended.
4.2 Switchgears & Meters

All switchgears (MCCB / MCB / fuses/ measuring instruments / meters/ indicating lamps
/ relays / switches) rating, capacity, make, kA rating, dimension shall be as per the type
of DB with quick make & break type operating mechanism suitable for rotary operation
with suitable extended operating handles with capacity and position marking on door,
flush mounted, with suitable spreaders / links for cable connection as per IS 1248, 2208,
4237, 8623, 10118 (Parts I to IV).
4.3 Wiring
All power wiring within panel and distribution board shall be with suitable size flexible
copper wire of 1.1kV grade, C.T. & control wiring with 2.5 square mm and 1.5 square
mm, respectively with 1.1kV grade with proper lugging, ferruling, and connection with
SS Nut - Bolt with adjustable and fixed washer.
4.4 Indication and Marking
All distribution board and panel shall have suitable main name plate, feeder name plate,
danger board plate engraved or anodized aluminium type as per IS 2551. All panels and
distribution boards shall have earthing node, point or strip similar to busbar as per IS
3043.
4.5 UPS Specification
The UPS system to be provided under the Contract shall comply with the specifications
below.
Description Specifications
Rated Power 10 KVA/20KVA
i) True online rack mountable IGBT based UPS with
double conversion technology.
ii)UPS should be capable of paralleling up to 2 units or better .
iii) UPS should have IGBT based rectifier and inverter.
iv) Advance battery management feature should be built in
Technology for prolonged battery life
v) The UPS should be compatible for single phase input and single-
phase output supply.
i)Voltage range 110 -275 V, Load dependent ,1 Ph,380v AC3 Phase
ii) 45-55Hz / 54-66Hz (extendable to 40~70HZ when load < 60%)
Input iii)Power Factor 0.99 (With PF correction)
iv) Capacity as per rating
i)Voltage range 220 /230/240 VAC +/- 2%
ii)Harmonic distortion <3% (Linear Load); <5%(Nonlinear load)
iii) 45-55Hz / 54-66Hz (extendable to 40~70HZ when load < 60%)
Output iv) Power Factor Unity
v) CREST factor 3:1
Efficiency 95% @ 230V output with typical load (Line mode with battery full
charged)
i) Type - Sealed lead , acid maintenance free (SMF)
ii) Backup Time - 04 hours hours in parallel mode
Battery iii) Transfer Time – Zero
iv)Audible Noise - <60 db
Display Multi-language LCD + status LED
Interface slot USB & Intelligent Slot (SNMP)
Protection IP 20
Grade
Auto shutdown UPS should come with Auto shutdown and monitoring software in
Software CD media
i)Manufacturer should be ISO 9001: 2000 certified
ii)Manufacturer should be ISO 14001 certified
Credentials iii) UPS should meet ROHS standards
UPS Should have 05 years Onsite warranty and Batteries should
Warranty
have at least 05 years Onsite warranty
Surge IEC 61000-4-5 Level 4
Regulations
Parallel Cable For running UPS in parallel
component
Rated Voltage 2KVA / 3KVA
Description Specifications
True Online Double Conversion Microprocessor based 2
kVA/1.6 kW UPS as per Bureau of Indian Standards
UPS should have IGBT based rectifier and inverter.
Advance battery management feature should be built in for
Technology prolonged battery life. The UPS should be compatible for
single phase input and single-phase output supply.
4.6 Cable Pulling

a. Appropriate surplus of cable shall be required at inside of handhole/ manhole.
b. Cable shall be connected only inside the handhole/ manhole.
C
c. Description Specifications
a i)Voltage range 110 -300 V, Load dependent
b ii) UPS Input Frequency should be 50Hz with frequency window
l 40 Hz to 70 Hz.
Inpute iii)Power Factor 0.99 (With P.F correction)
iv) Capacity as per ratting
t i)Voltage range 220 /230/240 VAC +/- 2%
a ii)Harmonic distortion <3% (Linear Load), <5%(Nonlinear load)
g iii) UPS output frequency should be 50 Hz +/-1%
Output iv) Power Factor 0.8
( v) CREST factor 3:1
p UPS should provide online double conversion efficiency >90%
l ,provide Economy mode efficiency >97.5% and provide Battery
Efficiency
a mode efficiency >86% and should be certified from Bureau of
s Indian standard lab
t i) Type - Sealed lead acid maintenance free (SMF)
i ii) Backup Time- 04 hours in standalone mode & @ Full load
Battery
c iii) Transfer Time – Zero
iv)Audible Noise - <51 db
p UPS LCD display should provide Input/output/Battery/Load
Display
l details on single screen.
a slot
Interface RS232 & Intelligent Slot (SNMP)
t socket
Output UPS should have 3* IEC C13 Output Socket + 1 terminal block
e
Protection Grade IP 20
Auto )shutdown UPS should come with Auto shutdown and monitoring software
Software in CD media
PCB dCoating
UPS should come with conformal coated boards for harsh
e environment
Surges Regulations
UPS should have inbuilt surge protection as per Criteria B, DM
c Level 3: 2KV, CM Level 4: 4KV Ref Std : IEC 61000-4-5:2014
Credentials
r i)Manufacturer should be ISO 9001: 2000 certified
i ii)Manufacturer should be ISO 14001 certified
b UPS Should have 05 years Onsite warranty and inbuilt Batteries
i module /EBM should have at least 05 years Onsite warranty
n
Warranty
g
the name of the cable (power cable or earthing cable) and the origin of cable
(cable name, type of cable, interchange name & etc.) shall be attached to the
cable.
d. During the installation of cable, the following constraints shall be observed:
e. The maximum tension allowed.
f. The minimum curvature radius allowed: When installing cable at the handhole/
manhole, curvature radius shall be more than 6 times of the diameter of the cable
being laid at all times. After cable laying work, minimum radius of more than 20
time of the diameter shall be ensured.
g. Extension speed of laying:
h. Towing cable shall be made smoothly without any excessive tension
intermittently at the time of laying, and calibration of appropriate apparatus for
setting up allowable tension shall be required.
i. The extension of cable shall be carried out at a constant speed and it shall apply
the suitable back tension for a drum to avoid hunching.
j. Cable in the point in a handhole/ manhole shall have at least 3 m margin complied
with curvature radius at every handhole/ manhole and the point of handhole/
manhole terminal equipment shall have the 3 m margin at both sides of branch.
k. Winding up of Insulating tape for the connecting point of electric wire shall be
required.
l. Connection between electric wire and terminal equipment shall be connected
using terminal lug or a screw.
4.7 Inspection and Acceptance test

Acceptance test specified shall be performed by the EPC Contractor under the
supervision of Authority Engineer.
Necessary equipment and materials for the site inspection and the Acceptance tests
shall be provided by the EPC Contractor at his own expense. Written report
including the test results shall be prepared by the EPC Contractor and verified by the
Authority Engineer.
4.8 Interim Inspection

a. During interim inspection, at least the following test and inspection items shall
be performed:
b. Visual inspection of cable route, cable location, dimension, accessories, cable
terminations and cable joints.
4.9 Acceptance test
During Acceptance test, at least the following test and inspection item shall be
performed.
Acceptance test item for power cable on-site inspection are as follows:
No. Item Contents

Cable Installation/Workmanship/ Installation Practice
1 Visual Check
Compliance to Drawings
Power Cable
2 insulation resistance test, Inductance Capacitance
Performance Test
3 As-built Drawings Verification
Details of the test item, test procedure and criteria to judge test results shall be
proposed by the EPC Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Section 09 Digital Transmission System
1. Digital transmission system

The field / roadside equipment deployed under the scope of this Contract shall be
connected with the central equipment at the Traffic Management Centre and sub-centres
and data and voice are exchanged between them. Digital transmission system is required to
perform the service of data and voice communication. IP based digital transmission system
over optical fibre cable shall be provided for this purpose.
The EPC Contractor shall design, supply, install and test a digital transmission system that
satisfies the needs of the component systems in terms of speed, bandwidth and reliability.
2. System configuration
Digital transmission system shall consist of local line transmission system and access line
transmission system. The former connects between nodes established along the Highway
and uses optical fibre cable while the latter connects roadside facility to the node using
optical or metallic cable.
It is specifically noted that when the Highway is extended, trunk line transmission system
will be introduced for long distance data transmission between the Traffic Management
Centre and the offices on the highway. Digital transmission equipment for trunk line
transmission system will not be installed under this project. The local line transmission
system to be provided shall be compatible with the standard digital transmission system
commonly used in trunk line transmission. The optical fibre cable to be installed along the
Project shall have minimum 48 cores to accommodate trunk line system.
All transmission cables shall be optical fibre cable having suitable number of cores except
the metallic cable to be used to connect roadside emergency telephones to the nearest
exchange or line concentrators.
3. System design
The EPC Contractor shall undertake the detailed design of the digital transmission system.
The design work shall include but not be limited to transmission protocol, network and
transmission equipment, type and size of cable, cable splicing, conduit and cable installation
work, manhole, hand-hole and pull box at bridge and earth sections.
Digital transmission system shall adopt IP. Suitable media and transmission protocol at
Layers 1 and 2 shall be decided and type of digital station equipment shall be selected. In
developing the design, various factors such as amount and type of data, transmission
distance, quality of service (QoS), reliability, latency, and changeover time to backup route
shall be considered. Type of optical fibre cable shall also be considered in the design.
Packet based transmission system will be preferred than circuit-based transmission system
such as Gigabit Ethernet.
Layer 3 switch will be used at each node to connect local network or device to the local
line network. Layer 2 switch will also be used to connect devices to the local network.
In addition to the equipment listed above, the system requires fibre distribution frame and
main distribution frame for cable termination, surge arrester or similar surge protection
device to protect the equipment from the lightening, and accessories necessary for cable
installation. The EPC Contractor shall supply and install these devices and accessories.
4. Reliability
Digital transmission system shall have high reliability to ensure continuous operation of the
system. Bit error rate for the end to end data communication must be 1 x 10-6 or better.
5. Capacity and quality of service

The digital transmission shall have a sufficient capacity in terms of speed and bandwidth to
meet the demands to be decided, based on the estimated amount of data including digitized
voice data at each facility such as Traffic Management Centre, Toll Plazas, sub-centres and
service area/wayside amenities. Video signal from the TMCS camera shall be transmitted in
H.264/H.265 format and the digital transmission system shall provide sufficient capacity
for it. The EPC Contractor shall estimate the type, amount and location of data
transmission need and design the system, equipment and cables that satisfy the demand.
Quality of service (QoS) capability shall be provided to the digital transmission system to
ensure smooth and uninterrupted delivery of data for voice and video image transmission
required for VIDS, VSDS, and TMCS camera system.
6. System supervision
The digital transmission system shall be equipped with a supervisory function which
continuously monitors the system operation and issues an alarm in case malfunction
is found. The supervisory shall have the following functions:
- Management of occurrence and recovery of malfunction
- Registration and modification of system configuration
- Registration and modification of network configuration
- Testing of equipment and circuit
- Logging of equipment operation and cable
- Changeover between primary and backup routes
7. Communication Cable
7.1 General
The type of cable for digital transmission system shall be as per the design and site
requirement. The cable having suitable number of cores for optical cable and pairs for
metallic cable shall be selected.
Two types of cable, optical fibre cable and metallic cable shall be used for digital
transmission system along the Highway. In addition, power cable of suitable size shall be
installed to provide power to the roadside equipment, as applicable.
7.2 Specification
Optical fibre cable (OFC) to be installed along the Highway (main duct route) shall have a
minimum of 24 cores. Branching of optical fibre cable shall be made in such a way that
only the cores connected to the facility are taken into the facility and other cores will be
bypassed. Splicing of optical fibre cable shall be made with the method that allows re-
opening of splicing housing and change of connection. The connection of core shall be
made with fusion splicing.
Other materials not specified in this Part shall be based on the EPC Contractor’s own
technical specifications, subject to the approval of Authority Engineer. In this connection,
EPC Contractor shall submit, together with Technical Proposal, the technical specifications
of main and other materials.
7.3 OFC Specification
The optical fibre cable to be supplied and installed under the EPC Contractor shall be
single-mode fibre optic cable having characteristics meet ITU-T G.652B, or equivalent
and specification as below.
No. Item Specifications

OF-SM 24C
1. Cable type
OF-SM 8C
OF-SM 24C: 24 cores
2. Number of cores
OF-SM 8C: 8 cores
3. Mode Single mode
4. Cladding diameter 125.0 µm ± 1.0
5. Coated fibre diameter 245 µm ±10
6. Core/cladding concentricity error ≤ 0.8µm
Coating/cladding concentricity
7. ≤ 12µm
error
8. Cladding non-circularity ≤ 1.0 %
9. Mode Field Diameter 9.3µm ± 0.5 at 1310nm
0.36dB/Km at 1310nm
10. Attenuation (cable)
0.25dB/Km at 1550nm,
11. Zero-Dispersion Wavelength 1300 to 1322 nm
12. Zero-Dispersion Slope ≤0.092 ps/Sq. Nm .km
13. Cut-off Wavelength ≤1260 nm
Polarization Mode Dispersion
14. Coefficient ≤0.2 at 1310nm
≤0.05dB at 1550 nm with 75 mm dia, 100
15. Fibre macro bend loss
turns
16. Fibre macro bend loss ≤0.5dB at 1550 nm with 32 mm dia, 1 turn
17. Coating Strip Force 1.3 ≤ F ≤ 8.9
18. Minimum Proof Strength 0.70 (100kpsi) Gpa
19. Strain 1%
7.4 Packing and Delivery
a. Packing and delivery of fibre optic cables shall conform to the following:
b. Each length of cable shall be coiled on a substantial wooden or steel drum. Standard
cable peace length shall be 1000 to 3000 meters.
c. After completion of the optical tests, both ends of the cable shall be sealed by a suitable
method to prevent the entrance of moisture.
d. The starting end of the cable shall be secured on the inside of the drum flange.
e. Due care shall be taken during the transportation of the cable drum so as not to cause
damage to the cable.
7.5 Metallic Cable
The size of CCP cable shall be 0.65 mm or larger. The number of pairs shall be decided
taking the future demand after 10 year into consideration. Al least spare capacity of 100 %
shall be reserved for future use. The minimum number of pairs shall be 50 pairs for the cable
to be installed along the Highway and 10 pairs for the cable other than the above. In case of
metallic cable, all pairs shall be connected to the MDF at each facility.
8. Conduit and Cable Work

1. General
a. Conduit work includes underground conduit, conduit attached to bridge and culvert,
handhole, manhole, cable rack and associated accessories necessary for cable
installation.
b. The EPC Contractor shall undertake the detailed design of conduit and cable work
including preparation of plain plan of conduit and cable route showing type and length
of conduit, number of conduits, type and length of cable, and type of handhole,
manhole. The detailed design shall be submitted to the Authority Engineer for his
approval.
c. For the section where electromagnetic induction or electrostatic induction caused by high
power transmission line is expected, countermeasures such as use of steel conduit or
used of aluminium sheath shall be taken.
2. Conduit Works
Scope of work shall cover the following.
- Installation of conduit (HDPE PLB duct Φ40mm x 1),
- Excavation and back filling,
- Construction of cable trench,
- Construction of manhole,
- Temporary reinstatement of road surface,
- Safety measures and warning signs during installation works,
- Power cable duct to be included (as required),
- Site clean-up and disposal of excess materials
- Compaction and backfill.
3. Installation of Cables
Scope of cable installation work shall cover the following.
- Installation of cable rack (vertical part of inside building) and ODF (Optical
Distribution Frame).
- laying of cable into HDPE pipe,

- splicing of optical fibres and jointing of cables,
- splicing of metallic cables and jointing of cables,
- termination of optical fibre cable and metallic cable,
- testing of optical fibre cable and metallic cable,
- preparation of as-built documents,
- site clean-up and disposal of excess materials,

- safety precaution where necessary,
- preparation of as-built documents,
- Acceptance test.
9. Cable Works
Conduit works done under this Project shall have satisfied to conduit works acceptance
tests before cable are pulling in, specially to cable test piece for conduit (ducts). Conduits
shall be rodded by an acceptable method and cleaned before cables are pulled / blown in.
Duct assignment shall be always done carefully to avoid crossing of cables between the
duct entrance and cable bearer, and blockage of future access to vacant duct. In general,
placing shall start at the bottom row and handhole/ manhole wall side of the duct
arrangement.
Splicing shall be carried out as soon as possible after placing of the cables.
The extension of fibre optic cable shall be carried out at a constant speed and suitable back
tension shall be applied to the drum to prevent hunching.
While under tension, a minimum bend radius of 20 times the outside cable diameter shall be
maintained through the use of pulleys and sheaves where required. After pulling, no bend
may have a radius, at rest, of less than 10 times the outside cable diameter.
At the splicing point, slack of minimum 3 meter shall be kept on each side of splicing kit.
The slack shall be neatly arranged and the requirement for the minimum radius shall be met.
9.1 Type and Size of Conduit
Main materials to be supplied by the EPC Contractor for the implementation of the
duct installation shall be in accordance with, or better in quality than, the
specification stipulated hereinafter.
9.2 Application of Conduit
In general, HDPE (high density polyethylene) pipe having nominal inside diameter
of 40mm shall be used. Galvanized steel pipe shall be used in the following cases
and in accordance with EPC Contractor’s own specification subject to the approval
of Authority Engineer.
Bridge Attachment, b) Culvert Crossing, c) Highway road crossing and d) etc.
9.3 Warning Tape
“CAUTION: Authority F.O CABLE BELLOW” caution marks in English and
Hindi should be printed in every two meters of the yellow warning tape to be placed
in the cable trench (100mm width and 0.15mm thickness).
Cable Tag
Cable tag (plastic plate) describing the name of the cable and the origin of cable
(cable name, type of cable, interchange name & etc.) shall be attached to the cable
All other materials not specified in this ToR shall be in conformity with the
Contractor’s own technical specification, subject to the approval of the Authority
Engineer.
9.4 Cable Tag
Cable tag (plastic plate) describing the name of the cable and the origin of cable
(cable name, type of cable, interchange name & etc.) shall be attached to the cable
All other materials not specified in this Functional and Technical Specifications shall
be in conformity with the EPC Contractor’s own technical specification, subject to
the approval of the Authority Engineer.
9.5 Depth of Conduit

The covering depth from the top of HDPE pipes and GI pipes to the surface of
ground shall be as follows:
Location Depth
Side-shoulder 165cm
Carriageway 100cm or more
Highway road crossing, Main road
crossing and Interchange area 120cm or more
However, in special case, the depth shall be determined in consultation with
Authority Engineer, as per the site conditions and soil type.
10. Installation and Construction
Conduit installation works shall be performed in accordance with the specification stipulated
hereinafter.
Other installation and/or construction works, the detail of which is not specified in this
section, shall be based on the industry standard specification and/or the EPC Contractor’s
own Technical Specifications, subject to the approval by Authority Engineer.
Authority / Authority Engineer shall, at any time when deemed necessary during the
construction period, carry out inspection and/or tests on the facility under construction
and/or the portions of facilities completed by the EPC Contractor.
Upon completion of conduit section, loose materials such as concrete, mud, dirt, sand, etc.
shall be cleaned out from new ducts before testing. 6.0 m cable test piece may be used for
main duct sections (cable test piece diameter 35mm) with sharp curve under the condition
of the prior approval of the Authority Engineer.
The EPC Contractor shall apply the Area Log Book in order to facilitate a full supervision
on the construction work.
11. Handhole and Manhole
The internal sizes of the standard type of Handhole and Manhole shall be as follows:
Type Number of Length Widt Depth Cable Bracket

h
Ducts (m) (m)
(m)
Handhole
HH-1 1-8 1.20 0.60 0.85 One side
Manhole
MH-1 1-9 1.80 1.00 1.50 One side
Handhole and Manhole shall be equipped with covers, duct plug, ladders, steps, cable
bearers, cable brackets, name plates and pulling irons according to detailed drawings.
12. Excavation for Handhole, Manhole and/or Conduit
All excavation shall be done in a thorough and workmanlike manner in accordance with the
detailed drawings and the Specifications.
The EPC Contractor shall obtain all pertinent records from the Electric, Water Supply, and
Sewage pipe and other organizations for underground utilities in order to proceed with his
work and safeguard the other utilities.
During the execution of the work, if existing underground facilities are damaged, or any
part thereof is disturbed, the EPC Contractor shall immediately notify of the facts to
Authority and owner of the utility and shall be responsible for the rectification of the
damaged utility at its own cost. The EPC Contractor shall indemnify the Authority and its
representatives from any loss or damaged caused by the EPC Contractor during execution
of the works. The EPC Contractor shall cart away all excavated materials except that to be
used for backfilling.
13. Inspection and Acceptance test
Site inspection specified herein shall be performed throughout installations and
constructions of the various type of conduit facilities.
Should any errors in construction, faulty materials or other evidence of unsatisfactory

construction and installation are found in the course of test, the EPC Contractor shall
immediately repair, replace and/or remedy such unsatisfactory items.
The EPC Contractor shall perform the conduit facility inspection by himself every time to
see if the work meets the requirement before the Acceptance test.
Acceptance test specified shall be performed by the EPC Contractor under the supervision
of the Authority Engineer. Necessary equipment and materials for the site inspection and
the
Acceptance tests shall be provided by the EPC Contractor at his own expense. Written
report including the test results shall be prepared by the EPC Contractor and verified by the
Authority Engineer.
During interim inspection, at least the following test and inspection items shall be
performed: Visual inspection of location, dimension, accessories and workmanship of
handhole/manhole, Number and type of conduit, Cable test piece passage test, Check of
new conduit, Backfilling and temporary reinstatement Acceptance test.
During Acceptance test, at least the following test and inspection item shall be performed:
Acceptance test item for handhole, manhole, conduit and optical fibre cable on-site
inspection are as follows:
No. Item Contents
1 Visual Check Handhole, Manhole & Conduit
Construction/Cable Installation
Workmanship/ Installation Practice Compliance
to Drawings
2 Optical Line Performance Optical Fibre Attenuation Test (Transmission
Test Loss Measurement by Laser Source & Power
meter)/ OTDR (Optical Time Domain
Reflectometer) Test (OTDR Measurement both
direction and Splice
Loss)
3. As-built Drawings Verification
Section 10 Facility Monitoring System
1. Function
Facility monitoring system shall be provided to monitor the operation of facilities on the
Highway. The system shall monitor the operation of the following component systems:
1) Traffic Monitor Camera System (TMCS)

2) Video Incident Detection System (VIDS)
3) Automatic Traffic Counter and Classifier (ATCC) module
4) Travel Time Measurement System (TTMS) module
5) Probe Data System
6) Central processing System
7) Vehicle Speed Detection System (VSDS)
8) Adaptive Traffic Signal Control System (ATSC)
9) ADAS
10) Incident Monitoring System (IMS)
11) Digital Transmission System
12) Power supply system (at building and field)
The functions of facility monitoring system may not be integrated in a single system. They
may be achieved by the operation monitoring function of the component systems. The role
of the facility monitoring system is to consolidate the monitoring function undertaken by
component system, present the system status in a concise manner to the operator and keep
the record of system operation. In case any abnormality or malfunction is detected, the
system shall issue an alarm together with the information regarding type and location of the
trouble so that remedial action can be taken swiftly.
The EPC Contractor shall design, procure, manufacture, install, test and commission the
facility monitoring system that meets the concept and functions stated herein.
2. Operating Status
a. Items to be monitored and its content differ from one system to another system to be
monitored. In general, the condition of the system and device such as ‘Normal’, ‘Error’
and ‘No Reply’ shall be classified in detail.
b. The system shall have a function to test itself without affecting normal operation of the
system being monitored by the system.
c. Each error or malfunctioned status shall be assigned with severity level for each system.
Depending on the severity level, different action shall be taken by the system. For minor
errors such as abnormal data from vehicle detector for one interval, error is recorded in
the log and no alarm will be issued. For severe errors such as interruption of
communication circuit, alarm signal shall be automatically displayed on the system
supervisory server overwriting the display being shown.
3. Monitoring
The manner of monitoring shall differ depending on the system and device to be
monitored. In general, normal operation shall be confirmed periodically by the monitoring
system by sending inquiry command. The time interval of inquiry shall be adjustable for
each component system and its devices. But alarm signal shall be issued immediately by
the component system and their devices comprising it to minimize delay.
4. Recording and logging
The facility monitoring system shall keep record of its operation and status of the various
systems and devices in a unified manner in the database. All incident and events shall be
recorded. Data retrieval software shall be provided to retrieve and display the operating
history of the specified systems and devices. The database thus stored will be used to
calculate the reliability indicators of the system and device including MTBF (mean time
between failures) and MTTR (mean time to repair).
Availability calculation shall be reported in a quarter.
The Formula of calculation of availability is shown as
follows. Availability={1-{[(A)/(B-C)] *100}}
Where
A= Time for which system is down
B = Total Time
C= Scheduled downtime
5. Monitoring signal interface
a. The EPC Contractor shall provide necessary number of monitoring signal interface units
to receive operating condition and alarm signal from the system or device to be
monitored. The interface shall be provided with sufficient number of analog, digital and
pulse interfaces. It shall be capable of receiving operating condition signals through
interface and sending them to the Traffic Management Centre using FTP, SNMP or
DATEX-ASN protocol.
b. The interface shall be provided with an optical hub or switcher and can be connected to
optical fibre cable directly.
c. The interface shall be equipped with a clock and the clock shall be adjusted using
network time protocol (NTP) or simple network time protocol (SNTP).
d. Some of the monitoring signal interface shall be installed outdoor. The device to be used
outdoor shall be capable of withstanding the environmental conditions for outdoor
equipment.
Annexure-I Indicative list of key Components
The EPC Contractor shall conduct the site survey in consultation with the Authority
Engineer and shall propose the equipment location during the design phase of the Contract.
I. TMCS shall be provided at approx. every 1 Km in the median and 1 additional for
each flyover / interchange.
II. VIDS shall be installed at each junction point of the ramps at each interchange such
that one camera of the VIDS monitors the ramp and other two cameras monitor the
main carriageway.
III. VSDS shall be installed at a suitable location on MCW between two interchanges or
after every 10 kms, which ever is lesser.
1 Traffic Monitoring Camera System Equipment Unit Qty Remarks

(TMCS) (1 no. at every 1 km)
1.1 PTZ Camera 36x or better with 100m IR.25 FPS,night Nos 30
vision
1.2 Cabinet & 9m Pole Nos 30
1.3 Solar System with UPS, battery with back up Nos 30
1.4 Surge protection and Lighting Protection device Nos 30
1.5 Industrial 5-port managed Gigabit Ethernet switch with Nos 30

3x10/100/1000Base-T(X) and 2xGigabit combo ports,
SFP socket, Network Cabinet
1.6 TMCS Equipment Earthing Protection Nos 30
1.7 TMCS Foundation Nos 30
1.8 Any other item(s) considered necessary to comply with

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total TMCS

2 Video Incident Detection and Enforcement System (VIDES) ( at
every 10kms)
Installed per location ( 2 for LHS & 2 for RHS ) Each side 2
cameras installed
2.1 VIDS Camera - One camera in each direction of lane , 60- Nos 12
100m IR
2.2 Warning amber lights with hooters and solar with backup Nos 6 3 location
on LHS &
3 Location
on RHS
2.3 Local Processing unit (LPU) with IP 66 outdoor protection Nos 6
2.4 Solar System with UPS/PCU, battery with SPD, and Nos 6
lighting protection
2.6 Standalone Solar powered Amber Flasher Light of 500 mm Nos 6

Dia with backup

SFP socket, Network Cabinet
2.8 ANPR camera with IR flasher for 3 lanes (one camera for Nos 12
each lane in each direction)
2.9 Gantry (MS with powder coated ) Nos 6
2.10 VIDES Equipment Earthing Protection Nos 6
2.11 VIDES Foundation Nos 6

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total VIDES
3 VMS Systems OFC based ( 10 kms on each side of carriageway)
3.1 VMS (Variable Message sign - M type) (5000mm x Nos 6 3 for LHS
1800m) pitch P 10 or better. IP 66 housing & 3 for
RHS
3.2 Gantry-M Type (MS with powder coated) Nos 6
3.3 Fixed VMS - UPS with backup & cabinet 6
3.4 Portable VMS with Trolley (1650mm x 1000mm) 2 at Nos 2

every package
3.5 Portable VMS - Solar PCU with backup, cabinet with Nos 2
mounting arrangements

SFP socket
3.7 VMS Equipment Earthing Protection Nos 6
3.8 VMS Foundation 6

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total VMS
4 Fiber cable-OFC ( Layed on entire stretch )
4.1 Supply of 24 core single mode armored OFC Multitube Mtr 41500
(TEC G-652) (Loop 10-15 Mtr every MH/HH) + all
accessories
(TEC G-652) (Loop 10-15 Mtr every MH/HH) + all
accessories
(TEC G-652)+ all accessories
4.4 40 mm PLB HDPE duct as per latest TSEC specifications Mtr 41500
+ all accessories
+ all accessories
+ all accessories
4.7 Trenching of atleast 1.5 meters, Laying & Backfilling for Mtr 41500
PLB HDPE duct, Cable pulling, chambers lowering, OFC
blowing
4.8 Chambers (with concrete cover) with proper reinforcement Nos 60

at every 500m
4.9 24 core OFC LIU - Bamboo Type 12 core OFC LIU - Nos 53
Bamboo Type
4.10 Fiber Patch Cord Single Mode - 2 Mtr Length Nos 144
4.11 SFP - 20 km Transmission range Nos 100
4.12 Cables & Wiring at equipment location Nos As per site

requirement

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total OFC
5 Vehicle Actuated Speed Display (VASD) (LHS + RHS) ( 20 Kms

each side )
5.1 Speed Detection 2D Radar for all lanes (one in each Nos 4
direction for all lanes)
5.2 Local Processing Unit (LPU) Nos 2 1 RHS &

1 LHS
5.3 Vehicle Actuated Speed Display (VASD) System (one each Nos 4
for each lane in each direction) with Solar
5.4 Gantry (MS with powder coated ) Nos 2
5.5 Cabinet IP 66 protection Nos 2

3x10/100/1000Base-T(X) and 2xGigabit combo ports, SFP
socket
5.7 Solar System with UPS, battery with back up, cabinet, with Nos 2
SPD, and lighting protection
5.8 VASD Equipment Earthing Protection Nos 2
5.9 VASD Foundation Nos 2

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total VASD

6 Traffic Management Centre (including building civil works) 1
TMC for entire strecth
6.1 TMC Central Processing Server in hot standby Nos 1

configuration (Primary + Secondary)
6.2 Video Recording Server with storage Nos 1
6.3 Back up Video Recording Server with storage Nos 1
6.4 Facility Monitoring System Controller Nos 1
6.5 ATMS Software package at TMC for entire stretch LS 1
a Video Analytics Management System (VAMS) LS 1

Application for all cameras (3rd party liscense)
b VSDS software liscence (E-challan, Integration with LS 1

Vahan database ,Rajmarg database)
c Facility Monitoring software liscence (MS window LS 1

2022 or latest )
d Network Management Software (NMS) - (3rd party LS 1

liscense)
e GIS Application (3rd party liscense) Liscense LS 1

Google/Map my India/Geo Mapping
f Antivirus ( 3rd party liscense) Nos 1
g Server database, OS licenses (3rd party liscense) 1
6.6 Workstation with license Nos 4
6.7 NAS Storage Nos 1

6.8 Graphic Display 3 x 2 meters Nos 1
6.9 Graphic Display Controller and software including Nos 1

Video Switches
6.10 VIDES dedicated screen ( Minimum 55-75" smart TV ) Nos 1
6.11 Command Centre Operator Console with 2 nos Nos 3
6.12 Facility Monitoring System Console with 2 nos. 21 inch Nos 1

touchscreen monitors
6.13 Internet & SMS Server Nos 1
6.14 USB joystick to control PTZ cameras Nos 3
6.15 Operations Laser Printer (Color) Nos 1
6.16 Firewall, IDS, IPS, Core Switch, and Network LS 1

Equipment ( LIU with rack, patch cord, network
switches , routers, layer 3 switches & layer 2 switches )
6.17 Aadhar enabled Biometric Fingerprint machine Nos 1
6.18 Power Distribution Board (PDB) LS 1
6.19 Surge Protection Device (SPD) LS 1
6.20 Rack 24” Nos 1
6.21 Lighting protection LS 1
6.22 Advance Driver Advisory System (ADAS), GPS Set 4

tracker, industrial grade rugged (waterproof) dashboard
mounted 10” tablet, Dashcam with video calling feature,
body cam, rear & front view with varifocal cameras
with vandalproof housing (mounting on vehicle), LPU,
storage, UPS, live monitoring provision of cameras
from TMC for patrol, ambulance and maintenance
vehicles.
6.23 Incident Monitoring System (IMS) for PIU Office: Set 1

Workstation (1 no.), All in one colour A4 printer, 100”
4K UHD LED display (commercial grade), UPS as per
site requirement, networking devices, switches, CCTV
camera, DG of suitable rating, connectivity with TMC
6.24 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) For Server Rack 1

20KVA(Online Double Conversion UPS-IGBT based,
arranged in parallel configuration-Warranty-5 years)
Set
A Battery backup upto 30 mins 20
B Racks Links DC cable 1

6.25 ATMS Control room building civil works : Server Per/SQF 2034
Room with AC, UPS Room, Incharge cabin, ITS
Engineer cabin, pantry, toilets (Male &Female), etc.
with interior works, air-conditioning, complete
furniture, raised floor, false celling, indoor and outdoor
lighting, CCTV system including PTZ cameras outside
the buildings, Access Control system, MEP works,
HVAC system, power backup system including
sufficient DG, Firefighting : alarm, fire
extinguishers,etc. ( Bidder to bifurgate the works/
equipments for billing or quotation )
6.26 24 Port switch Nos 2
6.27 NVR- Network Video Recorder Nos 1

the Scope of Works.
Sub Total TMC
7 Installation,Testing & Commissioning @ 2% of LS

ATMS Components
8 Spares for 5 years @ 2% of ATMS Components LS
Sub Total ( Installation,Testing & Commissioning)
9 Operation & Maintenance ( O & M )
9.1 Traffic Manager Man-Month 1
9.2 Shift Supervisor ( 1 in each shift ) Man-Month 1
9.3 Maintenance Manager - Operations Man-Month 1
9.4 Traffic Operations Staff ( 1 in each Shift ) Man-Month 1
9.5 System Maintenance Engineer ( 2 in each Shift ) Man-Month 1
9.6 Data Analyst Man-Month 1
9.7 Database / IT Admin Man-Month 1
9.8 Incident Operation Staff Man-Month 2
9.9 Office Assistant ( 1 in each Shift ) Man-Month 1
9.10 Maintenance Vehicle with driver Man-Month 1

Note: This is Indicative list of key components. The EPC Contractor shall provide item-
wise rates and quantity for each component proposed as well as any additional item deemed
necessary by him to ensure completeness and compliance with the Scope of work. The EPC
Contractor shall also provide comprehensive list with unit price of proposed spares for each
section as a separate enclosure. All values must be verified before submission, in case of
any errors/ incompleteness, EPC Contractor shall be responsible, and no additional items/
claims for the payments shall be entertained.
Only one make / model for each component along with Country of Origin, delivery lead
time, etc. shall be specified in the BOQ submitted by the EPC Contractor for the Approval
of the Authority / Authority Engineer.
Form TECH: Format for Submission of Detailed methodology and technical
work plan supported with broad system architecture and design in
Technical Proposal.
Sub.: Advance Traffic Management System (ATMS) for (Project Name) section of
National Highway
Ref: Functional and Technical Specifications of above subject.
NOTE:
i. The EPC Contractor shall submit elaborately the following items with Technical proposal and Detail
Design for evaluation of the Authority Engineer, while giving information, the EPC Contractors are advised
to strictly focus and address the topic/sub-topic as asked for, in a structured manner. Any superfluous
submission shall be at EPC Contractors’ risk
ii. EPC Contractor shall provide comprehensive list of proposed spares for each section.
Dated: ….. /…../2021
(i) Detailed Methodology:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(ii) Technical Work Plan:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(iii) Broad system architecture and design proposed:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
Equipment Delivery Schedule and Time schedule to complete the entire work
(iv)
under Functional and Technical Specifications, supported with Bar Chart,
including the interior and allied works for TMC:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(v)Limitations on part of EPC Contractor to address requirements under

Functional and Technical Specifications, and SLA:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(vi) Design Concept of Central Processing System

(Design Concept including approach of concept and methodology for Central
Processing System.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Event Generation Method and Event List
(The Event Generation Method and Event list for design of Central Processing
System.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Event Management Method
(The event flow, event priority management method, event associate method,
completion of missing data method, tuning of setting, supporting function for event
management for Design of Central Processing System.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Exchange Information Method with linked Different Highway
Operator
(The method and technology for exchange information and expandable method for
exchange information with linking different operator for design of Central Processing
System.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Layout of Operation Room in Traffic Management Centre and sub-
centres
(Layout of Operation room in effective technology and suitable for operation.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Contents Image of Graphic Display and Dashboard
(Showing Contents Image of important items and Dashboard with feasible
technology for effective operation.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………GIS Map layout, process, and features
(Showing GIS Map Image of important items meeting Functional and Technical
Specification features with feasible technology for effective operation.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………Operation and Maintenance Service Plan for ATMS (Method
and outline of Operation and Maintenance Service Plan for ATMS, mentioned in
the Operation & Maintenance Specification.)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………On-line Access during the Operations & Maintenance phase
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(vii) Mobilization Schedule

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(viii) Safety Plan

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(ix) Schedule of Guarantee

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(x) EPC Contractor’s Equipment

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(xi) Spare Parts

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(xii) Proposed Sub Contractors for Major Items of Plant Design, Supply and
Installation Services
The Details of proposed Manpower for implementation and O&M phase shall be
submitted in the format provided below (Form SUB and Form MAN)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
(xiii) Arrangements by EPC Contractor to address O&M Requirements, including

complete manpower details proposed during implementation and O&M period.
NOTE: 1) The Manpower proposed here shall be dedicated for this project and
shall not be proposed for any other project or assigned any other similar project of
Authority. The resource cannot be change for at least two years. In case of any
variation or change in the manpower / person proposed in the Technical Proposal
and manpower / person deployed upon successful award of the works, minimum
20% remuneration of the proposed role for the total contract period shall be
deducted.
2) The Details of proposed Manpower for implementation and O&M phase shall
be submitted in the format provided below (Form PER-1 and Form PER- 2)
3) The substitute proposed by the EPC Contractor must have more experience
than the proposed candidate in all respect (no. of years of relevant experience, no. of
similar projects executed, qualification of the replacement candidate, etc.):
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(xiv) Comments on Accuracy of information/data expected in RFP with justification:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(xv) Any other aspects the EPC Contractor may wish to add:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
(xvi) Catalogue, brochure, or other supporting document
(Catalogue, brochure, or other supporting document for each equipment proposing for this
project.)
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
(xvii) Applied standards
(Applied standards for each works and equipment s are clearly identified and those satisfy
India standards or international defect standards)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
Note: Following documents shall be enclosed along with this form
(a) In case of any Non-Compliance in the Functional and Technical
Specifications, Matrix thereof shall be submitted in the following format:
S. RFP RFP Non- compliance Remarks with
No. Clause Provision (details) alternate solution
details
& Page no.
(b) Technical details of each component, clearly mentioning the make, model,
country of origin, and end of life of each component/ equipment as per the format
given below, brief technical datasheet shall also be enclosed along with the
material approval certificate*.
(c) Please include all items mentioned under the indicative list of key components.
(d) Quality Certificate and Undertaking for Country of Origin: The EPC Contractor
shall submit Quality Certificate from each OEM confirming that everything to be
supplied by the OEM shall be brand new, free from all encumbrances, defects
and faults in material. Workmanship and manufacturing shall be of highest grade
and quality and consistent with the established and generally accepted standards.
Materials of the type ordered shall be in full conformity with the specifications,
drawings or samples, if any, and shall operate properly. The EPC Contractor shall
ensure that none of the key component or its sub-component such as PTZ / TMCS
Cameras, VIDS system, Vehicle Speed Detection System, Control Centre /
Command Centre / TMC equipment including servers, storage, network devices,
security devices are procured / sourced from any of the region and / or company
barred / banned / blacklisted / restricted by any of the Government Department /
NHAI / PSU / Ministries / Defense etc. in India. The proposal may be considered
as non-compliance / non- responsive in case this requirement is not fully met by
the EPC Contractor. The EPC Contractor shall submit the certificate from each
OEM in the format given below, fully complying to this requirement.
*Material Approval Certificate (MAC) – To be filled for every key component and
all its sub-component proposed. The technical datasheet of the OEM r elevant
and specific to the proposed make & model must only be enclosed a long with the
MAC.
Signature of Authorized Signatory of EPC
Contractor Name
Seal Date
Form PER - 1: Proposed Personnel
National Highway
Ref: Functional and Technical Specification of above subject.
Dated: ….. /…../2020
[The EPC Contractor shall provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the
specified requirements stated in Functional and Technical Specifications.]
1. Title of position*
Name
Name
Name
Name
*As listed in Functional and Technical Specifications.
Signature of Authorized Signatory of EPC Contractor

Name
Seal
Date
Form PER - 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel
National Highway
Dated: ….. /…../2020
[The EPC Contractor shall provide the data on the experience of the personnel indicated in
Form PER-1, in the form below.]
Name of EPC Contractor
Passport
size recent
color
photograph
of the
candidate
1. Proposed Position : ……………………………………
2. Name of the Candidate (in Block letters) : ……………………………………
3. Father’s/Husband’s Name : ……………………………………
4. (a) Date of Birth in Christian era : ……………………………………

(in dd/mm/yyyy format)
(Please furnish proof of
age)
(b) Age as on submission date :….. Yrs, … Months &, …. Days
5. Permanent Address : ……………………………………

……………………………………
……………………………………
6. Address for Correspondence : ……………………………………

……………………………………
……………………………………
7. E-mail address, Phone Numbers : Email: …………………………….
Mobile: ………………………….....
8. Details of Educational Qualifications from Matriculation onwards

(Please furnish proof of qualifications)
Sl. No. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Examination Year of Name of College / University / Main subjects Percentage of
passed passing Institute Board marks obtained
9. Experience
Total Experience : .….. Yrs, ……… Months &, . Days

Relevant Experience : …… Yrs, ……. Months &, ..Days
10. Details of experience of each employment (in chronological order):

In case of change in posting held within the same employer, please fill in details separately.
1 Name and Address of the Position Period of tenure Responsibilities / Job
organization held Profile
From To 1
DD/MM/YYY DD/MM/YYY 2
Y Y 3
4
Technical details of project

experience
2 Name and Address of the Position Period of tenure Responsibilities /

organization held Job
Profile
From To 1
Y Y 3
4
Detailed description of
project experience
3 Name and Address of the Position Period of tenure Responsibilities /

organization held Job
Profile
From To 1
Y Y 3
4
project experience
4 Name and Address of the Position Period of tenure Responsibilities / Job

organization held Profile
From To 1
Y Y 3
4
project experience
Note: In case of more than 4 employments, the relevant details in prescribed format be added.
Certification by Candidate:
i) I am willing to work on the project and I will be available for entire duration of
the project assignment and I will not engage myself in any other assignment
during the currency of this assignment on the project
ii) I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this CV
correctly describes myself, my qualification and experience. In case Authority
discovers anything contrary to above, Authority would be at liberty to remove the
personnel from the present assignment and debar him for an appropriate period to
be decided by Authority.
iii) I have not left any assignment with the consultants/ agencies/ EPC Contractors
engaged by Authority/ contracting firm for any continuing works of Authority
without completing my assignment. I will be available for the entire duration of
the current project. If I leave this assignment in the middle of the work, I may be
debarred for an appropriate period to be decided by Authority. I have also no
objection if my services are extended by Authority for this work in future.
Signature of the Candidate

Place:
Date:
Undertaking from EPC Contractor
The undersigned on behalf of .................................................. (name of EPC Contractor) certify

that Shri………………………(name of the proposed personnel and address) to the best of
our knowledge has not left his assignment with any other firm engaged by Authority /
contracting firm for the ongoing projects and he is currently not engaged with any other
firm engaged by Authority / contracting firm for the ongoing projects. We understand that if
the information about leaving the past assignment with MORT&H/Authority without
completing his assignment is known to Authority, Authority would be at liberty to remove
the personnel from the present assignment and debar him for an appropriate period to be
decided by Authority.

Name
Seal
Date
Note:
Each page of the CV shall be signed in ink by both the staff member and the Authorized
Representative of the firm. Photocopies will not be considered.
Form SUB: Proposed Sub-Contractors for Major Items of Equipment and
Installation Services
National Highway
Dated: ….. /…../2020
A list of major items of ATMS is provided below.
The following Sub-Contractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of
the facilities indicated. EPC Contractors shall propose only one sub-Contractor and / or
manufacturer for each item.
Major Items of Equipment Proposed Sub Nationality Reference

and Installation Contractors/Manufacturer Project*
Services s
*Attach proof of relevant experience of minimum two projects.

Name
Seal
Date
Form MAN: Manufacturer's Authorization
(to be printed on the Letter head of the Manufacturer)
[The EPC Contractor shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the
instructions indicated. This letter of authorization should be signed by a person with the proper
Authority to sign documents that are binding on the Manufacturer.]
National Highway
To:
WHEREAS
We [insert complete name of Manufacturer], who are official manufacturers of [insert type of
goods manufactured], having factories at [insert full address of Manufacturer’s factories], do
hereby authorize [insert complete name of Bidder] to submit a Bid, the purpose of which is to
provide the following goods, manufactured by us [insert name and/or brief description of the
goods], and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We are Indian [OEM/ Manufacturers / Class-I local supplier] as per DPIIT Order no. P-
45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 04.06.2020 (revised “Public Procurement (Preference to Make
in India) Order 2017”.
We have direct presence in India having own service and support offices at [insert full address of
Manufacturer’s Service Centres] to ensure smooth on-site after sales service support.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with RFP requirement, Defect
Liability, of the Contract, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.
We, hereby confirm that the above goods shall be covered under comprehensive on-site
warranty for a period of 5 years from the date of installation & commissioning at the site and we
shall maintain sufficient spares and have sufficient technical resources at our regional service
centre to provide next business day service support at the site. In addition to this, we shall
provide adequate training to the on-site maintenance staff of the bidder for regular corrective and
preventive maintenance.
We, hereby confirm that the on-site warranty and training support stated above shall be extended
to the Authority directly or its representative or any other Contractor appointed by the
Authority, upon the request from the Authority.
Name: [insert complete name Authorised Signatory]

In the capacity of [insert legal capacity of Authorised
Signatory] Signature: [Authorised Signatory]
Duly authorized to sign the document for and on behalf of: [insert complete name of
Manufacturer]
Dated on day of , 2020 [insert date of signing]

Quality Certificate from OEM
(To be enclosed with MAC of each Component / Sub-Component)
National Highway
We (Name
and address of OEM) certify that everything to be supplied by us hereunder shall be
brand new, free from all encumbrances, defects and faults in material. Workmanship
and manufacturing shall be of highest grade and quality and consistent with the
established and generally accepted standards. Materials of the type ordered shall be in
full conformity with the specifications, drawings or samples, if any, and shall operate
properly. It is also certified that the supplied items / equipment’s have not been
sourced from OEM backlisted by Government of India or firms of anti-national
antecedents.
We, M/s ................................................................................................... also undertake

that in case of any item supplied by us found to be defective, faulty, or used at any
stage, it shall be replaced by us at our cost.
Signature of OEM Signature of Witness

Name Name
Seal Seal
Date Date

Name
Seal
Date
a. The location of M and S type of VMS shall be proposed by the ATMS
Contractor and approved by the ITS Engineer.
b. Portable VMS is installed on the trolley and moved by the patrol
vehicle at the incident location.
2. System Function
2.1 General
2.1.1 Power Supply
a. The power supply shall be connected from communication rack
using the POE or Adaptor.
b. A solar power supply system consisting of a solar panel, a
controller, a UPS and Lithium-ion battery bank shall be provided
at each location that operates on solar power. Solar power
equipment except solar panel shall be accommodated in the same
stainless-steel cabinet as controller or in a separate stainless-steel
cabinet. The solar panel shall have sufficient size to generate the
power required. The ATMS Contractor shall provide the support
for solar panel and connection between the panel and the
controller, which shall not be exposed. A mechanism shall be
provided to adjust the angle of solar panel to the solar panel
support and prevent pilferage.
c. The Lithium-ion battery shall provide power for at least for 3
days even if solar power cannot be generated due to the weather
condition. The ATMS Contractor shall present the calculation of
power consumption and capacity of solar power supply system to
be used for the system. The ATMS Contractor shall also consider
the power requirement of network devices, wireless access points,
PoE switch, SPD etc. suitably during the calculation.
2.1.2 Communication
The data transmission of the VMS system will be made through the fibre optic and
GSM.
2.2 Message Indication Function
a. Message to be displayed on the VMS shall be concise and clear
as drivers driving a vehicle have to read and understand the
message in a short time. Messages shall have uniform structure
and simple words shall be used. Messages on the VMS shall be in
expressed in English, Hindi and Regional. Messages in different
language will be separately managed and automatic translation is
not required.
b. In principle, a message to be displayed on the variable message
signboard shall be composed of three parts, “location”, “event”,
and “instruction or regulation”.
c. Location
d. Location indicates the relationship between the VMS location and
the event location. They can be expressed as section (between
Interchange A to Interchange B), distance (ahead, xx km ahead),
or specific location (near Interchange A).
e. Event is a thing that has happened or taken place. It includes
traffic conditions (accident, congestion, car on fire), traffic
regulation (lane closure, road maintenance work), road condition
(wet road surface, fallen object, damaged pavement), and weather
condition (fog, rain, strong wind).
f. Instruction / Regulation
g. The instruction is the action to be taken by the project users such
as “slow down”, “cautious”, “exit here”, “exit at next
interchange”, and “use right/left lane”. The regulation is the
traffic regulation being enforced like “lane closure” or “Highway
closed”.
h. The three components are not necessarily required all the time.
Messages consisting of one or two components described above
or simple message will also be displayed.
2.2.1 Message Creation and Editing Function

Three message composition methods shall be provided: (1) manual
input, (2) combination of pre-defined phrase, and (3) selection of
ready-made message. The functions specified herein shall be
possible in three languages. In addition, a set of graphic symbols
shall be provided to complement the text message.
2.2.2 Manual composition
In the manual input, it shall be possible to display on the VMS any
text message input by the system operator through the keyboard of
the VMS operator console. There shall be no restriction as to the
contents of the message, but the length of message is limited to the
display capacity of the variable message signboard. If manual
composition mode is selected, the VMS Server shall show the
image of the signboard and the message as it is input by the system
operator.
2.2.3 Combination of pre-defined phrase
In the case of combination of pre-defined phrase, frequently used
words or phrases such as “accident”, “congestion”, “construction
work”, “slow down” and so on are used to compose a message. It
shall be possible to insert a word into the message composed by
combination method. There shall be sets of pre-defined words.
They shall contain words indicating location, event and instruction
or regulation. Each set shall have a capacity of 100 words in each
language. In this mode, the VMS operator console shall show the
categories and the words or phrases in each category for the
system operator to select. It shall be possible to alter the pre-
defined words by the system operator.
2.2.4 Ready-made message
Ready-made message selection method shall allow the system
operator to choose one of the ready-made messages. If the ready-
made message mode is selected, the VMS Server shall indicate the
list of ready-made messages grouped into categories for the system
operator to select. Message set shall have the capacity of 100
messages in each language.
2.2.5 Video and Graphic symbols
Video and Graphic symbols that show typical incidents such as
highway closure, construction work, and rain graphically shall be
provided to complement the text message. The sample graphic
symbols are provided in these RFP for reference. The design of
graphic symbols shall be subject to the Authority’s approval.
2.2.6 Dot matrix pattern
The VMS system shall be provided with a function to create a
display pattern by specifying the on/off status and colour of each
pixel comprising the display area of the signboard. It shall be
possible to mix the dot matrix pattern and character message on
the signboard.
2.2.7 Automatic message creation from incident information
If an incident is detected through other system, the system shall
send an alarm to the VMS system. VMS system shall then create a
warning message indicating the location, type of incident and
action to be taken. The message thus created shall not be displayed
automatically on the signboard. Instead, a recommendation shall
be displayed on the VMS operator console indicating the contents
of the message and the location of VMS for which message is
recommended. Upon confirmation of the recommendation, the
message will be displayed on the specified message.
The VMS centre controller console will be provided with updating

and editing functions of pre-defined word, phrase, message and
symbol mark. Editing of symbol mark will be possible on a pixel
basis.
The console will communicate with the operator through monitor

and keyboard for message composition and operation monitoring.
Message composition will be made interactively with one of the
methods described above. Graphic user interface will be adopted in
the interface as much as possible for user friendly operation and
fail-safe mechanism will be incorporated to prevent VMS system
from showing inadequate message. The system will be equipped
with a text input method in Hindi and Regional languages
commonly used in the Project area through the standard keyboard.
The VMS system will be provided with an automatic message

selection function based on the priority or severity of the events
and coefficient that represents the importance of event to each
VMS as described in the following tables. The function will select
and recommend the message to be shown separately for each VMS
when there are two or more incidents to be informed to the road
users.
Each message being displayed on the VMS will be assigned with a

time-to-live (TTL) value, during which message is displayed, to
prevent inadvertently displaying false message after incident has
been removed. Upon expiration of TTL, message will be
automatically extinguished, if no response is made to the warning
within the pre-set time limit. A warning will be issued to the
operator console before TTL expires for operator to choose
extension of TTL or termination of the display as scheduled.
The VMS system will have an alternate display function, in which

a maximum of two sets of messages can be displayed alternately.
The function is intended to display a message in three different
languages (Hindi, English and Regional) but not necessarily
limited to the same message.
2.3 Data Transmitting Function
Text and symbol mark messages to be displayed will be converted
to pixel image data to control display unit before transmitting to
the variable message sign.
The VMS centre controller will communicate with the VMS

control unit at roadside through the fibre optic network. It will
send out message converted to dot pattern for display. It will also
send out command data to control the VMS control unit and to
confirm normal operation of the VMS board. In return, the centre
controller shall receive status data from the control unit.
2.4 Operation Monitoring and Logging Function
Operating status of the VMS will be checked periodically. Status
(message on, no message, fault, local control, test and switch off)
will be collected from the VMS control unit at roadside. If any
abnormality is reported, an alarm will be issued. The collected
operation monitoring data will be recorded as part of operation log.
It will be possible for the VMS centre controller console to send a
command to the control unit and collect the dot pattern data being
displayed on the VMS board upon system operator’s initiative.
Message displayed together with the starting and ending time will
be recorded as operation log. Status or malfunction of the VMS
and the control unit will also be recorded. Data retrieval software
will be provided, and operation log can be retrieved for display on
monitor and as printed report.
2.5 Data Storage Function
All data transmitted from the VMS roadside equipment and
processed data in the TMC will be recorded and stored in the VMS
centre controller for analysis and future usage. Data retrieval and
presentation software will be provided that can easily retrieve and
show the recommended message automatically generated against
event and message indicating on each VMS of the specified

roadside equipment location at the hour or day.
Status of roadside equipment (normal or malfunctioned) will be

recorded in the VMS centre controller as operation log and for
future reliability analysis together with error code and date &
timestamp.
Data Storage Data Type Storage

Sub-system Period
Recommended message
automatically generated against
event Raw data
Manual input operation record Raw data
Equipment operational status Raw data
VMS system 2 years
Current message indicating on each Processed data
VMS
2.6 Display and Reporting Function
The VMS centre controller will be capable of showing the following screens.
Item Contents
Schematic road map of project and access road
Route map Detailed VMS location map
Name and station number of interchanges and toll barrier
Equipment Location of VMS and their condition (message / no message
locatio and normal / error)
n and status
Message being displayed at selected VMS with starting time
and scheduled end time
Message
Pre-defined words and phrases
Pre-defined messages
Graphic symbol marks
List of VMS currently not in operation
Operation Operation log and error record
Date and Time Current date and time
The VMS centre controller will produce the reports listed below. The
reports will be output according to the schedule or upon the system
operator’s request. It will be possible to output the report as a file in
portable document file format.
Item Contents
VMS operation Daily report summarizing VMS location, message displayed,
start time, end time
Error log List of VMS currently not in operation
Error record
3. Specifications
VMS must have LED pixel failure detection, door open sensor and
temperature & humidity sensors.
3.1 VMS board (Type-L)
I. The L-VMS board size shall be 10,000 mm (W) x 4,000 mm (H) ±5%
II. The LED configuration shall be 3 in 1 SMD and the pixel pitch shall
be 6mm outdoor or better. Lower pixel pitch shall be considered better.
III. The VMS board shall have the capacity to display any content,
graphics, videos, symbols, text in full matrix, with multiple font size
and character height, and multiple languages.
IV. The brightness of the board shall not be less the 5500 mcd with option
to adjust the brightness manually as well as auto brightness adjustment
feature.
3.2 VMS board (Type-M)
I. The M-VMS board size shall be 5,000 mm (W) x 2,000 mm (H) ±5%
II. The LED configuration shall be 3 in 1 SMD and the pixel pitch shall be
6 mm outdoor or better. Lower pixel pitch shall be considered better.
feature.
3.3 Portable VMS
I. The Portable-VMS board size shall be 2,000 mm (W) x 2,000 mm (H) ±10%
II. The LED configuration shall be 3 in 1 SMD and the pixel pitch shall be
6mm outdoor or better. Lower pixel pitch shall be considered better.
The pixel density shall be more than 2500 pixels per square meters.
feature.
V. The DC power supply with suitable power backup shall be provided.
3.4 Movable Trolley (for Portable VMS)
Portable VMS shall be mounted on this trolley. It is used for security
measurement to display maintenance information on the portable VMS
while maintenance of the system equipment’s.
This trolley shall be moved by the vehicle which will be used to patrol on
the highway to locate damage, to implement countermeasures such as
highway closure or lane closure, and to undertake emergency action such
as removing obstacle on the Highway. As such, the vehicle must have
high driving performance, short stopping distance, high safety features,
large loading capacity and environmentally friendly features. It shall be
equipped with an on-board signboard specified elsewhere in these
specifications on the rooftop. The body of the trolley shall have sufficient
strength and durability as signboard or other objects will be loaded on the
trolley.
3.4.1 Warning light with Siren
A yellow / Red warning light and siren system shall be provided to the
trolley and placed firmly on the roof. It shall be LED type and shall be
ECE R65 Compliant.
3.5 VMS Controller
a. VMS controller will have the following functions:
1) Communication control
2) Display control
3) Monitoring
4) Local operation
b. The VMS control unit will communicate with the VMS centre
controller in the TMC through the fibre optic network using NTCIP /
GPRS / TCPIP or other equivalent international protocols. It will
receive display data from the VMS centre controller and send back the
operating status data to the centre controller.
c. Display data received from the VMS centre controller will be stored in
the buffer until all the data have been correctly received without error.
Upon confirmation of correctness of data, display will be changed to
the new message. Changeover shall be fast, and no irregular display
shall be shown during the transition. Under any circumstances, the
changeover of message shall be completed within 3 seconds after the
system operator in the TMC has issued a message changeover
command.
d. Several test patterns will be provided to the VMS control unit, with
which defect of LED can be tested by indicating one of them
sequentially.
e. Operating condition of the VMS will be monitored regularly by VMS
itself and the control unit. If any abnormality is detected, error signal
will be issued to the VMS centre controller together with the type of
error.
f. It shall be possible to operate the control unit and the VMS board
manually at the site. The manual control panel will be provided to the
VMS control unit. Alternatively, manual control will be made with a
notebook computer connected to the VMS control unit through serial
port or network port.
4. Supporting Structure
a. The VMS board will be fixed on gantry type supporting structure. A
mechanism to adjust the tilting angle of VMS will be provided to the
VMS housing or fixture used to attach the VMS to the support. It shall
be possible to adjust the tilting between 0 degree (vertical) and 10
degree (tilted forward).
b. There shall be proper and safe walkway provision at the rear side so
that the maintenance engineer can easily walk and sit behind the board
for maintenance and repair works. the width of the walkway shall be
minimum 3 feet or at least 1 foot more than the width of the backdoor
of the VMS board. The floor of the walkway shall be designed suitably
so that no tool or equipment part may fall on the road.
c. The walkway shall be rugged and shall bearing capacity of at least 4-5 persons.
5. TMC Equipment
5.1 VMS Application
VMS central application will have following minimum functions.
1) To compose message by three methods - manual input, combination
of pre-set words, and selection of pre-set message.
2) To have interface with operator through data input device.
3) To convert text and symbol message to be displayed on VMS into
dot image data to control LED display matrix.
4) To communicate with VMS controller unit at roadside for message
data and operating status data transmission.
5) To display and store operating status and issue alarm in case of
abnormal condition; and
6) To record operation log.
5.2 Installation
a. VMS sign on the Highway shall be mounted on a Gantry installed
between the median and shoulder. Clearance of minimum 6 meters
above the ground level shall be secured. Gallery shall be provided to
the support / walkway at the back of signboard for maintenance
purpose.
b. Face of VMS shall be slightly rotated inner side so that the line
perpendicular to VMS front panel shall extend toward a point on the
carriageway about 120 meters from the VMS location. The face shall
also be tilt down slightly for better recognition of message.
c. Foundation and other civil works required for the VMS installation
shall be completely in the scope of the ATMS Contractor.
d. Communication cable shall be extended from the nearest hand-hole
at to the VMS through the conduit to be installed by the ATMS
Contractor. No aerial cable shall be allowed.
5.3 VMS Location
The VMS foundation shall be constructed at locations specification
in the general layout of ATMS location or construction drawings to
be approved by Authority and/ or other location as dictated by The
Engineer.
6. Design Principle of VMS TMCS, VIDS, and other Foundations
6.1.1 Design Strength
The foundation shall be of reinforced concrete with the concrete
having the compressive strength of 2,500 N/cm2 (250kg/cm2)
after 28 days (cylinder type), or when made with a high rapid
strength Portland Cement, it shall acquire the same strength after
7 days.
6.1.2 Contractor’s Detailed Survey and Design
Before commencing the actual work, Contractor shall carry out the
field detailed survey/design of the facilities. The detailed drawings
including the calculation data based on the survey/design shall be
prepared and shall be submitted to Authority for approval.
6.1.3 Construction of Foundation
6.2.1 VMS, TMCS, VIDS, and other Foundations
a. Contractor shall comply with the following specifications for
preparing and mixing concrete.
b. All foundations shall be constructed with a ready-mixed or site-
mixed, M20 Grade Or if made manually then the concrete, when
made with a normal Portland Cement, shall attain a minimum
compressive strength of 2,500N/cm2 (250kg/cm2) in 28 days
(cylinder type) , or when made with a high rapid strength
Portland Cement, it shall acquire the same strength in 7 days
(Test to be performed on cylindrical type concrete specimen of
size 150mm x 300mm).
c. The slump range for the concrete used in the construction of
foundation shall be between 8 and 15cm.
d. Authority may order three (3) test pieces (cylinder type) from
any batch of the concrete to be taken and properly marked for
the laboratory test a required.
e. The concrete shall be slowly poured around the moulds or forms
up to adequate level evenly and tamped into all parts of the
moulds or forms by using a vibrator until a densely solid mass
without cavities is obtained.
f. The concrete, once mixed, shall be used within 60 minutes.
After one hour, any remaining concrete shall be removed and
shall not be used.
g. Cement mortar shall consist of one (1) measure of Portland
Cement and two (2) measures of sand.
h. The concrete shall be covered with saturated sack-cloth or
similar materials and shall be sprinkled water to keep the
sufficient moisture, adequate times a day for 7 days.
6.2.2 Excavation for Foundation
a. The Contractor shall take all countermeasures necessary for
safety of the public and for protecting and preserving any and all
temporary or permanent utilities.
b. Contractor shall obtain all permissions, right-of-way and/or
permits necessary for the execution. The permissions shall
include property owners’ approvals for necessary work on their
properties.
c. Contractor shall obtain all permissions, right-of-way and/or
permits necessary for the execution. The permissions shall
include property owners’ approvals for necessary work on their
properties.
d. Contractor shall be directly responsible for all damages to
existing utilities and shall restore these services immediately at
his own expense.
6.2.3 Backfilling
a. Backfilling shall commence after notifying The Engineer.
b. Upon completion of the backfilling, all remaining soil shall be
removed and the road surface, pavement and the area concerned
shall be immediately cleaned.
c. Before backfilling, all foreign objects shall be removed from the excavation.
6.3 Material for Foundation
6.3.1 Cement
a. All cement used in underground construction shall be Portland
Cement and in accordance with BS 12 or equivalent.
b. The cement shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to afford
easy access for inspection. Cement shall be kept dry at all times
prior to use in order to prevent deterioration. Open air storage of
cement shall not be permitted.
c. Deteriorated cement, such as cement containing lumps that are
too difficult to powder by hand, shall not be used.
6.3.2 Water
a. All water used for mixing and curing of concrete shall be
supplied by the waterworks.
b. Water from other sources may be used only if authorized by
Authority after tests have shown the quality to or better than that
supplied by the waterworks.
c. Water from any source which has been contaminated with dirt,
oil, salt or other foreign substances shall not be used.
6.3.3 Fine Aggregate
a. The fine aggregate for concrete shall consist of natural river
sand or equivalent material.
b. The fine aggregate shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the
grading requirements as follows:
Percentage by Weight Passing square mesh

Sieve Designation sieve
(10.0mm) 100
No.4 (5.0mm) 95 to 100
No.16 (1.2mm) 45 to 80
No.50 (0.3mm) 10 to 30
No.100 (0.15mm) 2 to 10
c. The fine aggregate shall be stored in such a manner as to

prevent mixture with other aggregate prior to the use and also to
prevent inclusion of foreign materials.
6.3.4 Coarse Aggregate
a. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of crushed
stones having hard, strong and durable pieces free from
adherent coatings such as mud or other foreign materials. The
coarse aggregate shall be graded between a maximum size of
25mm and a minimum size corresponding to No.4 sieve size. It
must be free from dirt, floury stone dust, earth or any similar
materials.
b. The coarse aggregate shall be stored in such a manner as to

prevent mixture with other aggregate prior to the use and also to
prevent inclusion of foreign materials.
6.3.5 Reinforcing Bar
Reinforcing bars shall be deformed steel bars. The bars shall be
free from dirt, oil, paint, grease, thick rust and other defects and
shall conform to the following requirements:
Item Unit Specific Value

Tensile Stress at Minimum N/mm2 500 (49 kg/mm2)
Yield Point at Minimum N/mm2 300 (30kg/mm2)
Elongation at Minimum % 14
Design Stress N/cm2 160(1,600kg/mm2)

7. Acceptance test
VMS, VMS local controller, VMS central controller, and operator console
shall be subjected to the test. Tests shall be conducted at the factory(before
Site Acceptance test), during installation work and upon completion
depending on the test item. Two types of test, function and performance test
and general test shall be conducted.
Details of the test item, test procedure and criteria to judge test result shall
be proposed by the Contractor subject to the approval by the Authority.
8. Function and performance test
In principle, function and performance requirement stated above shall be
tested. More specifically, the following tests shall be conducted as
minimum:
1) Message composition
2) Data exchange
3) Central control
4) Local control
5) Colour and brightness
6) Response time
7) Display off function
8) Error detection
10.1 General test
The following tests shall be conducted as minimum:
1) Appearance
2) Power supply fluctuation
3) Instantaneous power interruption
4) Insulation resista0nce
5) Dielectric strength
6) Temperature variation
7) Waterproof test (field equipment)
8) Amount of zinc coating (field equipment and support)
9. Operation of Variable Message Sign (VMS) System

9.1 Type of information provided
Different types of message will be displayed on the VMS. These types
are summarized below. With regard to the message format, the sample
messages presented in “IRC:SP: 85-2010, Guidelines for Variable
Message Signs, Annex-B” can be referred.
Social messages shall not be displayed on the VMS at any time. Only
the messages useful for the user to provide them the information / alert
/ warning for any incident, road closure, traffic jam, over-speeding
alerts etc. or travel time shall be displayed on the VMS. Travel advisory
or travel time shall be displayed when there is no alert / warning is
required to be disseminated to the commuters.
9.2 Advance warning message
Advance warning message gives the road users running at upstream
section an advance notice of the incident at downstream section. The
incident includes traffic congestion, slow traffic, accident, stalled
vehicle, lane closure, fallen object, work zone and weather conditions.
The message is effective in reducing possibility of secondary incidents.
9.3 Advisory message
Advisory message provides the road users with useful information
about a specific problem along their route. This information allows the
road users to change their speed or lane in advance of the problem area,
or the road users may elect to voluntarily take an alternative route to
their destination.
9.4 Early notice
Early notice informs the road users of a planned event such as road
work on the Project or the closure of an interchange. This type of
message has lower priority than other types of message and will be
displayed only when there is no real-time message to be shown.
9.5 Language used
Three languages, English, Hindi, and another one local language will be
used for VMS. Thus, the VMS operator shall be fluent in these
languages. Except short message, messages will be displayed in one of
the three languages. Message shall carry the same meaning regardless
of the language used. For short message that can be expressed in one
line, the same message may be displayed simultaneously in three lines.
9.6 Message Layout
Standard layout shall be followed consistently to express information
for easier understanding by the road users.
9.7 Message Composition Method
TCC operator can choose message creation from three (3) methods as indicated
below.
1) Combination of pre-defined message
The word which are frequently used such as “accident”, “congestion”,
“construction work”, “slow down” and so on are used to compose a
message combination by selection at VMS console. They contain words
indicating location, event and instruction.
2) Ready-made message
VMS operator may select one of the ready-made messages stored in VMS console.
3) Manual composition
Any message which VMS operator cannot select from VMS console;
operator can create any message through keyboard.
4) Graphic symbols
VMS operator may provide a graphic symbol that graphically represent
an incident and help Project road users to understand instantly without
reading messages.
9.8 Message display
Upon reception of incident information from other operators or directly
from other agencies, the VMS operator shall display proper message on
the VMSs at adequate locations and direction without undue delay.
If the VMS on which new message is to be displayed is already
showing a message, the operator shall evaluate the priority of the
current and new incidents and decide whether the message being
displayed is replaced with the new message or not.
The incident that exists at immediate downstream section shall have
higher priority than the incident that is located more than one section
away in general. If there are two incidents in a same section between
two interchanges, incident of higher severity will take precedence over
the incident with lower severity. If there are two incidents of same
severity, incident nearer to the VMS shall be selected.
9.9 Message removal
Upon reception of the notice that an incident for which a message is
displayed has been resolved, the operator shall remove the message or
replace with another message immediately. The message of the
incident that has been resolved shall not be displayed unnecessarily.
The operator shall check the effectiveness of all the messages being
displayed at every 15 minutes and confirm the message needs to be
continued or removed. The operator shall remove the message or
replace with another message if the message being displayed is no
longer applicable.
9.10 Message Providing Area
For an incident occurred, not all VMSs are required to display the
message related to the incident. The message of an incident shall be
displayed on one or more VMSs starting from the VMS located
immediately upstream of the incident location. The higher severity of
incident, the more VMSs will display the message about the incident. In
other words, the number of VMSs on which message about an incident
is displayed depends on the severity of incident and distance from the
incident location to VMS location.
10. Response Time and Resolution Time for VMS
For all cases, the failure shall be classified into three severity levels,
critical, major and minor. The ATMS Contractor shall satisfy the
response time and resolution time specified for each type of failure as
presented hereunder.
Severity Response time Resolution time

Critical failure 30 minutes 2 hours
Major failure 60 minutes 6 hours
Minor failure 2 hours 48 hours
Critical failure is defined as follows:

1) Failure of uninterruptible power supply. Major problem is defined
as follows:
1) Loss of control of VMS.
Minor failure is defined as those failures other than critical and major
failures listed above.
1) Additional Service Level Requirement for VMS Equipment is
shown below table below
No Parameter Severity levels Target

1.5 Console Availability (VMS, Internet) Major 97%
2. Field Equipment
2.3 Average Uptime Time period of the VMS Major 97%
The downtime shall be calculated on per day basis.
2) Additional Service Level Requirement for Operations of VMS is shown in table
below
11. Spare Parts and Consumables

The ATMS Contractor shall maintain required spare parts to maintain
required service levels. An undertaking to be submitted along with
Technical Proposal that the ATMS Contractor has the sufficient
infrastructure and capability to keep/store spares required for
maintenances and will at all times during the contract period maintain
sufficient inventory of spares and consumables for operating and
maintaining the ATMS and to meet the Service Level requirements.
SCHEDULE – E
(See Clauses 2.1 and 14.2)

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Maintenance Requirements
(i) The Contractor shall, at all times maintain the Project Highway in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.
(ii) The Contractor shall repair or rectify any Defect or deficiency set forth in Paragraph 2 of
this Schedule-E within the time limit specified therein and any failure in this behalf shall
constitute non-fulfilment of the Maintenance obligations by the Contractor. Upon
occurrence of any breach hereunder, the Authority shall be entitled to effect reduction in
monthly lump sum payment as set forth in Clause 14.6 of this Agreement, without prejudice
to the rights of the Authority under this Agreement, including Termination thereof.
(iii) All Materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the MORTH
Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, and the relevant IRC publications. Where the
specifications for a work are not given, Good Industry Practice shall be adopted.
[Specify all the relevant documents]
2. Repair/rectification of Defects and deficiencies
The obligations of the Contractor in respect of Maintenance Requirements shall include repair and
rectification of the Defects and deficiencies specified in Annex - I of this Schedule-E within the time
limit set forth therein.
3. Other Defects and deficiencies
In respect of any Defect or deficiency not specified in Annex - I of this Schedule-E, the Authority’s
Engineer may, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the permissible limit of deviation
or deterioration with reference to the Specifications and Standards, and any deviation or
deterioration beyond the permissible limit shall be repaired or rectified by the Contractor within the
time limit specified by the Authority’s Engineer.
4. Extension of time limit
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary specified in this Schedule-E, if the nature and extent of
any Defect or deficiency justifies more time for its repair or rectification than the time specified
herein, the Contractor shall be entitled to additional time in conformity with Good Industry Practice.
Such additional time shall be determined by the Authority’s Engineer and conveyed to the
Contractor and the Authority with reasons thereof.
5. Emergency repairs/restoration
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule-E, if any Defect, deficiency or
deterioration in the Project Highway poses a hazard to safety or risk of damage to property, the
Contractor shall promptly take all reasonable measures for eliminating or minimizing such danger.
6. Daily inspection by the Contractor
The Contractor shall, through its engineer, undertake a daily visual inspection of the Project Highway
and maintain a record thereof in a register to be kept in such form and manner as the Authority’s
Engineer may specify. Such record shall be kept in safe custody of the Contractor and shall be open
to inspection by the Authority and the Authority’s Engineer at any time during office hours.
7. Pre-monsoon inspection / Post-monsoon inspection
The Contractor shall carry out a detailed pre-monsoon inspection of all bridges, culverts and
drainage system before [1st June] every year in accordance with the guidelines contained in IRC:
SP35. Report of this inspection together with details of proposed maintenance works as required on
the basis of this inspection shall be sent to the Authority’s Engineer before the [10th June] every
year. The Contractor shall complete the required repairs before the onset of the monsoon and send
to the Authority’s Engineer a compliance report. Post monsoon inspection shall be done by the [30th
September] and the inspection report together with details of any damages observed and proposed
action to remedy the same shall be sent to the Authority’s Engineer.
8. Repairs on account of natural calamities
All damages occurring to the Project Highway on account of a Force Majeure Event or wilful default
or neglect of the Authority shall be undertaken by the Authority at its own cost. The Authority may
instruct the Contractor to undertake the repairs at the rates agreed between the Parties.
Annex – I
(Schedule-E)
Annex-I :Repair/rectification of Defects and deficiencies

The Contractor shall repair and rectify the Defects and deficiencies specified in this Annex-I of Schedule-E within the time limit set forth in the
table below.
Table -1: Maintenance Criteria for Pavements:
Freque Maintenan
Time limit for
Level of Service ncy of Tools/Equip Standards and References for Inspection ce
Rectification/
Perform (LOS) Inspect ment and Data Analysis Specificatio
Repair
ance ion ns
Paramet Acceptab
Desirable
Asset Type er le
Flexible < 0.1 % of
Pavement area and
MORT&H
(Pavement subject
24-48 hours Specificatio
of MCW, to limit of
Length n 3004.2
Service 10 mm in
Measureme
Road, Potholes Nil depth Daily
nt Unit like IRC 82: 2015 and Distress Identification
approaches <5%
Scale, Tape, Manual for Long Term Pavement
of Grade subject
odometer Performance Program, FHWA 2003
structure, to limit of MORT&H
etc. (http://www.tfhrc.com/pavement/lttp/re
approaches 0.5 sqm 7-15 days Specificatio
ports/03031/)
of for any n 3004.3
connecting 50 m
roads, slip Cracking Nil length Daily
roads, lay MORT&H
byes etc. as < 5 mm 15 -30 days Specificatio
applicable) Rutting Nil Daily Straight Edge n 3004.2
Freque Maintenan
Time limit for
Rectification/
Repair
ance ion ns
Paramet Acceptab
Desirable
Asset Type er le
Corrugatio
< 0.1 % of
ns and 2-7 days IRC:82-2015
area
Shoving Nil Daily
MORT&H
< 1 % of
3-7 days Specificatio
area
Bleeding Nil Daily n 3004.4
IRC:82-2015
Ravelling < 1 % of
7-15 days read with
/ area Length
IRC SP 81
Stripping Nil Daily Measureme
< 1 m for nt Unit like
any 100 Scale, Tape,
m section odometer
and etc.
width <
0.1 m at
7- 15 days IRC:82-2015
any
location,
Edge restricted
Deformati to 30 cm
on/ from the
Breaking Nil edge Daily
Freque Maintenan
Time limit for
Rectification/
Repair
ance ion ns
Paramet Acceptab
Desirable
Asset Type er le
Bi-
Roughness 2000 2400
Annuall 180 days IRC:82-2015
BI mm/km mm/km Class I
y
Profilometer Class I Profilometer : ASTM E950 (98)
Bi- SCRIM :2004 –Standard Test Method for
Skid 50SN Annuall (Sideway- measuring Longitudinal Profile of 180 days BS: 7941-1:
Number 60SN y force Travelled Surfaces with Accelerometer 2006
Coefficient Established Inertial Profiling Reference
Pavement
Bi- Routine ASTM E1656 -94: 2000- Standard Guide for
Condition 3 2.1 180 days IRC:82-2015
Annuall Investigation Classification of Automatic Pavement
Index
y Machine or Condition Survey Equipment
Other Bi- equivalent)
Pavement Annuall 2-7 days IRC:82-2015
Distresses y
Falling
Deflection/
Weight IRC:115-
Remaining IRC 115: 2014 180 days
Annual Deflectomet 2014
Life
ly er
Bi-
Rigid ASTM E950 (98) :2004 and ASTM E1656 - IRC:SP:83-
Roughness 2200mm/ 2400mm Annuall Class I 180 days
Pavement 94: 2000 2008
BI km /km y Profilometer
Freque Maintenan
Time limit for
Rectification/
Repair
ance ion ns
Paramet Acceptab
Desirable
Asset Type er le
(Pavemen
t of MCW, Skid Resistance no.
Service at different speed of
Road, vehicles
Grade Minimu Traffic
structure,
m SN Speed
approache Bi-
(Km/h IRC:SP:83-
s of Skid Annuall SCRIM IRC:SP:83-2008 180 days
) 2008
connectin y (Sideway-
36 50
g roads, force
33 65
slip roads, Coefficient
32 80
lay byes Routine
31 95
etc. as Investigation
31 110
applicable Machine or
) equivalent)
Edge drop MORT&H
40m
at Nil Daily 7-15 days Specification
m
shoulders Length 408.4
Embankm <2% Measureme
IRC
ent/ Slope Slope of variation nt Unit like MORT&H
camber/c Nil in Daily Scale, Tape, 7-15 days Specification
ross fall prescribe odometer 408.4
d slope etc.
Freque Maintenan
Time limit for
Rectification/
Repair
ance ion ns
Paramet Acceptab
Desirable
Asset Type er le
of
camber
/cross
fall
<15 %
variation
MORT&H
Embankme in
Nil Daily 7-15 days Specification
nt Slopes prescribe
408.4
side
slope
Embankme
MORT&H
nt Nil Nil Daily 7-15 days
Specification
Protection NA
Daily
Speciall
Rain Cuts/
y MORT&H
Gullies in Nil Nil 7-15 days
During Specification
slope
Rainy
Season NA
In addition to the above performance criterion, the contractor shall strictly maintain the rigid pavements as per requirements in the following table
Table -2: Maintenance Criteria for Rigid Pavements:
Repair Action
Measured Degree of
S.No. Type of Distress Assessment Rating
Parameter Severity For the case d < D/2 For the case d > D/2
CRACKING
0 Nil, not discernible
No Action Not applicable
1 w < 0.2 mm. hair cracks
w = 0.2 - 0.5 mm, discernible from
2 Seal, and stitch if L >
w = width of crack slow-moving car
Single Discrete Cracks Seal without delay lm.
L = length of crack w = 0.5 - 1.5 mm, discernible from
1 Not intersecting with 3 Within 7days
d = depth of crack fast-moving car
any joint
D = depth of slab 4 w = 1.5 - 3.0 mm Staple or Dowel Bar
Seal, and stitch if L > l m. Retrofit, FDR for
5 w > 3 mm. Within 7 days affected portion.
Within 15days
0 Nil, not discernible No Action
1 w < 0.2 mm, hair cracks Route and seal with Staple or Dowel Bar
w = 0.2 - 0.5 mm, discernible from epoxy. Retrofit.
Single Transverse (or w = width of crack 2
slow vehicle Within 7 days Within 15days
Diagonal) Crack L = length of crack
2 Route, seal and stitch, if
intersecting with one d = depth of crack w = 0.5 - 3.0 mm, discernible from
3 L > 1 m.
or more joints D = depth of slab fast vehicle
Within 7 days
Dowel Bar Retrofit. Full Depth Repair
4 w = 3.0 - 6.0 mm
Within 15 days Dismantle and
Repair Action
Measured Degree of
reconstruct
affected.
w > 6 mm, usually associated with Not Applicable, as it
Portion with norms
5 spalling, and/or slab rocking under may be full
and specifications -
traffic depth
See Para 5.5 & 9.2
Within 15days
Staple or dowel bar
Seal with epoxy, if L > 1
w < 0.5 mm, discernable from slow retrofit.
1 m.
moving vehicle Within 15days
Within 7 days
Route seal and stitch, if
w = 0.5 - 3.0 mm, discernible from
2 L > l m. -
fast vehicle
Within 15 days
Single Longitudinal w = width of crack
Staple, if L > 1 m.
Crack intersecting L = length of crack 3 w = 3.0 - 6.0 mm Partial Depth Repair
3 Within 15 days
with one or more d = depth of crack with stapling.
joints D = depth of slab w = 6.0 - 12.0 mm, usually
4 Within 15 days
associated with spalling
Full Depth Repair
Not Applicable, as it Dismantle and
w > 12 mm, usually associated with may be full reconstruct affected
5 spalling, and/or slab rocking under depth portion as per
traffic norms and
specifications - See
Para 5.6.4
Repair Action
Measured Degree of
Within 15 days
1 w < 0.2 mm, hair cracks
Seal, and stitch if L > l m. -
w = 0.2 - 0.5 mm. discernible from
2 Within 15 days
slow vehicle
Multiple Cracks
w = 0.5 - 3.0 mm, discernible from Dismantle,
4 intersecting with one w = width of crack 3
fast vehicle Reinstate subbase,
or more joints
w = 3.0 - 6.0 mm panel broken Full depth repair within Reconstruct whole
4
into 2 or 3 pieces 15 days slab as per
w > 6 mm and/or panel broken specifications within
5
into more than 4 pieces 30 days
0 Nil, not discernible No Action -
1 w < 0.5 mm; only 1 corner broken Seal with low viscosity
Seal with epoxy seal
epoxy to
w < 1.5 mm; L < 0.6 m, only one with epoxy
2 secure broken parts
corner broken Within 7days
Within 7 days
w < 1.5 mm; L < 0.6 m, two corners
3
w = width of crack broken
5 Corner Break Full depth repair
L = length of crack w > 1.5 mm; L > 0.6 m or three
4 Partial Depth (Refer
corners broken
Figure 8.3 of
Reinstate sub-base,
IRC:SP: 83-2008)
and reconstruct the
Within 15 days
5 three or four corners broken slab as per norms
and specifications
within 30days
Repair Action
Measured Degree of

1 w < 0.5 mm; L < 3 m/m2 Seal with low
2 either w > 0.5 mm or L < 3 m/m2 viscosity epoxy to
secure broken parts.
Punchout (Applicable 3 w > 1.5 mm and L < 3 m/m2
Within 15days
to Continuous
w = width of crack w > 3 mm, L < 3 m/m and 2 Full depth repair -
6 Reinforced Concrete 4 Not Applicable, as it may
L = length (m/m2) deformation Cut out and replace
Pavement (CRCP) be full depth
damaged area
only)
taking care not to
w > 3 mm, L > 3 m/m2 and
5 damage
deformation
reinforcement.
Within 30days
Surface Defects
Short Term Long Term
No action.
1 r<2% Local repair of areas
r = area damaged damaged
Ravelling or surface/total and liable to be
2 r = 2 - 10 %
7 Honeycomb type surface of slab (%) damaged.
Not Applicable
surface h = maximum Within 15 days
depth of damage 3 r = 10-25% Bonded Inlay, 2 or 3
slabs if
4 r = 25 - 50 % affecting.
Within 30 days
Repair Action
Measured Degree of
Reconstruct slabs, 4 or
5 r > 50% and h > 25 mm more slabs if affecting.
Within 30 days
No action.
1 r<2% Local repair of areas
r = damaged damaged
surface/total and liable to be
2 r = 2 - 10 %
8 Scaling surface of slab (%) damaged.
Not Applicable
h = maximum Within 7days
depth of damage 3 r = 10 - 20% Bonded Inlay within 15
4 r = 20 - 30 % days
Reconstruct slab within
5 r > 30 % and h > 25 mm
30 days
0
No action.
1 t > 1 mm
2' t = 1 - 0.6 mm
Monitor rate of
3 t = 0.6 - 0.3 mm
deterioration
Polished t = texture depth, 4 t = 0.3 - 0.1 mm
9 Diamond Grinding if Not Applicable
Surface/Glazing sand patch test
affecting
50% or more slabs in a
5 t < 0.1 mm
continuous stretch of
minimum
5 km.
Repair Action
Measured Degree of
Within 30 days
d < 50 mm; h < 25 mm; n < 1 per 5
0 No action.
m2
d = 50 - 100 mm; h < 50 mm; n < 1
1 Partial depth repair 65
per 5 m2
mm deep.
d = 50 - 100 mm; h > 50 mm; n < 1
2 Within 15 days
n = number/m2 per 5 m2
Popout (Small Hole),
d = diameter d = 100 - 300 mm; h < 100 mm n < Partial depth repair
10 Pothole Refer Para 3 Not Applicable
h = maximum 1 per 5 m2 110mm
8.4
depth i.e.10 mm more than
d = 100 - 300 mm; h > 100 mm; n < the depth
4
1 per 5 m2 of the hole.
Within 30 days
d > 300 mm; h > 100 mm: n > 1 per Full depth repair.
5
5 m2 Within 30 days
Joint Defects
0 Difficult to discern.
No action.
Discernible, L< 25% but
of little immediate
consequence with regard
1 Clean joint, inspect later.
to ingress of water or
trapping incompressible
material.
loss or damage
Notable. L > 25%
11 Joint Seal Defects L = Length as % total
insufficient protection Clean and reapply sealant in Not Applicable
joint length
3 against ingress of water selected locations.
and trapping Within 7 days
incompressible material.
Severe; w > 3 mm
negligible protection
Clean, widen and reseal the joint.
5 against ingress of water
Within 7 days
and trapping
incompressible material.
0 Nil, not discernible No action.
1 w < 10 mm Apply low viscosity epoxy resin/
mortar in cracked portion.
w = width on either 2 w = 10 - 20 mm, L < 25%
Within 7 days
side of the joint L =
Partial Depth Repair.
12 Spalling of Joints length of spalled 3 w = 20 - 40 mm, L > 25% Not Applicable
Within 15 days
portion (as % joint
30 - 50 mm deep, h = w + 20% of
length) 4 w = 40 - 80 mm, L > 25%
w, within 30 days
50 - 100 mm deep repair.
5 w > 80 mm, and L > 25%
H = w + 20% of w.
Within 30 days
0 not discernible, < 1 mm No action.
No action.
1 f < 3 mm
Determine cause and observe, Replace the slab as
2 f = 3 - 6 mm
take action for diamond grinding appropriate.
Faulting (or Stepping) 3 f = 6 - 12 mm Diamond Grinding Within 30days
13 f = difference of level 4 f= 12 - 18 mm Raise sunken slab.
in Cracks or Joints
Replace the slab as
Strengthen subgrade and sub-
appropriate.
5 f> 18 mm base by grouting and
Within 30days
raising sunken slab

No Action
h = vertical 1 h < 6 mm
14 Blowup or Buckling displacement from 2 h = 6 - 12 mm Install Signs to Warn Traffic
normal profile 3 h = 12 - 25 mm within 7 days
Full Depth Repair.
4 h > 25 mm
Within 30 days
shattered slabs, ie 4 or Replace broken slabs.
5
more pieces Within 30 days
Not discernible, h < 5
0
h = negative vertical mm No action.
displacement from 1 h = 5 - 15 mm
15 Depression Not Applicable
normal profile L h = 15-30 mm, Nos <20%
2 Install Signs to Warn Traffic
=length joints
within 7 days
3 h = 30 - 50 mm
h > 50 mm or > 20% Strengthen subgrade.
4 Reinstate pavement at normal
joints
level if L < 20 m.
5 h > 100 mm Within 30 days
Not discernible. h < 5 Short Term Long Term
0
mm No action.
1 h = 5 - 15 mm Follow up.
h = positive vertical
h = 15 - 30 mm, Nos
displacement from 2 Install Signs to Warn Traffic
16 Heave <20% joints
normal profile. within 7 days scrabble
3 h = 30 - 50 mm
L = length
h > 50 mm or > 20% Stabilise subgrade. Reinstate
4
joints pavement at normal level if
5 h > 100 mm length < 20 m. Within 30 days
0 h < 4 mm No action
Construction Limit
Grind, in case of new construction
1 h = 4 - 7 mm for New
within 7 days
h = vertical Construction.
17 Bump displacement from Grind, in case of ongoing Replace in case of
normal profile 3 h = 7 - 15 mm Maintenance new construction.
within 15 days Within 30days
Full Depth Repair. Full Depth Repair.
5 h > 15 mm
Within 30 days Within 30days
Nil, not discernible Short Term Long Term
0
< 3mm No action.
Lane to Shoulder f = difference of 1 f = 3 - 10 mm Spot repair of shoulder
18
Dropoff level 2 f = 10 - 25 mm within 7 days
3 f = 25 - 50 mm Fill up shoulder
4 f = 50 - 75 mm within 7 dayss
For any 100 m
stretch
Reconstruct
5 f > 75 mm shoulder, if
affecting 25% or
more of stretch.
Within 30days
Drainage
0 not discernible No Action
quantity of fines
slight/ occasional Nos < Repair cracks and joints Inspect and repair
and water 1 to 2
10% Without delay. sub-drainage at
expelled through
distressed
open joints and appreciable/ Frequent
3 to 4 Lift or jack slab within 30 days. sections and
19 Pumping cracks Nos 10 - 25%
upstream.
Repair distressed pavement
abundant, crack sections. Strengthen subgrade
Nos/100 m stretch 5
development > 25% and subbase. Replace slab.
Within 30 days
No discernible
0-2 No action.
problem
Blockages observed in
Ponding on slabs Clean drains etc within 7 days, Action required to
3 to 4 drains, but water
20 Ponding due to blockage of Follow up stop water
flowing
drains damaging
Ponding,
foundation within
5 accumulation of water -do-
30 days.
observed
Table -3: Maintenance Criteria for Safety Related Items and Other Furniture Items:
Frequency of Recommended
Asset Performance Time limit for Specifications
Level of Service (LOS) Measureme Testing Method Remedial
Type Parameter Rectification and Standards
nt measures
Manual Removal of obstruction within IRC:SP 84-
Measureme 24 hours, in case of sight line 2014
nts with affected by temporary objects
As per IRC SP :84-2014, a minimum Odometer such as trees, temporary
of safe stopping sight distance along with encroachments.
shall be available throughout. video/ image In case of permanent structure
backup or design deficiency:
Availability Safe a. Removal of
Desirable obstruction/improvement of
Highway of Safe Sight Design Stoppin Monthly
Minimum deficiency at the earliest
Distance Speed, g Sight
Sight Distance
kmph Distanc b. Speed Restriction boards and
(m)
e (m) suitable traffic calming
100 360 180 measures such as transverse
80 260 130 bar marking, blinkers, etc. shall
be applied during the period of
rectification.
Visual Re - painting Cat-1 Defect IRC:35-2015

Assessment as – within 24
Pavemen
Bi- per Annexure- hours
t Wear <70% of marking remaining
Annually F of IRC:35- Cat-2 Defect -
Marking
2015 within 2
months
nt measures
As per Re - painting Cat-1 Defect IRC:35-2015
Annexure-D of – within 24
During expected life Service Time
Day time IRC:35-2015 hours
c. Cement Road - 130mcd/m2/lux Monthly
Visibility Cat-2 Defect
d. Bituminous Road - 100mcd/m2/lux
– within 2
months
Initial and Minimum Performance As per Re - painting Cat-1 Defect IRC:35-2015
for Dry Retro reflectivity during Annexure-E of – within 24
night time: IRC:35-2015 hours
Design (RL) Retro Cat-2 Defect
Speed Reflectivity – within 2
(mcd/m2/lux) months
Initial Minimum
(7 days) Threshold level
(TL) & warranty
Night Time
period required Bi-Annually
Visibility
up to 2 years
Up to 200 80
65
65 - 100 250 120
Above 350 150
100
Initial and Minimum Performance
for Night Visibility under wet
condition (Retro reflectivity):
nt measures
e. Initial 7 days Retro reflectivity:
100 mcd/m2/lux
f. Minimum Threshold Level: 50
mcd/m2/lux
Initial and Minimum performance As per Within 24 IRC:35-2015
for Skid Resistance: Annexure-G hours
g. Initial (7days): 55BPN of IRC:35-
h. Min. Threshold: 44BPN 2015
*Note: shall be considered under
Skid
urban/city traffic condition Bi-Annually
Resistance
encompassing the locations like
pedestrian crossings, bus bay, bus
stop, cycle track intersection
delineation, transverse bar
markings etc
Visual with Improvement of IRC:67-2012
video/image shape, in case if 48 hours in
backup shape is case of
Shape and Position as per IRC:67-
damaged. Mandatory
2012.
Road Shape and Signs,
Signboard should be clearly visible Daily
Signs Position Relocation as Cautionary
for the design speed of the section.
per and
requirement Informatory
Signs (Single
and Dual post
nt measures
signs)
15 Days in
case of
Gantry/Cantil
ever Sign
boards
Testing of Change of 48 hours in IRC:67-2012
each signboard case of
signboard Mandatory
using Retro Signs,
Reflectivity Cautionary
Measuring and
Device. In Informatory
Retro accordance Signs (Single
As per specifications in IRC:67-2012 Bi-Annually
reflectivity with ASTM D and Dual
4956-09. post signs)
1 Month in
case of
Gantry/Cantil
ever Sign
boards
As per IRC 86:1983 depending upon Use of distance Raising Kerb Within 1
Kerb Kerb Height Bi-Annually IRC 86:1983
type of Kerb measuring tape Height Month
nt measures
Visual with
Functionality: Functioning of Kerb Within 7-
Kerb Painting Daily video/image Kerb Repainting IRC 35:2015
painting as intended days
backup
Reflective Numbers and Functionality as per Within 2 IRC:SP:84-2014,
Pavement specifications in IRC:SP:84-2014 months IRC:35-2015
Daily Counting New Installation
Markers and IRC:35-2015, unless specified in
(Road Studs) Schedule-B.
Visual with Within 15 days IRC:SP:84-2014
Pedestrian Functionality: Functioning of
Daily video/image Rectification
Guardrail guardrail as intended
backup
Functionality: Functioning of Safety Visual with Within 7 days IRC:SP:84-
Traffic Safety
Barriers as intended Daily video/image Rectification 2014, IRC:119-
Other Barriers
backup 2015
Road
End Functionality: Functioning of End Visual with Within 7 days IRC:SP:84-
Furniture
Treatment of Treatment as intended video/image 2014, IRC:119-
Daily Rectification
Traffic Safety backup 2015
Barriers
Visual with Within 7 days IRC:SP-2014,
Functionality: Functioning of
Attenuators Daily video/image Rectification IRC:119-2015
Attenuators as intended
backup
Guard Posts Visual with
Functionality: Functioning of Guard
and Daily video/image Rectification Within 15 days IRC: 79 - 1981
Posts and Delineators as intended
Delineators backup
nt measures
Visual with Within 15 days IRC:67-2012
Overhead Sign Overhead sign structure shall be
Structure structurally adequate
backup
Visual with Within 7 days IRC:SP:84-2014
Traffic Functionality: Functioning of Traffic
Blinkers Blinkers as intended
backup
The illumination Improvement 24 hours IRC:SP:84-2014
Illumination:
level shall be in Lighting
Minimum 40 Lux illumination on the Daily
measured with System
road surface
Highway luxmeter
Lights No major failure in the lighting - Rectification of 24 hours IRC:SP:84-2014
Daily
system failure
Highway No minor failure in the lighting - Rectification of 8 hours IRC:SP:84-2014
Monthly
Lighting system failure
System The Improvement in 24 hours IRC:SP:84-2014
illumination Lighting System
Minimum 40 Lux illumination on the
Toll Plaza Daily level shall be
road surface
Canopy measured with
Lights luxmeter
No major/minor failure in the - Rectification of 8 hours IRC:SP:84-2014
Daily
lighting system failure
nt measures
Obstruction Visual with Removal of trees Immediate IRC:SP:84-2014
in a minimum video/image
head-room backup
of 5.5 m
above
No obstruction due to trees Monthly
carriageway
or
Trees and obstruction
Plantatio in visibility of
n
road signs
including
Visual with Timely watering Within 90 days IRC:SP:84-2014
median Deterioration Health of plantation shall be as per
video/image and treatment.
plantatio in health of requirement of specifications &
Daily backup Or Replacement
n trees and instructions issued by Authority from
of Trees and
bushes time to time
Bushes.
Vegetation Visual with Removal of Trees Immediate IRC:SP 84-2014
affecting video/image
Sight line shall be free from
sight line and Daily backup
obstruction by vegetation
road
structures
Cleaning of
toilets
Rest DELETED
Defects in
Areas (Rest Area will be handed over to NHLML)
electrical,
water and
nt measures
sanitary
installations
Other - Rectification 15 days IRC:SP 84-2014
Project Damage or deterioration in Approach Roads,
Facilities pedestrian facilities, truck lay-bys, bus-bays, bus-
Daily
and shelters, cattle crossings, Traffic Aid Posts,
Approac Medical Aid Posts and other works
h roads
Frequency of
Performanc Level of Service Recommended Remedial Time limit for Specifications
Asset Type Measuremen Testing Method
e Parameter (LOS) measures Rectification and Standards
t
Cleaning silt up soils and15 days

Inspection by Bridge
Free debris in culvert barrel before onset IRC 5-2015,
2 times in a Engineer as per IRC
waterway/ 85% of culvert after rainy season,
of monsoon IRC SP:40-
year (before SP: 35-1990 and
unobstruct normal flow area removal of bushes and and within 1993 and
and after recording of depth
ed flow to available. vegetation, U/s of barrel,30 days after IRC SP:13-
rainy season) of silting and area of
section under barrel and D/s of end of rainy 2004
vegetation.
barrel before rainy season.
season.
30 days or
Physical inspection
before
Leak-proof of expansion joints
No leakage onset of IRC SP:40-
expansion as per IRC SP: 35- Fixing with sealant
through Bi-Annually rains 1993 and IRC
joints if 1990 if any, for suitably
expansion joints whichever SP:69-2011
any leakage strains on
Pipe/box/slab comes
walls at joints.
culverts earlier
Spalling of
concrete not
more than 0.25
sqm Detailed inspection IRC SP 40-
Delamination of of all components Repairs to spalling, 1993 and
Structurall concrete not more Bi-Annually of culvert as per IRC cracking, delamination, MORTH
15 days
y sound than 0.25 sq.m. SP:35-1990 and rusting shall be followed Specification
recording the as per IRC:SP:40-1993. s clause
Cracks wider
defects 2800
than 0.3 mm not
more than 1m
aggregate length
Frequency of
t
30 days
Damaged of
after defect
rough stone
observation
apron or bank 2 times in a
Protection or 2 weeks IRC: SP 40-
revetment not year (before
works in Condition survey as Repairs to damaged before 1993 and
more than 3 sqm, and after
good per IRC SP:35-1990 aprons and pitching onset of IRC:SP:13-
damage to solid rainy
condition rainy 2004.
apron (concrete season)
season
apron) not more
whichever
than 1 sqm
is earlier.
Riding
Bridges including No pothole in MORT&H
quality or Visual inspection as Repairs to BC or wearing
ROBs Flyover wearing coat on Daily 15 days Specification
user per IRC SP:35-1990 coat
etc. as applicable bridge deck 2811
comfort
Repairs to BC on either
side of expansion joints, MORT&H
Visual inspection
No bump at profile correction course Specificatio
Bumps Daily as per IRC SP:35- 15 days
expansion joint on approach slab in case n 3004.2 &
1990
Bridge -Super of settlement to 2811.
Structure approach embankment
User Repairs and
No damaged or Visual inspection IRC: 5-1998,
safety replacement of safety
missing stretch Daily and detailed 3days IRC SP: 84-
(conditio barriers as the case may
of crash barrier condition survey as 2014 and
n of crash be
Frequency of
t
barrier or pedestrian per IRC SP: 35- IRC SP: 40-

and guard hand railing 1990. 1993.
rail)
Rusted All the corroded

Not more than reinforcement shall need
reinforce
0.25 sq.m Detailed condition to be thoroughly cleaned IRC SP: 40-
ment
Spalling of Not more than survey as per IRC from rusting and applied 1993 and
Bi-
concrete 0.50 sq.m SP: 35-1990 using with anti-corrosive 15 days MORTH
Annually
Mobile Bridge coating before carrying Specificatio
Delaminatio Not more than Inspection Unit out the repairs to affected n 1600.
n 0.50 sq.m concrete portion with
epoxy mortar / concrete.
Grouting with epoxy
Detailed condition IRC SP: 40-
mortar, investigating
Cracks survey as per IRC 1993 and
Not more than causes for cracks
wider than Bi-Annually SP: 35-1990 using 48 Hours MORTH
1m total length development and carry
0.30 mm Mobile Bridge Specification
out necessary
Inspection Unit 2800.
rehabilitation.
Detailed condition
Rainwater Grouting of deck slab at MORTH
survey as per IRC
seepage leakage areas, specification
Leakage - nil Quarterly SP: 35-1990 using 1 months
through waterproofing, repairs to s 2600 &
Mobile Bridge
deck slab drainage spouts 2700.
Inspection Unit
Frequency of
t
Deflection Once in
Carry out major
due to every 10
Within design rehabilitation works on IRC SP: 51-
permanen years for Load test method 6 months
limits. bridge to retain original 1999.
t loads and spans more
design loads capacity
live loads than 40 m
Once in
every 5 years
for spans
Vibrations
Frequency of more than
in bridge Laser displacement
vibrations shall 30m and Strengthening of super AASHTO LRFD
deck due to sensors or laser 4 months
not be more than every 10 structure specifications
moving vibro-meters
5 Hz years for
trucks
spans
between 15
to 30 m
Frequency of
t
No damage to
elastomeric
sealant
compound in
strip seal Detailed condition
MORTH
Leakage in expansion joint, survey as per IRC
Replace of seal in specifications
Expansion no leakage of rain Bi-Annually SP:35-1990 using 15 days
expansion joint 2600 and IRC
joints water through Mobile Bridge
SP: 40-1993.
expansion joint in Inspection Unit
case of buried
and asphalt plug
and copper strip
joint.
Debris and Detailed condition MORTH
No dust or
dust in survey as per IRC specification
debris in Cleaning of expansion
strip seal Monthly SP:35-1990 using 3 days s 2600 and
expansion joint joint gaps thoroughly
expansion Mobile Bridge IRC SP: 40-
gap.
joint Inspection Unit 1993.
No down take Cleaning of drainage
pipe Detailed condition spouts thoroughly.
missing/broken survey as per IRC Replacement of MORTH
Drainage
below soffit of Monthly SP: 35-1990 using missing/broken down 3 days specification
spouts
the deck slab. Mobile Bridge take pipes with a 2700.
No silt, debris, Inspection Unit minimum pipe extension
clogging of of 500mm below soffit of
Frequency of
t
drainage spout slab. Providing sealant

collection around the drainage
chamber. spout if any leakages
observed.
All the corroded
reinforcement shall need
to be thoroughly cleaned
from rusting and applied
Cracks/sp Detailed condition IRC SP: 40-
No cracks, with anti-corrosive
alling of survey as per IRC 1993 and
Bridge- spalling of coating before carrying
concrete/ Bi-Annually SP: 35-1990 using 30 days MORTH
substructure concrete and out repairs to
rusted Mobile Bridge specificatio
rusted steel substructure by
steel Inspection Unit n 2800.
grouting/guniting and
micro concreting
depending on type of
defect noticed
Frequency of
t
Delamination of
bearing
reinforcement In case of failure of even
not more than one bearing on any
Detailed condition MORTH
5%, cracking or pier/abutment, all the
survey as per IRC specificatio
tearing of rubber Bi- bearings on that
Bearings SP: 35-1990 using 3 months n 2810 and
not more than 2 Annually pier/abutment shall be
Mobile Bridge IRC SP: 40-
locations per replaced, in order to get
Inspection Unit 199.
side, no rupture uniform load transfer on
of to bearings.
reinforcement
or rubber
Condition survey
and visual
inspection as per
IRC SP:35-1990
IRC SP: 40-
Scouring shall using Mobile
Scouring 1993, IRC
not be lower Bridge Inspection Suitable protection
Bridge around Bi- 83-2014,
than maximum Unit. works around 1 month
Foundations foundatio Annually MORTH
scour level for In case of doubt, pier/abutment
ns specificatio
the bridge use Underwater
n 2500
camera for
inspection of deep
wells in major
Rivers.
Frequency of
t
30 days
Damaged of
after
rough stone
defect
apron or bank
2 times in observatio
revetment not
Protectio a year n or 2 IRC: SP 40-
more than 3 Condition survey
n works (before Repairs to damaged weeks 1993 and
sq.m, damage as per IRC SP:35-
in good and after aprons and pitching. before IRC:SP:13-
to solid apron 1990
condition rainy onset of 2004.
(concrete
season) rainy
apron) not
season
more than 1
whichever
sq.m
is earlier.
Note: Any Structure during the entire contract period which is found that does not complies with all requirements of this Table will be prepared,
rehabilitated or even reconstructed under the scope of the contractor.
Table 4: Maintenance Criteria for Structures and Culverts:

Table 5: Maintenance Criteria for Hill Roads
In addition to above, for hill roads the following provisions for maintenance is also to done.
Hill Roads
(i) Damage to Retaining wall/ Breast wall 7 (Seven) days
(ii) Landslides requiring clearance 12 (Twelve) hours
(iii) Snow requiring clearance 24 (Twenty Four) hours
Note: For all tables 1 to 5 above, latest BIS & IRC standards (even those not indicated
herewith) along with MoRTH specifications shall be binding for all maintenance activities.
A. Flexible Pavement
Nature of Defect or deficiency Time limit for repair/ rectification
(b) Granular earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and culverts
(i) Variation by more than 1 % in the prescribed slope of 7 (seven) days

camber/cross fall (shall not be less than the camber on
the main carriageway)
(ii) Edge drop at shoulders exceeding 40 mm 7 (seven) days
(iii) Variation by more than 15% in the prescribed side 30 (thirty) days
(embankment) slopes
(iv) Rain cuts/gullies in slope 7 (seven) days
(v) Damage to or silting of culverts and side drains 7 (seven) days
(vi) Desilting of drains in urban/semi- urban areas 24 (twenty four) hours
(vii) Railing, parapets, crash barriers 7 (seven) days (Restore

immediately if causing safety
hazard)
(c) Road side furniture including road sign and pavement marking
(i) Damage to shape or position, poor visibility or loss of 48 (forty eight) hours
retro- reflectivity
(ii) Painting of km stone, railing, parapets, crash barriers As and when required/ Once
every year
(iii) Damaged/missing signs road requiring replacement 7 (seven) days
(iv) Damage to road mark ups 7 (seven) days
(d) Road lighting
(i) Any major failure of the system 24 (twenty four) hours
(ii) Faults and minor failures 8 (eight) hours
(e) Trees and plantation
(i) Obstruction in a minimum head- room of 5 m above 24 (twenty four)hours

carriageway or obstruction in visibility of road signs
(ii) Removal of fallen trees from carriageway 4 (four) hours
(iii) Deterioration in health of trees and bushes Timely watering and treatment
(iv) Trees and bushes requiring replacement 30 (thirty) days

(v) Removal of vegetation affecting sight line and road 15 (fifteen) days
structures
(f) Rest area
(i) Cleaning of toilets (Rest Area will be handed over

to NHLML)
(ii) Defects in electrical, water and sanitary installations
(g) [Toll Plaza]
(h) Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
(i) Damage in approach roads, pedestrian facilities, truck 15 (fifteen) days

lay- byes, bus-bays, bus-shelters, cattle crossings,
[Traffic Aid Posts, Medical Aid Posts] and service roads
(ii) Damaged vehicles or debris on the road 4 (four) hours
(iii) Malfunctioning of the mobile crane 4 (four) hours
Bridges
(a) Superstructure
(i) Any damage, cracks, spalling/ scaling within 48 (forty-eight) hours

Temporary measures within 15 (fifteen) days or as
specified by the Authority’s
Permanent measures
Engineer
(b) Foundations
(i) Scouring and/or cavitation 15 (fifteen) days
(c) Piers, abutments, return walls and wing walls
(i) Cracks and damages including settlement and tilting, 30 (thirty) days
spalling, scaling
(d) Bearings (metallic) of bridges
(i) Deformation, damages, tilting or shifting of bearings 15 (fifteen) days Greasing of

metallic bearings once in a
year
(e) Joints
(i) Malfunctioning of joints 15 (fifteen) days
(f) Other items

(i) Deforming of pads in elastomeric bearings 7 (seven) days
(ii) Gathering of dirt in bearings and joints; or clogging of 3 (three) days

spouts, weep holes and vent-holes
(iii) Damage or deterioration in kerbs, parapets, handrails 3 (three) days (immediately

and crash barriers within 24 hours if posing
danger to safety)
(iv) Rain-cuts or erosion of banks of the side slopes of 7 (seven) days

approaches
(v) Damage to wearing coat 15 (fifteen) days
(vi) Damage or deterioration in approach slabs, pitching, 30 (thirty) days

apron, toes, floor or guide bunds
(vii) Growth of vegetation affecting the structure or 15 (fifteen) days

obstructing the waterway
(g) Hill Roads
(i) Damage to retaining wall/breast wall 7 (seven) days
(ii) Landslides requiring clearance 12 (twelve) hours
(iii) Snow requiring clearance 24 (twenty four) hours

[Note: Where necessary, the Authority may modify the time limit for repair/rectification, or
add to the nature of Defect or deficiency before issuing the bidding document, with the
approval of the competent authority.]
SCHEDULE – F
(See Clause 3.1.7(a))
APPLICABLE PERMITS
1 Applicable Permits
1.1 The Contractor shall obtain, as required under the Applicable Laws, the following
Applicable Permits:
(a) Permission of the State Government for extraction of boulders from quarry;
(b) Permission of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for installation
of crushers;
(c) Licence for use of explosives;
(d) Permission of the State Government for drawing water from river/reservoir;
(e) Licence from inspector of factories or other competent Authority for setting up
batching plant;
(f) Clearance of Pollution Control Board for setting up batching plant;
(g) Clearance of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for setting up
asphalt plant;
(h) Permission of Village Panchayats and State Government for borrow earth; and
(i) Any other permits or clearances required under Applicable Laws.
1.2 Applicable Permits, as required, relating to environmental protection and conservation

shall have been procured by the Authority in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.
SCHEDULE – G
(See Clauses 7.1.1, 7.5.3 and 19.2)
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE
Annex - I
(See Clause 7.1.1)
Performance Security/Additional Performance Security
The Superintending Engineer (EAP),

Ministry of Road Transport & Highways,
Transport Bhawan, 1,
Parliament Street,
New Delhi 110001
WHEREAS:
(A) ___________ name and address of contractor (hereinafter called the “Contractor")
and, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Transport Bhawan, 1, Parliament Street,
New Delhi 110001 (hereinafter called the “Authority”) have entered into an
agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) for the “Balance Works of
Rehabilitation and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section
(Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green
National Highways Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World
Bank on EPC mode”, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement.
(B) The Agreement requires the Contractor to furnish a Performance Security for due and
faithful performance of its obligations, under and in accordance with the Agreement,
during the {Construction Period/ Defects Liability Period and Maintenance Period} (as
defined in the Agreement) in a sum of Rs….. cr. (Rupees ………..….. crore) (the
“Guarantee Amount”).
(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the “Bank”) have
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the “Guarantee”) by way of
Performance Security.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees and
affirms as follows:
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and faithful
performance of the Contractor’s obligations during the {Construction Period/ Defects
Liability Period and Maintenance Period} under and in accordance with the Agreement,
and agrees and undertakes to pay to the Authority, upon its mere first written demand,
and without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest, and without any
reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to an aggregate sum of the Guarantee
Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the Authority being required to prove or
to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or for the sum specified therein.
2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank of General
Manager in the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, that the Contractor has
committed default in the due and faithful performance of all or any of its obligations
under and in accordance with the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on
the Bank. The Bank further agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to
whether the Contractor is in default in due and faithful performance of its obligations
during and under the Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall
be final and binding on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences between the
Authority and the Contractor, or any dispute between them pending before any court,
tribunal, arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor
for any reason whatsoever.
3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to act as if the
Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of the Contractor
and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or corporation or
otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or obligation of the Bank
under this Guarantee.
4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the Authority
to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its demand under this
Guarantee.
5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of the
Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Agreement or to extend the time or period for the compliance with, fulfillment and/ or
performance of all or any of the obligations of the Contractor contained in the
Agreement or to postpone for any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and
powers exercisable by the Authority against the Contractor, and either to enforce or
forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement
and/or the securities available to the Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from
its liability and obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the
liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the
Contractor or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the
Authority or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to
sureties and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its liability and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives
all of its rights under any such law.
6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or
security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating
to the Agreement or for the fulfillment, compliance and/or performance of all or any
of the obligations of the Contractor under the Agreement.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under this
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the
Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from
its liabilities hereunder.
8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on ****$. Unless a demand or claim
under this Guarantee is made in writing before expiry of the Guarantee, the Bank shall
be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.
9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with the
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that
it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so
on behalf of the Bank.
10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by post
addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have been
duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and if
sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the envelope was so posted shall
be conclusive.
11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain in force
and effect for up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier
by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
12. This guarantee shall also be operatable at our……………….. Branch at New Delhi,
from whom, confirmation regarding the issue of this guarantee or extension / renewal
thereof shall be made available on demand. In the contingency of this guarantee being
invoked and payment thereunder claimed, the said branch shall accept such invocation
letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said invocation
Signed and sealed this ………. day of ……….., 20……… at ………..
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
$
Insert date being 2 (two) years from the date of issuance of this Guarantee (in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the
Agreement).
For and on behalf of the Bank by:
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)
NOTES:
(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.
(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.
SCHEDULE –G (Contd…)
A.
B. FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE

Annex-I (contd…)
(See Clause 7.1.1)
Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
ESHS Performance Guarantee No…………………….[insert guarantee reference number]

Date………………………….[insert date of issue of the guarantee]
To: ______________________________________________ [name of Authority]

_________________________________________ [address of Authority]
WHEREAS _________________________ [name and address of Contractor1]

(hereinafter called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. _____ dated
________________ to execute __________________________ [name of Contract and brief
description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract");
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor
shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as
security for compliance with Environmental, Social, Health and/or Safety (ESHS) obligations in
accordance with the Contract;
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee;
NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to
you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of ____________________ [amount of
guarantee] ___________________________ [in words], such sum being payable in the types
and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay
you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within
the limits of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing
to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Contractor
before presenting us with the demand.
We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which
may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability
under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.
1
In the case of a JV, insert the name of the Joint Venture
This guarantee shall be valid until ……… 2, and any demand for payment under it must
be received by us at this office on or before that date.
Signature and seal of the guarantor _____________________________
Name of Bank ____________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________
Date ____________________________________________
Notes:
(i) All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall
be deleted from the final product.
(ii) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
(iii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as
well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing
branch.
2
Insert the date sixty days after the the expiry of Defects Liability Period. The Authority should note that in the
event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the Authority would need to request an
extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to
the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Authority might consider
adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a
one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the
Authority’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry
of the guarantee.
Annex - II
(Schedule - G)
(See Clause 7.5.3)
Form for Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money

Parliament Street,
New Delhi 110001
WHEREAS:
(A) name and address of contractor (hereinafter called the “Contractor") has executed an
agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) with the Ministry of Road Transport
& Highways, Transport Bhawan, 1, Parliament Street, New Delhi 110001, (hereinafter
called the “Authority”) for the construction of the “Balance Works of Rehabilitation
and Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km
30.050) of NH-158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways
Corridor Project (GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank on EPC
mode”, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
(B) In accordance with Clause 7.5.3 of the Agreement, the Contractor may withdraw the
retention money (hereinafter called the “Retention Money”) after furnishing to the
Authority a bank guarantee for an amount equal to the proposed withdrawal.
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the “Guarantee”) for the
amount of Rs. --------- cr. (Rs.------------crore) (the “Guarantee Amount”).
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees and affirms
as follows:
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay to the Authority,
upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse,
contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to
an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the
Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or
for the sum specified therein.
for under and in accordance with the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding
on the Bank. The Bank further agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to
whether the Contractor is in default in due and faithful performance of its obligations
during and under the Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall
be final, and binding on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences between the
Authority and the Contractor, or any dispute between them pending before any court,
tribunal, arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor
for any reason whatsoever.
Guarantee.
Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Retention Money and any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Authority against
the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and
conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the Authority,
and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation under these presents
by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid
or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other forbearance, indulgence,
act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other matter or thing whatsoever
which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors would but for this provision
have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability and obligation under this
Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any such law.
6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or security
now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating to the
Retention Money.
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in force
for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in writing
is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the Authority
under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from its liabilities
hereunder.
8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect 90 (ninety) days after the date of the
Completion Certificate specified in Clause 12.4 of the Agreement.
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that it
has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so on
behalf of the Bank.
be conclusive.
and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier by
the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said invocation
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)
NOTES:
Annex - III
(Schedule - G)
(See Clause 19.2)
Form for Guarantee for Advance Payment

Parliament Street,
New Delhi 110001
WHEREAS:
(A) name and address of contractor] (hereinafter called the “Contractor") has executed an
agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) with the Ministry of Road Transport
& Highways, Transport Bhawan, 1, Parliament Street, New Delhi 110001, (hereinafter
called the “Authority”) for the “Balance Works of Rehabilitation and Upgradation
to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km 30.050) of NH-
158 in the State of Rajasthan under Green National Highways Corridor Project
(GNHCP) with the loan assistance of World Bank on EPC mode”, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
(B) In accordance with Clause 19.2 of the Agreement, the Authority shall make to the
Contractor an advance payment (herein after called “Advance Payment”) equal to 10%
(ten per cent) of the Contract Price; and that the Advance Payment shall be made in
two installments subject to the Contractor furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional
guarantee by a scheduled bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten
percent) of such installment to remain effective till the complete and full repayment
of the installment of the Advance Payment as security for compliance with its
obligations in accordance with the Agreement. The amount of {first/second/third}
installment of the Advance Payment is Rs. ------ cr. (Rupees ------ crore) and the amount
of this Guarantee is Rs. ------- cr. (Rupees ------ crore) (the “Guarantee Amount”)$.
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the “Guarantee”) for the
Guarantee Amount.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees and
affirms as follows:
$
The Guarantee Amount should be equivalent to 110% of the value of the applicable
instalment.
1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and faithful
repayment on time of the aforesaid instalment of the Advance Payment under and in
accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to the Authority,
upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse,
contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to
an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the
Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or
for the sum specified therein.
for the repayment of the instalment of the Advance Payment under and in accordance
with the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank
further agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is
in default in due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the
Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final and binding
on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and the Contractor,
or any dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other
authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.
Guarantee.
Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the Advance
Payment or to extend the time or period of its repayment or to postpone for any time,
and from time to time, any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Authority
against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms
and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the
Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation under
these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to the
matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other
forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors
would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability
and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under
any such law.
6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or
security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating
to the Advance Payment.
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the
Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from
its liabilities hereunder.
8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on ****.$ Unless a demand or claim
under this Guarantee is made in writing on or before the aforesaid date, the Bank shall
be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that
it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so
on behalf of the Bank.
be conclusive.
and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier by
the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said invocation.

$
Insert a date being 90 (ninety) days after the end of one year from the date of payment of the Advance payment to the
Contractor (in accordance with Clause 19.2 of the Agreement).
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)
NOTES:
SCHEDULE - H
See Clauses10.1 (IV) and 19.3
Contract Price Weightage
1.1 The Contract Price for this Agreement is Rs. **********
1.2 Proportions of the Contract Price for different stages of Construction of the Project
Highway shall be as specified below:
Item Weightage Stage for Payment Percentage

in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
Road Works including 42.39% A- Widening and strengthening of
Culverts, widening and existing road
repair of culverts (1) Earthwork up to top of the sub- 1.43%
grade
(2) Sub-base Course 0.26%
(3) Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) Course 1.91%
(4) Pavement Quality Control (PQC) 12.52%
Course
B.1- Reconstruction/New
Intermediate-Lane Realignment /
Bypass (Flexible Pavement)
(1) Earthwork up to top of the sub- 11.71%
grade
(3) Non bituminous Base course 2.48%
(4) Bituminous Base course 4.48%
(5) Wearing Coat 3.11%
B.2- Reconstruction/New
Intermediate-Lane Realignment /
Bypass (Rigid Pavement)
grade
Course
C.1- Reconstruction/ New Service
Road/ Slip Road (Flexible
Pavement)
grade
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
(3) Non bituminous Base course 1.02%
(4) Bituminous Base course 1.79%
C.2- Reconstruction/New Service
road (Rigid Pavement)
grade
Course
D- Reconstruction & New Culverts
on existing road, realignments,
bypasses
Culverts (length <6m) including Slab 5.63%
Culvert
Total of "Road Works including Culverts, widening and repair of culverts"
Minor 2.78% A.1- Widening and repairs of Minor
bridge/Underpasses/ Bridges (length>6m & <60m)
Overpasses/PSS Minor Bridges 27.63%
A.2- New Minor bridges (length >6
m and < 60 m)
(1) Foundation 21.33%
+Sub-Structure: On completion of
the
foundation work including
foundations
for wing and return walls,
abutments,
piers upto the abutment/pier cap.
(2) Super-structure: On completion 12.68%
of the
super-structure in all respects
including
wearing coat, bearings, expansion
joints, hand rails, crash barriers,
road signs & markings,
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
tests on completion etc. complete
in all respect.
(3) Approaches: On 22.08%

completion of approaches including
Retaining walls, stone pitching,
protection works complete in all
respect and fit for use.
(4) Guide Bunds, Gabion Protection 0.00%
and River Training Works:
On completion of Guide Bunds and
river Training Works complete in all
respects
B.1- Widening and repairs of
underpasses/Overpasses
Underpasses/ Overpasses 0.00%
B.2- New Underpasses
/Overpasses
+Sub-Structure: On completion of
the
foundation work including
foundations
for wing and return walls,
abutments,
piers upto the abutment/pier cap.
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
(2) Super-structure: On completion 2.12%
of the super-structure in all
respects including wearing coat,
bearings, expansion joints, hand
rails, crash barriers, road signs &
markings, tests on completion etc.
complete in all respect.
Wearing Coat (a) in case of
Overpass wearing coat including
expansion joints complete in all
respects as specified and (b) in case
of underpass- rigid pavement
including drainage facility complete
in all respects as specified as
specified.
(3) Approaches: On completion of 2.46%
approaches including Retaining
walls/ Reinforced Earth walls, stone
pitching, protection works
complete in all respect and fit for
use.
C.1-Pedestrain Subway Structure 11.70%
Total of "Minor bridge/Underpasses/

Overpasses/PSS "
Major 17.26% A.1- Widening and repairs of Major
bridge(length>60m) Bridges
works and (1) Foundation 0.00%
ROB/RUB/elevated (2) Sub-structure 0.00%
sections/flyovers (3) Super-structure 0.00%
including viaducts, if (including bearings)
any (4) Wearing Coat including 0.00%
expansion joints
(5) Miscellaneous Items like hand 0.00%
rails, crash barriers, road markings
etc.)
(6) Wing walls/return walls upto 0.00%
top
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
(7) Guide bunds, River Training 0.00%
works etc.
(8) Approaches (including Retaining 0.00%
walls, stone pitching and protection
works)
A.2- New Major Bridges 0.00%
(2) Sub-structure 3.57%
(3) Super-structure 12.03%
(including bearings)
(4) Wearing Coat including 1.48%
expansion joints
rails, crash barriers, road markings
etc.)
(6) Wing walls/return walls upto 0.00%
top
(7) Guide bunds, Gabion Works, 0.00%
River Training works etc.
works)
(a) ROB
(b) RUB
(1) Foundations 0.00%
(2) Sub-Structure 0.00%
(3) Super-Structure (Including 0.00%
bearings)
(4) Wearing Coat (a) in case of ROB- 0.00%
wearing coat including expansion
joints complete in all respects as
specified and (b) in case of RUB-
rigid pavement under RUB
in all respects as specified
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
rails, crash barrier, road markings
etc.
(6) Wing walls/Return walls 0.00%
works)
B.2- New ROB/RUB
bearings)
(4) Wearing Coat (a) in case of ROB- 1.02%
wearing coat including expansion
joints complete in all respects as
specified and (b) in case of RUB-
rigid pavement under RUB
in all respects as specified
etc.
(7) Approaches(including Retaining 0.13%
walls/Reinforced Earth wall, stone
pitching and protection works)
C.1- Widening and repair of
Elevated Section/Flyovers/Grade
Separators
bearings)
(4) Wearing Coat (including 0.00%
expansion joints)
etc.
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
(7) Approaches and Other Ancillary 0.00%
Works (wearing coat, expansion
road signs & markings, stone
pitching, protection works etc.)
C.2- New Elevated
Section/Flyovers/Grade
Separators
bearings)
(4) Wearing Coat (including 0.00%
expansion joints)
etc.
(7) Approaches and Other Ancillary 0.00%
Works (wearing coat, expansion
road signs & markings, stone
pitching, protection works etc.)
Total of "Major bridge(length>60m) works and ROB/RUB/elevated
sections/flyovers including viaducts"
Other Works 37.57% (i) Toll Plaza 12.66%
(ii) Road side drains 10.80%
(iii) Road signs, markings, km 8.53%
stones, safety devices, etc.
(iv) Project facilities
a) Bus Bays 1.93%
b) Truck Lay-Byes 0.35%
c) Rest Areas 0.99%
d) Foot Over Bridge 1.07%
e) ATMS 8.02%
f) Lighting 2.57%
g) Utility Ducts 0.12%
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
h) Chequered Tiles 0.31%
i) Rain Water Harvesting 0.18%
(iv) Protection works other than
approaches to the bridges,
elevated sections/ flyovers/grade
separators and ROBs/RUBs.
a) RE Wall 31.07%
(vi) Safety and traffic 0.17%
management during
construction
a) Temporary diversion 0.17%
(vii) Maintenance of existing Road 0.34%
(viii) Rectification of already 0.57%

executed works
(ix) Junctions 5.42%
(x) Other miscellaneous works
including site clearances, repair &
rehabilitation
a) C&G with Tree Cutting 0.29%
b) Dismantling of Existing Road 0.17%
c) Dismantling of Structures 0.04%
d) Median Kerbs 1.39%
e) Earthen Shoulders 1.54%
f) Median filling 0.65%
g) Slope Protection Works 1.62%
h) Median Drains 0.35%
i) Pond Development 0.15%
j) Median Plantation 0.31%
k) Road Side Plantation 2.80%
(xi) DRDO Infrastructure works
a) DRDO Boundary wall, 1.08%
Dismantling of existing
boundary wall at DRDO
stretches after construction
of new boundary wall,
Shotcreting for stabilization
of slopes.
in Weightage
Percentage to
to the Particular
Contract item
Price (Col:2)
1 2 3 4
b) Sentry Post equipped with all 0.59%
necessary facilities includes
Electrical supply, lighting,
water supply, sanitary items,
underground water tank,
overhead water tank, septic
tank, proper drainage
system, RO, Telephone
connectivity, Internet
Connectivity, etc.
c) Service Road including 0.86%
drains and chambers &
Approach Road to Sentry
Post including development
of surrounding parking area,
provision of cross drainage
system, etc.
d) Safety, Protection Devices, 0.63%
New sliding Gates, Brick
Masonry Drain and other
miscellaneous items as per
requirement of DRDO, Any
Utility Shifting wherever
required, etc.
(xii) Environmental & Social 0.26%
Activities
(xiii) Utility Shifting 2.00%
1.3 Procedure of estimating the value of work done
1.3.1 Road works.
Procedure for estimating the value of road work done shall be as follows:
Table 1.3.1
Stage of Payment Percentage Payment Procedure

Weightage
1 2 3
A- Widening & Strengthening of road
(1) Earthwork up to top of the 1.43% Unit of measurement is linear
sub-grade length. Payment of each stage
(2) Sub-base Course 0.26% shall be made on pro rata basis on
(3) Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) 1.91% completion of a stage in a length
Course of not less than 10 (ten) percent
(4) Pavement Quality Control 12.52% of the total length or 3 (three) Km
(PQC) Course length whichever is less. The
proposed percentage weightage
is for 4-Lane dual carriageway.
However, on the request of
contractor, the stage payment
may be allowed on pro-rata basis
even for completion of either side
(LHS or RHS) 2-Lane carriageway.
B.1- Reconstruction/New Intermediate-Lane Realignment / Bypass (Flexible Pavement)
(2) Sub-base course 1.13% shall be made on pro rata basis on
(3) Non bituminous Base course 2.48% completion of a stage in full
(4) Bituminous Base course 4.48% length or 3 (three) Km length
(5) Wearing Coat 3.11% whichever is less. The proposed
percentage weightage is for 4-
Lane dual carriageway.
B.2- Reconstruction/New Intermediate-Lane Realignment / Bypass (Rigid Pavement)
(3) Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) 6.13% completion of a stage in full
Course length or 3 (three) Km length
Stage of Payment Percentage Payment Procedure
Weightage
1 2 3
(4) Pavement Quality Control 32.17% whichever is less. The proposed
(PQC) Course percentage weightage is for 4-
Lane dual carriageway.
C.1- Reconstruction/ New Service Road/ Slip Road (Flexible Pavement)
(3) Non bituminous Base course 1.02% completion of a stage in full
(4) Bituminous Base course 1.79% length or 5 (five) Km Length.
C.2- Reconstruction/New Service road (Rigid Pavement)
(3) Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) 0.00% completion of a stage in full
Course length or 5(five) km length,
(4) Pavement Quality Control 0.00% whichever is less.
(PQC) Course
D- Reconstruction & New Culverts on existing road, realignments, bypasses
Culverts (length <6m) including 5.63% Cost of each culvert shall be
slab culvert determined on pro rata basis with
respect to the total number of
culverts. Payment shall be made
on the completion of at least five
culverts.
@. For example, if the total length of bituminous work to be done is 100 km, the cost per km
of bituminous work shall be determined as follows:
Cost per km = P x Weightage for road work x Weightage for bituminous work x (1/L)
Where P= Contract Price
L = Total length in km
Similarly, the rates per km for other stages shall be worked out accordingly.
Note: The length affected due to law and order problems or litigation during execution
due to which the Contractor is unable to execute the work, may be deducted from
the total project length for payment purposes. The total length calculated here is
only for payment purposes and will not affect and referred in other clauses of the
Contract Agreement.
1.3.2 Minor Bridges and Underpasses/Overpasses/PSS
Procedure for estimating the value of Minor bridge and Underpasses/Overpasses/PSS shall be
as stated in table 1.3.2:
Table 1.3.2
Stage of Payment Weightage Payment Procedure

1 2 3
A.1- Widening and repairs of Cost of each minor bridge shall be
Minor Bridges (length>6m & determined on pro rata basis with
<60m) respect to the total linear length of
27.63% the minor bridges. Payment shall be
made on the completion of
widening & repair works of a minor
bridge.
A.2- New Minor Bridges (length>6m & <60m)
(1) Foundation +Sub-Structure: On (i) Foundation +Sub-Structure:
completion of the foundation Cost of each minor bridge shall be
work including foundations for determined on pro rata basis with
wing and return walls, abutments, respect to the total linear length
piers upto the abutment/pier cap. (m) of the minor bridges. Payment
against foundation + sub-structure
shall be made on pro-rata basis on
completion of a stage i.e. not less
than 25% of the scope of
21.33%
foundation +substructure of each
bridge subject to completion of at
least two foundations along with
sub-structure upto abutment/pier
cap level of each bridge.
In case where load testing is
required for foundation, the trigger
of first payment shall include load
testing also where specified.
(2) Super-structure: On Super-structure: Payment shall be
completion of the superstructure made on pro-rata basis on
in all respects including wearing completion of a stage i.e.,
coat, bearings, expansion joints, completion of super-structure of at
hand rails, crash barriers, road least one span in all respects as
signs & markings, tests on specified in the column of "Stage of
completion etc. complete in all 12.68% Payment" in this sub-clause
respect. excluding any payment made in
pursuance to here in under:
If precast girders/segments are
used, on casting of all such girders
and segments for at least one span
1 2 3
and on submission of Indemnity
Bond by the Contractor, 40% of the
actual cost of such precast
girders/segments determined
based on SoR prevalent on the Base
date within 30 days of submission
of the bill therefor. In case the
Contract Price is lower/ higher than
the Estimated Project Cost as per
RFP, then the SOR rates shall be
reduced/ increased in the same
proportion accordingly. Balance
payment shall be after erection of /
launching of these elements as per
stage payment stipulations.
(3) Approaches: On completion of 22.08% Approaches: Payment shall be
approaches including Retaining made on pro-rata basis on
walls, stone pitching, protection completion of a stage i.e.
works complete in all respect and completion of approaches in all
fit for use. respect as specified in the column
of "Stage of Payment" in this sub-
clause.
(4) Guide Bunds, gabion 0.00% Guide Bunds and River Training
Protection and River Training Works: Payment shall be made on
Works: On completion of Guide pro-rata basis on completion of a
Bunds and river training works stage i.e. completion of Guide
complete in all respects Bunds and River training Works in
all respects as specified
B.1- Widening and repairs of underpasses/overpasses
Underpasses/ Overpasses 0.00% Cost of each underpass/overpass
shall be determined on pro rata
basis with respect to the total linear
length of the underpasses/
overpasses. Payment shall be made
on the completion of widening &
repair works of a
underpass/overpass.
B.2- New Underpasses/Overpasses
1 2 3
(i) Foundation +Sub- Structure: (i) Foundation +Sub- Structure:
On completion of the foundation Cost of each Underpass/Overpass
work including foundations for shall be determined on pro rata
wing and return walls, abutments, basis with respect to the total linear
piers upto the abutment/pier cap. length (m) of the
Underpasses/Overpasses. Payment
against foundation + substructure
shall be made on pro-rata basis on
0.00%
than 25%
of the scope of foundation
+substructure of each
Underpasses/Overpasses subject
to completion of at least two
foundations along with sub-
structure upto
abutment/pier cap level each
underpass/overpass.
(ii) Super-structure: On (ii) Super-structure: Payment shall
completion of the superstructure be made on pro-rata basis on
in all respects including wearing completion of a stage i.e.
coat, bearings, expansion joints, completion of super-structure of at
hand rails, crash barriers, road least one span in all respects as
signs &markings, tests on specified in the column of "Stage of
completion etc. complete in all Payment" in this sub-clause
respect. excluding any payment made in
Wearing Coat (a) in case of pursuance to here in under:
Overpass- wearing coat including If precast girders/segments are
expansion joints complete in all used, on casting of all such girders
respects as specified and (b) in and segments for at least one span
case of underpass- rigid pavement and on submission of Indemnity
including drainage facility 2.12% Bond by the Contractor, 40% of the
complete in all respects as actual cost of such precast
specified as specified. girders/segments determined
based on SoR prevalent on the Base
date within 30 days of submission
of the bill therefor. In case the
Contract Price is lower/ higher than
the Estimated Project Cost as per
RFP, then the SOR rates shall be
reduced/ increased in the same
proportion accordingly. Balance
payment shall be after erection of /
launching of these elements as per
stage payment stipulations.
1 2 3
(iii) Approaches: On completion of (iii) Approaches: Payment shall be
approaches including Retaining made on pro-rata basis on
walls/ Reinforced Earth walls, completion of a stage i.e.
stone pitching, protection works completion of approaches in all
complete in all respect and fit for respect as specified excluding any
use. payment made in pursuance to
here in under:
If Reinforced Earth Wall is used with
Facia Panels/Blocks, on casting of
all the Facia Panels/Blocks of all
approaches and on submission of
Indemnity Bond by the Contractor,
40% of the actual cost of such
2.46%
precast girders/segments
determined based on SoR prevalent
on the Base date within 30 days of
submission of the bill therefor. In
case the Contract Price is lower/
higher than the Estimated Project
Cost as per RFP, then the SOR rates
shall be reduced/ increased in the
same proportion accordingly.
Balance payment shall be after
erection of / launching of these
elements as per stage payment
stipulations.
C.1- Pedestrian Subway (PSS)
PSS Payment shall be made on the
11.70%
completion in all respect.
1.3.3 Major Bridge works ROB/RUB and Structures.
Procedure for estimating the value of Major Bridge works, ROB/RUB and
Structures shall be as stated in table 1.3.3:
Table 1.3.3

1 2 3
A.1- Widening and repairs of Major Bridges
(1) Foundation: 0.00% (i) Foundation: Cost of each Major
Bridge shall be determined on pro
rata basis with respect to the total
linear length (m) of the Major
Bridge. Payment
against foundation shall be made on
prorata basis on completion of a
stage i.e. not less than 25% of the
scope of foundation of the major
Bridge subject to completion of at
least two foundations of the major
Bridge.
(2) Sub-structure: 0.00% (ii) Sub-Structure:
Payment against Substructure shall
be made on pro-rata basis on
substructure of the major bridge
subject to
completion of at least two sub-
structures of abutments/piers upto
abutment/pier cap level
of the major bridge.
(3) Super-structure: (including 0.00% Super-structure: Payment shall be
bearings) made on pro-rata basis on
completion of a stage i.e. completion
of super-structure including
bearings of at least one span in all
respects as specified.
1 2 3
(4) Wearing Coat including 0.00% Wearing Coat: Payment shall be
expansion joints made on completion of wearing
coat including expansion joints
complete in all respects as specified.
(5) Miscellaneous Items like hand 0.00% Miscellaneous: Payments shall be
rails, crash barrier, road markings made on completion of all
etc. miscellaneous works like hand rails,
crash barriers, road markings etc.
(6) Wing walls/Return walls 0.00% Wing walls/return walls: Payments
shall be made on completion of all
wing walls/return walls complete in
all respects as specified.
(7) Guide bunds, River Training 0.00% Guide Bunds, River Training works:
works etc. Payments shall be made on
completion of all guide bunds/river
training works etc. complete in all
(8) Approaches (including 0.00% Approaches: Payments shall be
Retaining walls, stone pitching made on completion of all guide
and protection works) bunds/river training works etc.
A.2- New Major Bridges
(1) Foundation: On completion 7.98% (i) Foundation: Cost of each Major
of the foundation work including Bridge shall be determined on pro
foundations for return walls, rata basis with respect to the total
abutments, piers. linear length (m) of the Major
Bridge. Payment
scope of foundation of the major
Bridge subject to completion of at
least two foundations of the major
Bridge.
1 2 3
(2) Sub-structure: 3.57% (ii)Sub-Structure: Payment against
Substructure shall be made on pro-
rata basis on completion of a stage
i.e. not less than 25% of the scope of
substructure of the major bridge
subject to
completion of at least two sub-
abutment/pier cap level
of the major bridge.
of super-structure of at least one
span in all respects as specified in
the column of "Stage of Payment" in
this sub-clause excluding any
payment made in pursuance to here
in under:
girders/segments determined based
on SoR prevalent on the Base date
within 30 days of submission of the
bill therefor. In case the Contract
Price is lower/ higher than the
Estimated Project Cost as per RFP,
then the SOR rates shall be reduced/
increased in the same proportion
accordingly. Balance payment shall
be after erection of / launching of
these elements as per stage
payment stipulations.
expansion joints made on completion of wearing
coat including expansion joints
1 2 3
(7) Guide bunds, River Training 0.00% Guide Bunds, River Training works:
works etc. Payments shall be made on
completion of all guide bunds/river
training works etc. complete in all
Retaining walls/ Reinforced Earth made on completion of all guide
wall, stone pitching and bunds/river training works etc.
protection works) complete in all respects as specified.
(a) ROB
(b) RUB
linear length (m) of the ROB/RUB .
Payment
scope of foundation of the ROB/RUB
subject to completion of at least two
foundations of the ROB/RUB.
1 2 3
(2) Sub-structure: 0.00% (ii)Sub-Structure:
Payment against Substructure shall
be made on pro-rata basis on
substructure of the ROB/RUB
sub-structures of abutments/piers
upto abutment/pier cap level of the
ROB/RUB.
expansion joints made on completion of (a) in case of
ROB- wearing coat including
of RUB- rigid pavement under RUB
specified.
B.2- New ROB/ RUB
1 2 3
linear length (m) of the ROB/RUB.
Payment against foundation shall be
made on prorata basis on
than 25% of the scope of foundation
of the ROB/RUB subject to
completion of at least two
foundations of the ROB/RUB.
(2) Sub-structure: 2.67% (ii)Sub-Structure: Payment against
substructure of the ROB/RUB
sub-structures of abutments/piers
upto abutment/pier cap level of the
ROB/RUB.
respects as specified excluding any
payment made in pursuance to here
in under:
girders/segments determined based
on SoR prevalent on the Base date
within 30 days of submission of the
bill therefor. In case the Contract
Price is lower/ higher than the
Estimated Project Cost as per RFP,
1 2 3
accordingly. Balance payment shall
be after erection of / launching of
these elements as per stage
payment stipulations.
expansion joints made on completion of (a) in case of
ROB- wearing coat including
of RUB- rigid pavement under RUB
specified.
Retaining walls/Reinforced Earth made on completion of both
wall, stone pitching and approaches including stone
protection works) pitching, protection works, etc.
complete in all respects as
specified excluding any payment
made in pursuance to here in under:
Facia Panels/Blocks, on casting of
all the Facia Panels/Blocks of all
approaches and on submission of
Indemnity Bond by the
Contractor, 40% of the actual cost of
such precast girders
/segmentsdetermined based on SoR
prevalent on the Base date within 30
days of submission of the bill
therefor. In case the Contract Price is
lower/ higher than the Estimated
Project Cost as per RFP, then the SOR
rates shall be reduced/ increased in
1 2 3
the same proportion accordingly.
Balance payment shall be after
erection of / launching of these
stipulations.
C.1- Widening and repairs of Elevated Section/ Flyovers/ Grade Separators
(1) Foundation 0.00% (i) Foundation: Cost of each
structure shall be determined on pro
linear length (m) of the structures.
of the structure subject to
foundations of the structure.
(2) Sub-structure 0.00% Sub-structure: Payment against
substructure of the structure subject
to completion of at least two sub-
abutment/pier cap level of the
structure.
(3) Super-structure: 0.00% Payment shall be made on pro-rata
(including bearings) basis on completion of a stage i.e.
completion of super-structure
including bearings of at least one
span in all respects as specified.
expansion joints made on completion of wearing coat
including expansion joints complete
in all respects as specified.
(5) Miscellaneous Items like 0.00% Miscellaneous: Payments shall be
hand rails, crash barrier, road made on completion of all
markings etc. miscellaneous works like hand rails,
1 2 3
(6) Wing walls/return walls 0.00% Wing walls/return walls: Payments
C.2- New Elevated Section/ Flyovers/ Grade Separators
(1) Foundation 0.00% (i) Foundation: Cost of each
structure shall be determined on pro
linear length (m) of the structures.
of the structure subject to
foundations of the structure .
(2) Sub-structure 0.00% Sub-structure: Payment against
substructure of the structure subject
to completion of at least two sub-
abutment/pier cap level of the
structure.
(3) Super-structure: 0.00% Payment shall be made on pro-rata
(including bearings) basis on completion of a stage i.e.
completion of super-structure
including bearings of at least one
span in all respects as specified.
expansion joints made on completion of wearing coat
including expansion joints complete
in all respects as specified.
1 2 3
(5) Miscellaneous Items like 0.00% Miscellaneous: Payments shall be
hand rails, crash barrier, road made on completion of all
markings etc. miscellaneous works like hand rails,
(6) Wing walls/return walls 0.00% Wing walls/return walls: Payments
1.3.4 Other works.
Procedure for estimating the value of other works done shall be as stated in table 1.3.4
Table 1.3.4
1 2 3
(i) Toll Plaza 12.66% Unit of measurement is each completed
toll plaza. Payment of each toll plaza
shall be made on pro rata basis with
respect to the total of all toll plazas.
(ii) Road side drains 10.80% Unit of measurement is linear length in
km. Payment shall be made on pro rata
basis on completion of a stage in a
length of not less than 10% (ten per
cent) of the total length.
(iii) Road signs, markings, km 8.53% Unit of measurement is linear length in
stones, safety devices, etc. km. Payment shall be made on pro rata
(iv) Project facilities
a) Bus Bays 1.93% Payment should be made on pro rata
b) Truck Lay-Byes 0.35% basis for completed facilities.
c) Rest Areas 0.99%
d) Foot Over Bridge 1.07% Payment shall be made on completion
of Foot Overbridge in all respect.
e) ATMS 8.02% Payment should be made on pro rata
f) Lighting 2.57% basis for completed facilities.
g) Utility Ducts 0.12%
h) Chequered Tiles 0.31%
i) Rain Water Harvesting 0.18% Cost of each Rain Water Harvesting Unit
shall be determined on pro- rata basis
with respect to the total number of Rain
Water Harvesting Unit. Payment shall
be made on the completion of Ten
Numbers.
(v) Protection works other than Unit of measurement is linear length.
approaches to the bridges, Payment shall be made on pro rata basis
elevated sections/ flyovers/grade on completion of a stage in a length of
separators and ROBs/RUBs. not less than 10% (ten per cent) of the
total length.
a) RE Wall/Reinforced Earth 31.07% Payment shall be made on pro-rata
Wall basis on completion of a stage i.e.
completion of approaches at each
structure in all respect as specified
excluding any payment made in
pursuance to here in under:
Facia Panels/Blocks, on casting of all the
Facia Panels/Blocks of all approaches
and on submission of Indemnity Bond
by the Contractor, 40% of the actual
cost of such precast girders/segments
determined based on SoR prevalent on
the Base date within 30 days of
submission of the bill therefor. In case
the Contract Price is lower/ higher than
the Estimated Project Cost as per RFP,
accordingly. Balance payment shall be
after erection of / launching of these
stipulations.
(vi) Safety and traffic 0.17% Payment shall be made on pro-rate
management during basis every six months.
construction
a) Temporary diversion 0.17%
(vii) Maintenance of existing Road 0.34% Unit of measurement is linear length in
km. Payment shall be made on pro-rata
(viii)Rectification of already 0.57% basis on completion of a stage in a
executed works length of not less than 10% (ten per
(ix) Junctions 5.42% Cost of each Junction shall be
determined on pro- rata basis with
respect to the total number of
Junctions. Payment shall be made on
the completion of Ten numbers.
(x) Other miscellaneous works
including site clearances, repair &
rehabilitation
l) C&G with Tree Cutting 0.29% Unit of measurement is linear length in
m) Dismantling of Existing 0.17% km. Payment shall be made on pro-rata
Road basis on completion of a stage in a
n) Dismantling of Structures 0.04% length of not less than 10% (ten per
o) Median Kerbs 1.39% cent) of the total length.
p) Earthen Shoulders 1.54%
q) Median filling 0.65%
r) Slope Protection Works 1.62%
s) Median Drains 0.35%
t) Pond Development 0.15% Payment shall be made on completion
of stage in all respect.
u) Median Plantation 0.31% Unit of measurement is linear length in
v) Road Side Plantation 2.80% km. Payment shall be made on pro-rata
(xi) DRDO Infrastructure works
a) DRDO Boundary wall, 1.08% Payment should be made on completed
Dismantling of existing boundary facilities in all respect with certification
wall at DRDO stretches after from DRDO.
construction of new boundary wall,
Shotcreting for stabilization of
slopes.
b) Sentry Post equipped with all 0.59%
necessary facilities includes
Electrical supply, lighting, water
supply, sanitary items,
underground water tank, overhead
water tank, septic tank, proper
drainage system, RO, Telephone
connectivity, Internet Connectivity,
etc.
c) Service Road including drains and 0.86%
chambers & Approach Road to
Sentry Post including development
of surrounding parking area,
provision of cross drainage system,
etc.
d) Safety, Protection Devices, New 0.63%
sliding Gates, Brick Masonry Drain
and other miscellaneous items as
per requirement of DRDO, Any
Utility Shifting wherever required,
etc.
(xii) Environmental & Social 0.26% Payment shall be made on pro-rate
Activities basis every six months.
(xiii) Utility Shifting 2.00% Payment should be made on pro rata
basis on completion of each stage.
2. Procedure for payment for Maintenance
2.1 The cost for maintenance shall be as stated in Clause 14.1.1.
2.2 Payment for Maintenance shall be made in quarterly installments in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 19.7.
SCHEDULE – I
(See Clauses 10.2.4)
DRAWINGS
1 Drawings
In compliance of the obligations set forth in Clause 10.2 of this Agreement, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Authority’s Engineer, free of cost, all Drawings listed in
Annex-I of this Schedule-I.
2 Additional Drawings
If the Authority’s Engineer determines that for discharging its duties and functions
under this Agreement, it requires any drawings other than those listed in Annex-I, it
may by notice require the Contractor to prepare and furnish such drawings forthwith.
Upon receiving a requisition to this effect, the Contractor shall promptly prepare and
furnish such drawings to the Authority’s Engineer, as if such drawings formed part of
Annex-I of this Schedule-I.
Annex - I
(Schedule - I)
List of Drawings
A minimum list of the drawings of the various components / elements of the Project Highway
and project facilities required to be submitted by the contractor is given below:
a) Drawings of horizontal alignment, vertical profile and detailed cross sections.
b) Drawings of cross-drainage works, Bridges & culverts.
c) Drawings of slope protection and Retaining structures
d) Drawing of bus-bay and bus shelters.
e) Drawing of road furniture including traffic signage, marking, safety barriers etc.
f) Drawing of traffic safety & management plan.
g) Drawings of street lighting.
h) Truck lay bye
i) Drawings for Drains

SCHEDULE – J
(See Clause 10.3.2)
PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE
1 Project Completion Schedule
During Construction period, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements set
forth in this Schedule-J for each of the Project Milestones and the Scheduled
Completion Date. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of each Project Milestone, the
Contractor shall notify the Authority of such compliance along with necessary
particulars thereof.
2 Project Milestone-I
2.1 Project Milestone-I shall occur on the date falling on the 192nd (One hundred Ninety-
Second ) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-I”).
2.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-I, the Contractor shall have commenced
construction of the Project Highway and submitted to the Authority duly and validly
prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 10% (ten per cent)
of the Contract Price.
3 Project Milestone-II
Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the 329th (Three hundred and Twenty-
Nineth) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-II”).
3.1 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-II, the Contractor shall have continued
with construction of the Project Highway and submitted to the Authority duly and
validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 35% (Thirty
Five per cent) of the Contract Price.
4 Project Milestone-III
4.1 Project Milestone-III shall occur on the date falling on the 466th (Four hundred and
Sixty Sixth) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-III”).
4.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-III, the Contractor shall have continued
with construction of the Project Highway and submitted to the Authority duly and
validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 70% (Seventy
per cent) of the Contract Price.
5 Scheduled Completion Date
5.1 The Scheduled Completion Date shall occur on the 548th (Five Hundred & Forty-
Eighth) day from the Appointed Date.
5.2 On or before the Scheduled Completion Date, the Contractor shall have completed
construction in accordance with this Agreement.
6 Extension of time
Upon extension of any or all of the aforesaid Project Milestones or the Scheduled
Completion Date, as the case may be, under and in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, the Project Completion Schedule shall be deemed to have been
amended accordingly.
Schedule - K
(See Clause 12.1 (ii))
Tests on Completion
1. Schedule for Tests
(iv) The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of
construction, notify the Authority’s Engineer and the Authority of its intent to subject
the Project Highway to Tests, and no later than 10 (ten) days prior to the actual date of
Tests, furnish to the Authority’s Engineer and the Authority detailed inventory and
particulars of all works and equipment forming part of Works.
(v) The Contractor shall notify the Authority’s Engineer of its readiness to subject the
Project Highway to Tests at any time after 10 (ten) days from the date of such notice,
and upon receipt of such notice, the Authority’s Engineer shall, in consultation with the
Contractor, determine the date and time for each Test and notify the same to the
Authority who may designate its representative to witness the Tests. The Authority’s
Engineer shall thereupon conduct the Tests itself or cause any of the Tests to be
conducted in accordance with Article 12 and this Schedule-K.
2. Tests
(vi) Visual and physical test: The Authority’s Engineer shall conduct a visual and physical
check of construction to determine that all works and equipment forming part thereof
conform to the provisions of this Agreement. The physical tests shall include [***].
(vii) Riding quality test: Riding quality of each lane of the carriageway shall be checked with
the help of a Network Survey Vehicle (NSV) fitted with latest equipments and the
maximum permissible roughness for purposes of this Test shall be [2,000 (two
thousand)] mm for each kilometre.
(viii) Tests for bridges: All major and minor bridges shall be subjected to the rebound
hammer and ultrasonic pulse velocity tests, to be conducted in accordance with the
procedure described in Special Report No. 17: 1996 of the IRC Highway Research
Board on Nondestructive Testing Techniques, at two spots in every span, to be chosen
at random by the Authority’s Engineer. Bridges with a span of 15 (fifteen) metres or
more shall also be subjected to load testing.
(ix) Other tests: The Authority’s Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out or cause
to be carried additional tests, in accordance with Good Industry Practice, for
determining the compliance of the Project Highway with Specifications and Standards,
except tests as specified in clause 5,but shall include measuring the reflectivity of road
markings and road signs; and measuring the illumination level (lux) of lighting using
requisite testing equipment.
(x) Environmental audit: The Authority’s Engineer shall carry out a check to determine
conformity of the Project Highway with the environmental requirements set forth in
Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.
(xi) Safety Audit: The Authority’s Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, a
safety audit to determine conformity of the Project Highway with the safety
requirements and Good Industry Practice.
3. Agency for conducting Tests
All Tests set forth in this Schedule-K shall be conducted by the Authority’s Engineer
or such other agency or person as it may specify in consultation with the Authority.
4. Completion Certificate
Upon successful completion of Tests, the Authority’s Engineer shall issue the
Completion Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Article 12.
5. The Authority Engineer will carry out tests with following equipment at his own cost
in the presence of contractor’s representative.
Sr. Key metrics of

Equipment to be used Frequency of condition survey
No. Asset
1 Surface Network Survey At least twice a year (As per survey

defects of Vehicle (NSV) months defined for the state basis
pavement rainy season)
2 Roughness Network Survey At least twice a year (As per survey

of pavement Vehicle (NSV) months defined for the state basis
rainy season)
3 Strength of Falling Weight At least once a year

pavement Deflectometer (FWD)
4 Bridges Mobile Bridge At least twice a year (As per survey

Inspection Unit months defined for the state basis
(MBU) rainy season)
5 Road signs Retro-reflectometer At least twice a year (As per survey

months defined for the state basis
rainy season)
The first testing with the help of NSV shall be conducted at the time of issue of
Completion Certificate.
SCHEDULE – L
(See Clause 12.2 and 12.4)
PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE
[DELETED]
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
1 I, ……………………. (Name of the Authority’s Engineer), acting as the

Authority’s Engineer, under and in accordance with the Agreement dated
………… (the “Agreement”), for the “Balance Works of Rehabilitation and
Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km
mode” through …………………. (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the
Tests in accordance with Article 12 of the Agreement have been successfully
undertaken to determine compliance of the Project Highway with the provisions of
the Agreement, and I am satisfied that the Project Highway can be safely and
reliably placed in service of the Users thereof.
2 It is certified that, in terms of the aforesaid Agreement, all works forming part of
Project Highway have been completed, and the Project Highway is hereby declared fit
for entry into operation on this the ……… day of ……… 20…..
For and on behalf of the Authority’s Engineer by:
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Address)
SCHEDULE – M
(See Clauses 14.6, 15.2 and 19.7)
PAYMENT REDUCTION FOR NON-COMPLIANCE
1. Payment reduction for non-compliance with the Maintenance Requirements
1.1 Monthly lump sum payments for maintenance shall be reduced in the case of non-
compliance with the Maintenance Requirements set forth in Schedule-E.
1.2 Any deduction made on account of non-compliance with the Maintenance

Requirements shall not be paid even after compliance subsequently. The deductions
shall continue to be made every month until compliance is done.
1.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall calculate the amount of payment reduction on the basis
of weightage in percentage assigned to non-conforming items as given in Paragraph 2.
2. Percentage reductions in lump sum payments
2.1 The following percentages shall govern the payment reduction:

Table 0-1
S. No. Item/Defect/Deficiency Percentage
(a) Carriageway/Pavement
(i) Potholes, cracks, other surface defects 15%
(ii) Repairs of Edges, Rutting 5%
(b) Road, Embankment, Cuttings, Shoulders
(i) Edge drop, inadequate cross fall, undulations, settlement, potholes, 10%
ponding, obstructions
(ii) Deficient slopes, raincuts, disturbed pitching, vegetation 5%

growth, pruning of trees
(c) Bridges and Culverts
(i) Desilting, cleaning. vegetation growth, damaged pitching, flooring, 20%

parapets, wearing course, footpaths, any damage to foundations
(ii) Any Defects in superstructures, bearings and sub-structures 10%
(iii) Painting, repairs/replacement kerbs, railings, parapets, 5%

guideposts/crash barriers
(d) Roadside Drains

S. No. Item/Defect/Deficiency Percentage
(i) Cleaning and repair of drains 5%
(e) Road Furniture
(i) Cleaning, painting, replacement of road signs, delineators, road 5%

markings, 200 m/km/5th km stones
(f) Miscellaneous Items
(i) Removal of dead animals, broken down/accidented vehicles, 10%

fallen trees, road blockades or malfunctioning of mobile crane
(ii) Any other Defects in accordance with paragraph 1. 5%
(g) Defects in Other Project Facilities 5%
2.2 The amount to be deducted from monthly lump-sum payment for non compliance of
particular item shall be calculated as under:
R=P/IOO x M x L1/L
Where
P = Percentage of particular item/Defect/deficiency for deduction
M = Monthly lump-sum payment in accordance with the Bid
L1 = Non-complying length
L = Total length of the road,
R = Reduction (the amount to be deducted for non compliance for a particular

item/Defect/deficiency
The total amount of reduction shall be arrived at by summation of reductions for such
items/Defects/deficiency or non compliance.
For any Defect in a part of one kilometer, the non-conforming length shall be taken as
one kilometer.
SCHEDULE – N
(See Clause 18.1.1)
SELECTION OF AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER
1 Selection of Authority’s Engineer
1.1 The provisions of the Model Request for Proposal for Selection of Technical
Consultants, issued by the Ministry of Finance in May 2009, or any substitute thereof
shall apply for selection of an experienced firm to discharge the functions and duties
of an Authority’s Engineer.
1.2 In the event of termination of the Technical Consultants appointed in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 1.1, the Authority shall appoint another firm of Technical
Consultants forthwith and may engage a government-owned entity in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 3 of this Schedule-N.
2 Terms of Reference
The Terms of Reference for the Authority’s Engineer (the “TOR”) shall substantially
conform with Annex 1 to this Schedule N.
3 Appointment of Government entity as Authority’s Engineer
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule, the Authority may
in its discretion appoint a government-owned entity as the Authority’s Engineer;
provided that such entity shall be a body corporate having as one of its primary
functions the provision of consulting, advisory and supervisory services for
engineering projects; provided further that a government-owned entity which is owned
or controlled by the Authority shall not be eligible for appointment as Authority’s
Engineer.
Annex - I
(Schedule - N)
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER
1 Scope
1.1 These Terms of Reference (the “TOR”) for the Authority’s Engineer are being
specified pursuant to the EPC Agreement dated........... (the “Agreement), which
has been entered into between the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways,
Transport Bhawan, 1, Parliament Street, New Delhi 110001, (the “Authority”)
and .......... (the “Contractor”) for the “Balance Works of Rehabilitation and
Upgradation to 4-lane configuration of Ras-Beawar Section (Km 0.000 to Km
mode” basis, and a copy of which is annexed hereto and marked as Annex-A to
form part of this TOR.
1.2 The TOR shall apply to construction and maintenance of the Project Highway.
2 Definitions and interpretation
2.1 The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not defined herein
but defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to the context, the meaning
respectively assigned to them in the Agreement.
2.2 References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this TOR shall, except where the
context otherwise requires, be deemed to be references to the Articles, Clauses and
Schedules of the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall be deemed to be
references to Paragraphs of this TOR.
2.3 The rules of interpretation stated in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to this TOR.
3 General
2.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and efficient
manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional integrity and Good
Industry Practice.
2.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining prior written
approval of the Authority before determining:
(a) any Time Extension;
(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;
(c) the Termination Payment; or
(d) any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and which creates
an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs. 5,000,000 (Rs.
fifty lakh).
2.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once every
month, to the Authority in respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement.
Such reports shall be submitted by the Authority’s Engineer within 10 (ten) days of the
beginning of every month.
2.6 The Authority’s Engineer shall inform the Contractor of any delegation of its duties and
responsibilities to its suitably qualified and experienced personnel; provided, however,
that it shall not delegate the authority to refer any matter for the Authority’s prior
approval in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2.
2.7 The Authority’s Engineer shall aid and advise the Authority on any proposal for Change
of Scope under Article 13.
2.8 In the event of any disagreement between the Parties regarding the meaning, scope and
nature of Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement, the
Authority’s Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing a
reasoned written statement relying on good industry practice and authentic literature.
4 Construction Period
4.1 During the Construction Period, the Authority’s Engineer shall review the Drawings
furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including the geo-technical
and hydrological investigations, characteristics of materials from borrow areas and
quarry sites, topographical surveys, and the recommendations of the Safety Consultant
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.1.6. The Authority’s Engineer shall
complete such review and send its observations to the Authority and the Contractor
within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such Drawings; provided, however that in case of
a Major Bridge or Structure, the aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended
upto 30 (thirty) days. In particular, such comments shall specify the conformity or
otherwise of such Drawings with the Scope of the Project and Specifications and
Standards.
4.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall review any revised Drawings sent to it by the Contractor
and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such Drawings.
4.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall review the Quality Assurance Plan submitted by the
Contractor and shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of 21
(twenty-one) days stating the modifications, if any, required thereto.
4.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall complete the review of the methodology proposed to be
adopted by the Contractor for executing the Works, and convey its comments to the
Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of receipt of the proposed
methodology from the Contractor.
4.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall grant written approval to the Contractor, where
necessary, for interruption and diversion of the flow of traffic in the existing lane(s) of
the Project Highway for purposes of maintenance during the Construction Period in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.
4.6 The Authority’s Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished by the
Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Authority and the Contractor within 7
(seven) days of receipt of such report.
4.7 The Authority’s Engineer shall inspect the Construction Works and the Project
Highway and shall submit a monthly Inspection Report bringing out the results of
inspections and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or
deficiencies. In particular, the Authority’s Engineer shall include in its Inspection
Report, the compliance of the recommendations made by the Safety Consultant.
4.8 The Authority’s Engineer shall conduct the pre-construction review of manufacturer's
test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials, and such other Materials
as the Authority’s Engineer may require.
4.9 For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the
Authority’s Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried
out, tests at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified in the Agreement
and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. For purposes of
this Paragraph 4.9, the tests specified in the IRC Special Publication-11 (Handbook of
Quality Control for Construction of Roads and Runways) and the Specifications for
Road and Bridge Works issued by MORTH (the “Quality Control Manuals”) or any
modification/substitution thereof shall be deemed to be tests conforming to Good
Industry Practice for quality assurance.
4.10 The Authority’s Engineer shall test check at least 20 (twenty) percent of the quantity or
number of tests prescribed for each category or type of test for quality control by the
Contractor.
4.11 The timing of tests referred to in Paragraph 4.9, and the criteria for acceptance/
rejection of their results shall be determined by the Authority’s Engineer in accordance
with the Quality Control Manuals. The tests shall be undertaken on a random sample
basis and shall be in addition to, and independent of, the tests that may be carried out
by the Contractor for its own quality assurance in accordance with Good Industry
Practice.
4.12 In the event that results of any tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish any Defects
or deficiencies in the Works, the Authority’s Engineer shall require the Contractor
to carry out remedial measures.
4.13 The Authority’s Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work which is
urgently required for the safety of the Project Highway, whether because of an accident,
unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in case of any work required on
account of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 21.6 shall apply.
4.14 In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones, the
Authority’s Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of construction and
identify potential delays, if any. If the Authority’s Engineer shall determine that
completion of the Project Highway is not feasible within the time specified in the
Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicate within 15 (fifteen) days the steps
proposed to be taken to expedite progress, and the period within which the Project
Completion Date shall be achieved. Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor, the
Authority’s Engineer shall review the same and send its comments to the Authority and
the Contractor forthwith.
4.15 The Authority’s Engineer shall obtain from the Contractor a copy of all the Contractor’s
quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is issued
pursuant to Clause 12.4.
4.16 Authority’s Engineer may recommend to the Authority suspension of the whole or part
of the Works if the work threatens the safety of the Users and pedestrians. After the
Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the Authority’s Engineer shall inspect
such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Authority recommending
whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked.
4.17 In the event that the Contractor carries out any remedial measures to secure the safety
of suspended works and Users, and requires the Authority’s Engineer to inspect such
works, the Authority’s Engineer shall inspect the suspended works within 3 (three) days
of receiving such notice, and make a report to the Authority forthwith, recommending
whether or not such suspension may be revoked by the Authority.
4.18 The Authority’s Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the Tests
specified in Schedule-K and issue a Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate,
as the case may be. For carrying out its functions under this Paragraph 4.18 and all
matters incidental thereto, the Authority’s Engineer shall act under and in accordance
with the provisions of Article 12 and Schedule-K.
5 Maintenance Period
5.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall aid and advise the Contractor in the preparation of its
monthly Maintenance Programme and for this purpose carry out a joint monthly
inspection with the Contractor.
5.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall undertake regular inspections, at least once every
month, to evaluate compliance with the Maintenance Requirements and submit a
Maintenance Inspection Report to the Authority and the Contractor.
5.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall specify the tests, if any, that the Contractor shall carry
out, or cause to be carried out, for the purpose of determining that the Project Highway
is in conformity with the Maintenance Requirements. It shall monitor and review the
results of such tests and the remedial measures, if any, taken by the Contractor in this
behalf.
5.4 In respect of any defect or deficiency referred to in Paragraph 3 of Schedule- E, the

Authority’s Engineer shall, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the
permissible limit of deviation or deterioration with reference to the Specifications and
Standards and shall also specify the time limit for repair or rectification of any
deviation or deterioration beyond the permissible limit.
5.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall examine the request of the Contractor for closure of any
lane(s) of the Project Highway for undertaking maintenance/repair thereof, and shall
grant permission with such modifications, as it may deem necessary, within 5 (five)
days of receiving a request from the Contractor. Upon expiry of the permitted period of
closure, the Authority’s Engineer shall monitor the reopening of such lane(s), and in
case of delay, determine the Damages payable by the Contractor to the Authority under
Clause 14.5.
6 Determination of costs and time
6.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their reasonableness, that
are required to be determined by it under the Agreement.
6.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall determine the period of Time Extension that is
required to be determined by it under the Agreement.
6.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of determination in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.5.
7 Payments
7.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall withhold payments for the affected works for which the
Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the Authority’s Engineer in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.2.4 (d).
7.2 Authority’s Engineer shall -

(a) within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.4, determine the amount due to the Contractor
and recommend the release of 90 (ninety) percent of the amount so determined
as part payment, pending issue of the Interim Payment Certificate; and
(b) within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred
to in Clause 19.4, deliver to the Authority and the Contractor an Interim
Payment Certificate certifying the amount due and payable to the Contractor,
after adjustments in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19.10.
7.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the Monthly
Maintenance Statement from the Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.6, verify the
Contractor’s monthly statement and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
7.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall certify final payment within 30 (thirty) days of the
receipt of the final payment statement of Maintenance in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 19.16.
8 Other duties and functions

The Authority’s Engineer shall perform all other duties and functions as specified in
the Agreement.
9 Miscellaneous
9.1 A copy of all communications, comments, instructions, Drawings or Documents sent

by the Authority’s Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this TOR, and a copy of all
the test results with comments of the Authority’s Engineer thereon, shall be furnished
by the Authority’s Engineer to the Authority forthwith.
9.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings and
Documents received by it, including ‘as-built’ Drawings, and keep them in its safe
custody.
9.3 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Authority’s Engineer shall
obtain a complete set of as-built Drawings, in 2 (two) hard copies and in micro film
form or in such other medium as may be acceptable to the Authority, reflecting the
Project Highway as actually designed, engineered and constructed, including an as-built
survey illustrating the layout of the Project Highway and setback lines, if any, of the
buildings and structures forming part of Project Facilities; and shall hand them over to
the Authority against receipt thereof.
9.4 The Authority’s Engineer, if called upon by the Authority or the Contractor or both,
shall mediate and assist the Parties in arriving at an amicable settlement of any Dispute
between the Parties.
9.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall inform the Authority and the Contractor of any
event of Contractor’s Default within one week of its occurrence.
SCHEDULE – O
(See Clauses 19.5.1, 19.6.1, and 19.8.1)
Forms of Payment Statements
1. Stage Payment Statement for Works
The Stage Payment Statement for Works shall state:
(a) the estimated amount for the Works executed in accordance with Clause 19.3.1
subsequent to the last claim;
(b) amounts reflecting adjustments in price for the aforesaid claim;
(c) the estimated amount of each Change of Scope Order executed subsequent to
the last claim;
(d) amounts reflecting adjustment in price, if any, for (c) above in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 13.2.3 (a);
(e) total of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;
(f) Deductions:
(i) Any amount to be deducted in accordance with the provisions of the

Agreement except taxes;
(ii) Any amount towards deduction of taxes; and
(iii) Total of (i) and (ii) above.
(g) Net claim: (e) – (f) (iii);
(h) The amounts received by the Contractor upto the last claim:
(i) For the Works executed (excluding Change of Scope orders);
(ii) For Change of Scope Orders, and
(iii) Taxes deducted
2. Monthly Maintenance Payment Statement
The monthly Statement for Maintenance Payment shall state:

(a) the monthly payment admissible in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement;
(b) the deductions for maintenance work not done;
(c) net payment for maintenance due, (a) minus (b);
(d) amounts reflecting adjustments in price under Clause 19.12; and
(e) amount towards deduction of taxes
3. Contractor’s claim for Damages
Note: The Contractor shall submit its claims in a form acceptable to the Authority.
SCHEDULE – P
(See Clause 20.1)
INSURANCE
1. Insurance during Construction Period
1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost, from the Appointed Date till the
date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the following insurances for any loss or damage
occurring on account of Non Political Event of Force Majeure, malicious act, accidental
damage, explosion, fire and terrorism:
(a) insurance of Works including already executed works, Plant and Materials and an
additional sum of 15 (fifteen) per cent of such replacement cost to cover any
additional costs of and incidental to the rectification of loss or damage including
professional fees and the cost of demolishing and removing any part of the Works
and of removing debris of whatsoever nature; and
(b) insurance for the Contractor's equipment and Documents brought onto the Site
by the Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at the Site.
1.2 The insurance under paragraph 1.1 (a) and (b) above shall cover the Authority and the
Contractor against all loss or damage from any cause arising under paragraph 1.1 other
than risks which are not insurable at commercial terms.
2. Insurance for Contractor's Defects Liability
The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance cover for the Works including already
executed works from the date of issue of the Completion Certificate until the end of the
Defects Liability Period for any loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable and which
arises from a cause occurring prior to the issue of the Completion Certificate. The
Contractor shall also maintain other insurances for maximum sums as may be required
under the Applicable Laws and in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
3. Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property
3.1 The Contractor shall insure against its liability for any loss, damage, death or bodily injury,
or damage to any property (except things insured under Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Schedule
or to any person (except persons insured under Clause 20.9), which may arise out of the
Contractor's performance of this Agreement. This insurance shall be for a limit per
occurrence of not less than the amount stated below with no limit on the number of
occurrences.
The insurance cover shall be not less than: Rs. 2.00 Cr (Rupees two crores only).
3.2 The insurance shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to the Authority's
property arising out of the Contractor’s performance of this Agreement excluding:
(a) the Authority's right to have the construction works executed on, over, under, in
or through any land, and to occupy this land for the Works; and
(b) damage which is an unavoidable result of the Contractor's obligations to execute

the Works.
4. Insurance to be in joint names
The insurance under paragraphs 1 to 3 above shall be in the joint names of the Contractor
and the Authority.
Schedule-Q
(See Clause 14.10)
Tests on Completion of Maintenance Period
Riding Quality test:
Riding quality test: Riding quality of each lane of the carriageway shall be
checked with the help of a calibrated bump integrator and the maximum
permissible roughness for purposes of this Test shall be [2,200 (two thousand and
two hundred only)] mm for each kilometer.
1. Visual and physical test:
The Authority’s Engineer shall conduct a visual and physical check of construction
to determine that all works and equipment forming part thereof conform to the
provisions of this Agreement. The physical tests shall include measurement of
cracking, rutting, stripping and potholes and shall be as per the requirement of
maintenance mentioned in Schedule-E.
SCHEDULE-R
(See Clause 14.10)
Taking Over Certificate

A.
I, ……………………. (Name and designation of the Authority’s representative) under and

in accordance with the Agreement dated ………… (the “Agreement”), for [construction of the
****section (km ** to km **) of National Highway No. ***] (the “Project Highway”) on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) basis through …………………. (Name of
Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests on completion of Maintenance Period in accordance with
Article 14 of the Agreement have been successfully undertaken to determine compliance of the
Project Highway with the provisions of the Agreement and I hereby certify that the Authority has
taken over the Project highway from the Contractor on this day.........
(Signature)
(Name and designation of Authority’s Representative)
(Address)
SCHEDULE-S
(See Clause 17.7.2)
B. Performance Certificate
I, ……………………. (Name and designation of the Authority’s representative) under and

in accordance with the Agreement dated ………… (the “Agreement”), for [construction of the
****section (km ** to km **) of National Highway No. ***] (the “Project Highway”) on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) basis through …………………. (Name of
Contractor), hereby certify that the Contractor has discharged all its obligations under the
Agreement and in accordance with Article 17 of the Agreement I hereby issue Performance
Certificate to the Contractor on this day.........
(Signature)
(Name and designation of Authority’s Representative)
(Address)

Schedules

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schedules

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schedules

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schedule-A

(See Clauses 2.1 and 8.1)

Chainage (Km) Right of Way

S. Chainage Type of Structure No. of Spans with

S. Chainage Type of Structure No. of Spans ROB/RUB

Type of Structure No. of Spans

2 9+033 RCC Box 3X6.5 25

5 16+492 RCC Box 3X6.0 12.5+Median+12.5

The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex-VI of Schedule-A.

8. Railway level Crossing

S. No. Location (Km) Remarks

9. (i) Vehicular Underpasses

Chainage Type of No. of Spans with Width

1. 9+643 VUP-L RCC Box 1x12x4 2x10.5

3. 20+267 VUP-L RCC Box 1x12x4 2x10.5

4. 25+834 VUP-S RCC Box 2x10x5.5 2x10.5

The detailed status of executed/ work is attached in Annex-VII of Schedule-A.

(ii) Pedestrian Subway Structure

Chainage Type of No. of Spans with Vertical

12. Truck Lay Bye

S. No. Chainage Side Remarks

Subgrade, GSB, DLC & PQC

13. Road side drains-

The detailed status of executed work is attached in Annex- X of Schedule-A.

14. Major Junction

Design chainage (m)

17. Other Structures

(ii) Utility ducts (300mm dia) for crossing of utilities:

18. Existing Utilities

Chainage No. of Poles Length in m Crossing Transformer

2 00+720 01+100 LHS 380

10 14+740 15+000 RHS 1 260

Length Proposed Remarks

b) Working Permission Received vide Divisional Chief Conservator of Forest,

LENGTH OF COMPLETED ROAD WORKS (M)

RCC Crash Barrier (Median

RCC Crash Barrier (Median

Levelling coarse with PCC

(Footpath Outer Side)

(Footpath Inner Side)

Category Type Improvement Proposal Skew angle

Rehabilitation/Repair/Widening of Existing Minor Bridges

1 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 7+018 MNB RCC Box Widening 3x4.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B

2 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 9+033 MNB RCC Box Widening 3X6.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B

3 B B B B B B B B PC PC PC PC PC 15+278 MNB RCC Box Widening 2X5.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B B B B B B B B

Reconstruction / New Minor Bridges

1 B B B B B B B B C B PC PC PC PC PC 13+356 MNB RCC Box Reconstruction 2X4.5 - PC PC PC PC PC B C B B B B B B B B

2 B C C C C C B C C C C C C C C 16+492 MNB RCC Box New Construction 3X6.0 32 C C C C C C C C B C C C C C B

LHS Location and type of Structures RHS

RCC Crash Barrier (Median Side)

RCC Crash Barrier (Outer Side)

25+834 VUP-S RCC Box 2X10X5.5

Vehicular Underpass (VUP-L)

9+643 VUP-L RCC Box 1X12X4

20+267 VUP-L RCC Box 1X12X4

LHS Location, Improvement & Span of Structures RHS

RCC Crash Barrier on Median wall.

Levelling coarse with PCC (M15)

miscellaneous items including

RCC Crash Barrier (Median Side)